The Art of Smart Thinking - James Hardt

The Art of
Smart Thinking
“Treat Yourself to a Brain Make-over!”
By Dr. James V. Hardt
www.theartofsmartthinking.com
Copyright © 2007
by Dr. James V. Hardt —
All Rights Reserved
2007 Edition
Printed in the United States of America

No part of this book may be reproduced without
written permission from the publisher,
except for brief quotations embodied
in literary articles or reviews.
Holosync is a registered trademark of

Centerpointe Research Institute
Hillsbough, Oregon
Design and layout by AlliancePress.org
Published by
Biocybernaut Press
Santa Clara, California
ISBN 978-0-9795730-0-2
Table of Contents
FOLCWONG sscssssssscssssiawessessrecsasesvcasssssesrssarenconesscacssasississess 5
INtrOdUctiOn ..........ccsssssssscssssvscvscssvsvesescesesvsceseseessseeveees 9
Chapter 1:
Your Hidden Million Dollar Brain Account ........... 11
Chapter 2:
Falling Into A Pool of Alpha..........scscsccscsssescsesvesecesees 51
Chapter 3:
Calming the Hurricane In Your Braim.........cscsceseee 15
Chapter 4:
Surfing the Alpha Wave ........ssssccsssssssscsssseseseseseoers 109
Chapter 5:
Expanded Spiritual Awareness ...........ssccssccsssssesesees 177
Chapter :6
Zen and the Art of Smart Thinking ............ccccseesees 209
Chapter 7:
Extreme Forgiveness ........0.ssscccsscsssssevssecsssvscesesvevers 269
Chapter 8:
Uncovering the Authentic Self ..........s.sscsscsccsssesseeee 297
Chapter 9:
Linking Up: The Global Brain Becomes A Reality 333
Reader Questionnaire ...........ccccscssssesccssssssescossoeses 354

The Art of Smart Thinking
Foreword
Foreword
Not too long ago, I had the good fortune to meet an amazing
man, Dr. James Hardt, Founder of the Biocybernaut Institute. As
the developer of the Holosync® System at Centerpointe Research
Institute, I already know a lot about brain waves and spiritual states,
but Dr. Hardt had a lot more to teach me as he is one of the world’s
most respected authorities on brain wave biofeedback training.
Dr. Hardt has developed a very sophisticated form of brain
wave biofeedback, tested and researched over 30 years, which can
be used to learn to create states of happiness, joy, feelings of con-
nection and love, and many other beneficial mental, emotional,
and spiritual states at will.
Dr. Hardt is especially well known for his research into
the connection between brain waves and various beneficial states
of consciousness, including enhanced creativity and performance,
profound spiritual states and states of consciousness associated with
advanced meditation. His findings have been published in scien-
tific peer-review journals such as the highly esteemed journal
Science and the Journal of Experimental Psychology. He contin-
ues to present his research and findings to audiences all over the
world.
I agreed to write the foreword to his book in order to
introduce a wider audience, including Holosync® users, to an im-
portant, life-changing, “World-changing ” approach using research-
based brain wave biofeedback. Coupled with the power of forgive-
ness, creating a state of high alpha allows people to release nega-
tive emotions that keep us from experiencing at will states of hap-
piness, joy, feelings of connection and love.
After meeting Dr. Hardt and hearing him speak about his
life’s work, I traveled to Santa Clara, California to attend one of
his alpha brain wave trainings. During my seven day experience at
the Institute, alpha feedback training resulted in me being able to

intentionally create more and more alpha brain waves. As I did so,
I began to feel more and more joy, more inner peace, and a greater
connection to the universe! It was truly amazing, especially since I
had been using my Holosync® system for years and already had
the ability to go into an alpha state.
All the participants who were with me that week had
profound meditative and spiritual experiences, which Dr. Hardt
helped us to understand. Emotional and spiritual issues needing
resolution came to the surface, and Dr. Hardt showed us how to
resolve them using powerful forgiveness techniques (which is much
easier when you're ina “high-alpha” state). As issues were resolved,
we were able to make more and more alpha, and our experience
of joy and connection INCREASED and INCREASED and
INCREASED!
By the end of the week, everyone was transformed. Two
people in my training arrived depressed and confused about their
lives, and with a significant amount of emotional baggage (in one
case, quite severe emotional baggage).
At the end of seven days, though, these two looked and
behaved like the long-time users of my Holosync” program. They
were happy, bubbly, focused, joyful, and radiant. They smiled. Their
posture was more confident and their attitude upbeat. They looked
you in the eye when they talked to you, whereas before the training
they could not do so. I’ve kept in touch with both of these people,
and the positive changes they experienced have definitely lasted —
even accelerated — in the time since the training.
Since then, I have referred over a hundred Holosyne users
to the Biocybernaut Institute for these trainings. The
purpose of the training is to use feedback from your own
brain to learn how to intentionally increase the presence and
strength of beneficial alpha waves which are associated with medi-
tation, creativity, emotional healing, incredible joyfulness and a
6
Foreword
lot more!
More recently, my teenage son did the training. He arrived
depressed, uncommunicative, and closed. He left happy, open, alive,
and (this really amazed me) truly interested in what, to him, was a
whole new world of spiritual growth. Now he wants to use my
spiritual program, he’s reading spritual books, and his whole atti-
tude has changed. What happened to my cranky, hormone-driven
teenager? He learned to make more alpha!
You can find many examples of the profound experiences
people have had with the Biocybernaut training in this book, The
Art of Smart Thinking. The book also explains how Dr. Hardt came
to develop this amazing technology and what lead him to choose
this as his life’s work.
As you can probably tell, I’m very excited about all of
this. In fact, I consider Dr. Hardt’s work to be some of the most
ground-breaking work in spiritual growth on this planet.
Read the book, see what others have experienced, and find your
way to Santa Clara to experience this work for yourself.
I guarantee you will be positively transformed with the impact
it makes on your life.
Bill Harris
CEO
Centerpointe Research Institute
www.centerpointe.com
Did you know that anxiety, depression and suppressed

emotions “dumb down” the brain and make it age faster?
It is now possible to reverse brain aging, achieve better

relationships and life satisfaction, and think smarter.
Our brains can be trained to be in a relaxed, creative,

Smart Thinking state all of the time so we are able to
pursue what we really want in our lives — greater success,
better relationships, and more happiness.
Dr. James Hardt

Introduction
Introduction
Ina book on “smart thinking” it is appropriate to include a

discussion about “What is thinking?” and “What are thoughts?”
You are interested enough in this topic to be reading this
Introduction so let us note that the existence of “Smart thinking”
implies the existence of other kinds of thinking, some not so smart,
and maybe even some thinking that is downright stupid. At one
point in the development of the corporate culture of IBM
(International Business Machines), the management issued a desk
sign to every employee who had a desk. The sign was about nine
inches long and about two inches high and was imprinted with just
one word: “THINK.” Some IBM employees took this as a reminder;
some took it as an instruction; some took it as an order; most
everybody took it seriously, and a very few took it as a joke. The
company wanted everybody to think. In this corporate objective,
IBM was unique among large companies.
In other organizations there have been different instructions
to the members. For example in the organization of Benedictine
Monks the members are instructed differently: “Ora et Labora.”
This translates from the Latin
as “Pray and Work.” There is
no mention of thinking.
The classic sculpture
of Rodin’s Thinker, shows a
muscle-bound man with his
fist to his chin, eyes downcast
and every muscle of his well-
muscled body bulging with
taut exertion The implication
is that thinking is hard work
and only by exertion of
muscular power can the mind be constrained into the path of

thinking.
The idea that the mind must be constrained, by huge efforts,
into the path of thinking would help explain why IBM’s
management would spend all that money to put signs on every
employee’s desk that urged them to “THINK.” It also suggests
that the mind has a tendency to wander rather than to stay thinking
on one chosen topic.
Here we are using words like “think” and “mind” in a
casual way with the assumption that everyone understands these
words and that they mean the same thing to everyone. In fact a
great deal of philosophizing has been done on the topics of “mind”
and “thought” these words mean very different things to different
people. Eskimos have multiple words for snow because it has
survival value. Last year’s snow has different properties than freshly
fallen snow, and by having different words for different types of
snow the children’s attention is directed to those different properties
and they grow up making useful distinctions that empower them
to live more safely and effectively in their snow-filled environment.
Similarly, we live in a world of thoughts and ideas and
many of us make our living with our minds more than with our
bodies, so we too can benefit from having some distinctions about
different types of thoughts, different kinds of thinking, including
Smart Thinking. And it can be very useful for us to learn about
different levels of mind, because the mind is where thoughts,
smart and otherwise, occur.
10
Your Hidden Million Dollar Brain Account
|
Your Hidden Million Dollar
Brain Account
“The intuitive mind is a sacred gift and the
rational mind is a faithful servant. We have
created a society that honors the servant and
has forgotten the gift.”
Albert Einstein
How would you like to access all of your brain’s

innate capacity to learn, invent, create and solve problems? Would
it improve your life if you could think more clearly, access your
intuition, reduce stress and anxiety, and prevent your brain from
aging? We’ve all heard that we use only a tiny percentage of our
brain’s natural capacity. If you ever wondered why, this book will
provide some answers and solutions.
Every experience you have as a living human being is the
result of certain brain waves. Unfortunately, most people are pri-
marily accessing just two of their four brain waves, and the two
that are left out, called Alpha and Theta, are actually the most im-
portant for exceptional creativity and intelligence! Our modern life
style has put a lid on our natural ability to produce these two brain
wave patterns which allow us to access intuition, creativity and
other ways of knowing.
We’ve been conditioned since childhood to focus mainly
the rational mode of thinking and to suppress our natural creativ-
ity, curiosity, spontaneity and emotional expression.
11
Neurofeedback: Neurofeedback is a process by which you

can directly experience and change the activity of the neurons
in your brain. Neurofeedback is biofeedback of your brain wave
activity. The term biofeedback includes feedback on any
biological function, such as skin temperature, muscle tension,
and the galvanic skin response. To distinguish brain wave
feedback from feedback on peripheral functions, the term
"neurofeedback’ was coined to describe the process of feedback
on the central nervous system activity that arises out of activity
of the neurons in the brain, hence neurofeedback. There are
many different kinds of activity in your brain, but usually
neurofeedback means receiving feedback on your own
electroencephalogram (EEG) activity The five main types of EEG
activity are (starting from the slowest frequency) delta, theta,
alpha, beta, and gamma. In the process of neurofeedback your
brain waves are picked up or detected and then amplified
because they are such tiny signals— just a few millionths of a
volt.
After amplification, your brain waves are then filtered to
separate out each of the different types of EEG (delta, theta,
alpha, etc.). This is done electronically with the amplified EEG
signal. You can visualize a simple analogy of this process by
imagining sunlight (think EEG) passing through a clear crystal
prism (think filter) to reveal the rainbow spectrum of light (think
spectrum of EEG). Each of the different colors of light is like a
different type of brain wave (e.g. alpha corresponds to one of the
“colors” of the EEG spectrum). Once the brain waves are filtered
into the different types of EEG, then one or more of them can be
translated into musical tones or numerical scores or deflections
ona meter or the vibrations of a vibrator or any suitable sensory
modality. When you receive input from the feedback in that
chosen sensory modality, you will know you are producing the
desired type of brain waves. In the “olden days,’ there were two
12
different types of neurofeedback. One primitive and inaccurate

type was called percent time feedback: the more accurate and
informative type was (and is) called integrated amplitude
feedback.
A simple example will show how each of these two types of
neurofeedback work. Let's say that the neurofeedback will use
sounds for feedback and will give numerical scores periodically.
And let's assume we are going to train our alpha waves. With
percent time feedback the trainer or technician sets an arbitrary
amplitude threshold. If your alpha amplitude is below this arbitrary
threshold, the tone is silent. If your alpha amplitude exceeds this
arbitrary threshold, then the tone comes on and stays at a steady
volume until your alpha amplitude falls below the arbitrary
threshold. Even if your alpha amplitude goes WAY above this
arbitrary threshold, the tone does nothing more useful than just
stay at the preset steady volume. In this way you miss out on a
tremendous amount of valuable information that could aid your
learning. You miss out because percent time feedback fails to
tell you HOW MUCH you are above threshold. This failing of the
primitive percent time feedback is remedied in integrated
amplitude feedback, where there is no arbitrary amplitude
threshold. Instead the feedback tone grows progressively louder
as your alpha amplitude grows larger. And if your alpha amplitude
gets smaller, then the feedback tone gets quieter. Integrated
amplitude feedback gives you more information, so you learn
faster and easier.
| have found that learning progresses faster if the feedback
tones shut off periodically so you can open your eyes and look
at numerical scores to track your performance. In alpha
neurofeedback | have found that the ideal time for scores to be
displayed is 8 seconds. Then the scores go out and trainees
close their eyes and go back to listening to the feedback tones
for a period of 2 minutes, then 8 seconds of score display followed
13
by another 2 minutes of audio feedback, and so on. With theta

brain wave training | use 3 minute epochs of audio feedback
followed by 15 seconds to display scores. With theta training
people go deeper, but it takes them longer (thus 3 minute epochs)
to drift down into those deep states, and when the 3 minutes of
audio feedback are over, it also takes people longer to climb up
into the awareness from which they can open their eyes and
take in the feedback score information, so | give them 3 minute
epochs of audio feedback and 15 seconds of display scores.
Neurofeedback is a process by which you are given feedback
through one or more of your five senses to tell you when certain
desirable brain waves are occurring in your brain (usually this
feedback is auditory feedback). The scores are also a part of
the neurofeedback, but they are cumulative feedback scores
presented periodically and are not directly related to what is
happening in each moment. Getting cumulative scores is very
helpful because it allows you to try different strategies for
controlling your brain waves and then to see how well each
strategy works according to how high you score with each
strategy. In this way you can quickly eliminate the unproductive
strategies, and you can find and rapidly develop the successful
strategies. Thus neurofeedback contrasts sharply with meditation
because in meditation you get virtually no feedback, especially
in the beginning of the practice. And as any parent or teacher
knows, feedback is MOST important in the early stages of
learning where most of the things the learner tries will be wrong,
and it is hard (without feedback) to identify the few things that
work well.
Alpha and Theta brain waves produce exceptional mind

states with multiple benefits, Although they are uncommonly seen
in adults in the waking state, brain wave neurofeedback methods
can be used to successfully train people to enhance their ability to
14
produce these brain waves on command. Brain wave neurofeedback

training allows people to:
. Restore youthful brain wave patterns

° Enhance creativity, problem-solving ability
and empathy
. Improve personal relationships
* Reduce feelings of stress, anxiety, anger and
depression
. Enhance special skills and abilities
. Achieve physical and mental peak
performance states — The Zone
° Improve mental clarity and memory
. Expand awareness and intuition
° Access non-rational, creative mind states
. Increase IQ by 12 points or more
People today are using only a fraction of the natural cre-

ative capacity of their brain. It’s like having a million dollars in
your bank account and having just $73 show up on your statement!
You’ ve got all this money— the capacity to produce alpha and theta
waves — but you are
totally unaware of its You’ve got all this money — the capacity
to produce Alpha and Theta waves —
existence and lack the in-
but you are totally unaware of its
structions to access it so you
existence and lack the instructions to
can’t spend it.
access it so you can’t spend it.
In our fast-paced, stress-laced Western culture, it has be-
come “business as usual” to regularly consume various substances
that create changes in our state of consciousness. Coffee and caf-
feine-laced drinks make us alert while alcohol helps us relax and
lose our inhibitions. Other kinds of drugs, both legal prescription
and illegal street drugs, change our brain waves to a desired state
of consciousness.
15.
Taking a drug, having sex, or cating something, will cause

change in brain waves, thus changing your experience. Bertrand
Russell told us, “The stars are in our brain.” Well, so is the experi-
ence or feeling of pleasure, happiness, and joy! People say, “if only
I could have this or do that ... then I would be happy.” They don’t
realize that happiness is a brain state. Turn on the right brain waves,
and you’ll have the experience you want regardless of what you
have or don’t have. In fact, some of marijuana’s popularity may be
because of its effect on brain waves. It temporarily enhances alpha
waves, and that makes you feel very good — for a short while! It
may even reduce anxicty.
In one of my studies with university students, the high-
anxiety students were using an average of 1.1 “joints” per day
while the low-anxicty students were using only 0.1 “joints” per
day Thus the high anxiety students may have been self-medicating
with marijuana to make enough alpha to reduce their anxiety. But
these pleasant effect can be only temporary, and prolonged use
can actually induce anxiety and paranoia in some people. And it
does impair your short term memory.
When students came to my university research
laboratory high on marijuana, they did have a little more alpha
than their usual baseline, but it completely eliminated their
ability to learn how to enhance alpha. Marijuana impaired learning
to increase alpha with neurofeedback. There is also the fact that
marijuana is illegal. On the other hand, brain wave feedback is
entirely legal. With proper neurofeedback training to teach
the brain how to make more alpha and theta, you can get into
these desired high alpha and high theta states quickly, naturally,
and all by yourself — once you have learned how with
Biocybernaut brain wave training.
16
Emotions Affect Brain Waves

A large percentage of the U.S. population (estimated to be
between 12 to 34 %, depending on the study) has an anxiety
disorder sometime during their lives serious enough to be diagnosed
and usually medicated. It is the most frequently diagnosed mental
health disorder, and it affects over 40 million people annually, most
of them women, who are 1.5 to 2 times more likely to suffer from
anxiety disorders than men.
Living in a state of anxiety has multiple negative effects
on people’s lives, destroying their health and their relationships,
both at home and on the job. Even mild anxiety — the kind we can
hardly avoid in our stress-filled lives and fast-paced demanding
jobs (raising our kids, and trying to “make it” financially) — can
have a detrimental effect on our health and relationships.
Anxiety, doubt, and worry keep us from taking risks,
enjoying life, and moving forward toward our goals. They create a
tremendous sense of pressure and fear about not being able to live
up to expectations — your own as well as those of your spouse or
parent or boss — and lead to a deep sense of failure or a feeling that
you're “faking it.”
The voice of anxiety makes us focus on what could go
wrong at work (you’re sure you’ll be the next downsizing casualty),
when the kids are out with friends (what kind of risky behavior are
they engaging in now?), in your relationship with your spouse (why
is he/she late again? Does he/she really love me?).
Anxiety robs people of self-confidence and makes life a
struggle to get through rather than something to be passionately
enjoyed. Anxiety causes people to withdraw from relating
authentically to others, whether a spouse or coworkers, damaging
both love life and work life.
The science of psychology has recognized for decades that
anxiety negatively affects learning, creativity, and memory. Anxi-
ety disorders contribute to illness and death by causing toxic hor-
17
mones to be released and can be a direct cause of high blood pres-

sure or rapid, irregular heartbeat. Anxiety and stress also measur-
ably reduce the strength of our immune systems.
Hans Berger, an carly 20" century Austrian psychiatrist, is
revered as the man who discovered the existence of electrical
rhythms of the brain. In 1908 he made this revolutionary discov-
ery with primitive ballistic galvanometers that were just barely able
to detect the tiny microvolt level electrical oscillations in the brain.
The biggest of these waves was, of course, the first to be detected
with his primitive equipment, so he called them “alpha waves”
since alpha is the first letter of the Greek alphabet. Hans Berger
thought these waves might be the source of ESP so he kept his
discovery secret for 10 years while he researched them carefully.
While there is a link, Berger was unable to find it with his primi-
tive equipment.
Berger is regarded as the “grandfather” of brain wave re-
search, and he was the first to discover that alpha waves were un-
common in highly anxious people, and that if an anxious person
did have a few alpha waves, they were smaller than usual (a weaker
signal with less amplitude). And even today if we are lacking ample
alpha waves, we more casily fall victim to anxiety and to stress-
related diseases. Indeed a progressive loss of alpha waves is a
hallmark of uncorrected aging of the brain and the descent into
senescence and senility.
Early Research into Brain Wave Feedback and

Anxiety
In 1977 (Hardt, 1977) my first research paper on anxiety
and alpha wave ncurofeedback training was presented to the Den-
ver meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of
Science (AAAS). Hardt, J.V. Anxiety reduction through alpha EEG
enhancement. Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Ameri-
18
can Association for the Advancement of Science, Denver, CO, Feb.

20-25, 1977.
A year later this work was expanded and published in the
prestigious Science magazine (Hardt & Kamiya, 1978). Hardt, J.V.
and Kamiya, J. Anxiety change through EEG alpha feedback: Seen
only in high anxiety subjects. Science, Vol. 201, pp. 79-81, 1978.
For this study I selected subjects who scored either high or
low in trait anxiety (meaning anxiety that was an enduring trait or
characteristic of their personality) and used an early form of the
Biocybernaut training protocol for alpha neurofeedback to increase
and decrease their alpha activity, measured by an EEG. When my
high-anxiety research subjects increased alpha wave production,
their anxiety scores decreased significantly, and in proportion to
their alpha increases. Alpha and anxiety seemed to be inversely
related.
This paper caused quite a stir and generated more than
1,000 reprint requests from outside the USA. This was
groundbreaking work, because no one believed that a personality
characteristic like trait anxiety could be changed. Personality traits
were considered to be stable over the adult lifetime. There was a
view that perhaps, with 20 years of psychotherapy, you could tinker
at the margins of personality traits, but the idea that you could
significantly and profoundly alter personality with any method was
not a part of modern psychology or psychiatry. The idea did exist
that perhaps anxiety could be controlled with medication (which
had many undesirable side effects). Yet with alpha brain wave
neurofeedback of only 5.6 hours total over 7 consecutive days, our
study showed a remarkable and lasting change in this personality
trait. This and other research is further explained in Chapter 3,
Calming the Hurricane in Your Brain.
Emotions Affect the Health of the Body and Mind

Anxiety is not the only emotion that can adversely affect
19
the brain. Depression is closely related to anxiety and is one of the

most commonly diagnosed mental disorders; it is also 2.5 times
more common in women than in men. Depression can destroy re-
lationships because living with a depressed partner can be frustrat-
ing, tumultuous, and, at times, even generate feelings of hopeless-
ness. Depression often results from (and conceals) suppressed an-
ger, with rage coming out at inappropriate times over minor inci-
dents. Depression is also a billion dollar industry for the medical
profession and pharmaccutical industry. As one expert said, “...
Peddling hope inside-a-pill is like a license to print money.”
The emotions of sadness, depression, worry, anxiety, fear,
anger, and rage are all related. What we see on the surface are
“acceptable” emotions, but what lies beneath these socially accept-
able emotions is anger, rage, and ultimately, fear. All of these com-
mon negative emotions block the production of alpha brain waves,
which are linked to happiness, joy, a sense of trust and oneness,
and a feeling of well-being.
We tend to suppress (and thus retain within ourselves) many
of the negative emotions, but holding on to resentment, anger, de-
sire for revenge, blame, etc., almost always undermines or destroys
relationships and can adversely affect health by increasing blood
pressure and raising blood levels of stress chemicals like cortisol
and adrenaline. People who deny or repress their feelings are more
likely to get cancer than those who allow themselves to feel their
emotions, according to clinical psychologist Lydia Temoshok and
science writer Henry Dreher, author of The Type C Connection. In
fact, suppression of feclings is the only scientifically proven pre-
dictor, besides genetics, of who gets cancer. During neurofeedback
training to enhance alpha and theta brain waves, people are able to
uncover and deal with suppressed emotions while in a positive brain
state, allowing them to reduce or release the negative “charge”
around the events that caused them. This process is further ex-
plored in Chapter 6: Extreme Forgiveness.
20
The good news is that we know brain wave neurofeedback

training can increase alpha waves and reduce anxiety and depres-
sion. So, if you want to feel less stress and anxiety, improve your
immune system, be more creative, learn more and remember
more, then you should learn to increase the amount of your
alpha brain waves.
Not Thinking Is Smart Thinking!

Optimizing the human brain’s process of information pro-
cessing and knowledge acquisition and generation means we need
to discover and master the process of NOT thinking so hard. And
that’s an art. Thinking hard does not usually result in flashes of
brilliant creativity, nor does it lead to emotional states of being that
nurture our body and soul. Thinking hard is characterized by beta
brain waves and the suppression of alpha waves and theta waves.
Beta is good for keeping track of routine and not very important
details. Beta thinking uses your small mind and usually goes along
with high stress situations and situations you’d like to get out of.
Stopping the often compulsive flow of thoughts in your brain is
often the answer. Stopping that flow of often negative self-talk in
your mind gives you relief. Not thinking, not having that barrage
of words marching through your mind, actually leads to healthier
brain wave states characterized by ample alpha and theta waves,
which serve to link us to our deep wellsprings of creativity and to
the unconscious mind.
In Chapter 4 we will look more deeply into the processes
of creativity, but for now let us note that your “Thinking Mind,”
your “Beta Mind,” is not where your creative ideas and inspira-
tions originate. In a shorthand way we can think of the “Alpha
Creativity” as coming from your mind’s searching for, finding, and
organizing bits of information you previously learned (even though
you might have forgotten it now), and then assembling all this in-
formation into a “Creative Synthesis.” For this alpha-type of cre-
21
ativity to work you have to have the necessary bits of information

somewhere in your mind’s database. This is why the first step of
the creative process, as described in Chapter 4, is the “Application
Phase,” where you pay your dues by learning the data and the facts
and the “good” problems in your chosen field. If you then use
your “Thinking Beta Mind” to process all that data, you will not
have flashes of creative insight. However, if from the “Applica-
tion Phase” of knowledge acquisition you are able to stop thinking
(while still maintaining a quict interior intention to solve the prob-
lem) you then go on to the “Incubation Phase of Creativity,” which
nurtures alpha wave production.
When you have a big burst of alpha waves, in that moment
you will have the illumination phase of the creative process — the
Eureka! — I-found-it experience. But to get there you have to learn
how to stop thinking. Not everyone can do this suspension of
thought, which is why there are creative and non-creative people.
Everyone has the ability to be creative, but what is required is the
ability to stop thinking, which allows your alpha brain waves to
increase, And it is only in that alpha brain wave state that your
mind can round up all the relevant bits of information necessary
for the assembly of the “Creative Synthesis,” which solves your
problem.
There is also a much rarer form of creativity that happens
in the theta brain wave state. In this theta brain wave state you can
tap into and access knowledge from the Akashic Records, which
are known as the library of all knowledge that was, is, and ever
will be. Maybe you never heard of the Akashic Records, and you
are wondering what this is about. It is not a physical place, but
rather an energetic source. Some people talk about all information
being available in the “quantum field” or in the “collective uncon-
scious.” Putting a label on something this big really only scrves to
paper over our ignorance.
Naming something does not mean we understand it, but it
22
does begin the process of our allowing a powerful new concept

into our understanding. The word Akasha is a Sanskrit word that
means primordial substance. The term Akashic Records describes
an energetic repository of all knowledge that people can learn to
tap into. What is required is the theta brain wave state.
There are many different kinds of theta brain waves. The
definition of theta brain waves is the brain waves that occur in the
frequency range between 4 to 7 cycles per second. But there are
many different shapes and sizes of brain waves that can have this
frequency range. Differences in shapes and sizes are referred to as
differences in morphology, i.e. shapes and forms. For example,
there is drowsy theta that is seen in stage one and stage two sleep.
There is the senile theta that, when mixed with beta, characterizes
the senile EEG pattern. There are also theta waves that are gener-
ated by scar tissue in the brain or by a growing brain tumor. There
is even a theta wave that accompanies the “aura” that often pre-
cedes an epileptic seizure, so there are many different kinds of
theta brain waves. But none of these ordinary” theta waves are
useful for accessing the Akashic Records.
What is required to access the Akashic Records is what we
call “Mystical Theta.” Mystical theta looks very different from all
the other theta brain waves. It comes in spindles like alpha waves,
and it looks like slowed down alpha. Mystical theta comes in big
lacy spindles and can even be intermingled with alpha spindles as
people in high alpha states dip down into the deeper mystical theta
states. When I was studying advanced Zen meditators, they would
sometimes dip into mystical theta in the deepest portions of their
meditations.
You do not need to speak Sanscrit or do Zen meditation in
order to produce mystical theta or to benefit from mystical theta’s
access to the “Big Library In The Sky,” metaphorically of course,
because the Akashic Records are not in the sky and they are not
any physical place. In fact, a famous American developed an
23
Akashic Records accessing technique long before people even knew

about brain waves. His name was Thomas Edison, a famous Aimcri-
can inventor with over 1,000 US patents to his credit. He probably
did not know he was accessing the Akashic Records. He maybe
most likely never even heard of the term, but that is what he was
doing, and his technique brought him many never-before-dreamed-
of inventions and ideas. Below is an overview of how he did it.
Creative Cat Naps

Here’s an example of how these Theta brain states can help
us be more creative and solve problems. We all admire Thomas
Edison for his over 1,000-patented inventions that dramatically
changed our lives. Although he only slept 4-5 hours per night (not
something I recommend for reasons to be discussed later), he had
a habit of taking “power naps,” and used relaxation techniques that
allowed him to access the high theta “hypnagogic state” between
sleeping and waking. He would sit in a comfortable chair, holding
ahcavy metal ball bearing in each hand. Then he’d attempt to fall
asleep. He would get drowsier and drowsier until he became so
drowsy that the bearings fell from his grip and clattered onto metal
pic plates that he carefully placed on the floor directly beneath his
hands. The clattering din would startle him awake. At this point,
he would quickly write down whatever inspiration was in his mind.
And this would often be a patentable idea or a part of one. He
would then start over again, drifting towards sleep but trying not to
allow himself to go completely under.
Remember that drowsy theta does not even look like “Mys-
tical” theta. Their waveforms have different morphologies. So not
all of Thomas Edison’s drowsiness would be of the “Mystical Theta”
type of brain waves. But obviously some of them would, and it is
something he practiced a lot, so if he got drowsy but did not con-
tact any useful ideas (no access to the Akashic Records), he would
internally discourage himself from that avenue of awareness and
24
try something else. If I had been able to measure the brain waves
of Thomas Edison, I would very likely have found he had consid-
erable ability to generate “Mystical Theta” brain waves, which were
likely the source of his prolific invention abilities.
We now know that the “hypnagogic state, the state between
waking and sleep, is the time when theta brain waves are preva-
lent. In this state, espe-
cially when “Mystical “,.we are put in touch with that inner
Theta” waves are present problem-solver that resides in all of
in our brains, we are putin ys, the subconscious, intuitive mind.”
touch with that inner prob-
lem-solver that resides in all of us, the subconscious, intuitive mind.
This part of us is somehow able to access dimensions of reality
that our conscious mind cannot. You might say that in the “Mysti-
cal Theta” state, the mind is able to access a universal filing sys-
tem that records every thought, word, and action in the collective
human memory hard drive, a universal data base in the quantum
field.
Psychologist Rupert Sheldrake refers to a non-material in-
formation cache as morphic resonance, meaning that every human
action or thought creates waves, like ripples in a pond, which af-
fect all other members of the human race. Psychologist Carl Jung
referred to the Collective Unconscious, existing in many dimen-
sions and timelines. All of these people are talking about some-
thing vast and far beyond words. In one system an aspect of it is
called the Akashic Records, from the Sanskrit word Akasha, mean-
ing primordial substance. In biblical terms, the Book of Life makes
reference to this knowledge, and in the Torah there are references
to the Book of Knowledge. Buddhists refer to Nature s Memory.
Whatever we call it, certain people have described
accessing it when they are in a brain wave state characterized by
“Mystical Theta” waves, and it has yielded the kinds of break-
through ideas that have led to culture-changing and life-changing
insights, inspirations, and inventions. The reason is simple. You
25
are bringing into your world, your place and time, information that
is not previously known to you and may not be known to anyone
living in your time.
Alpha creativity is rare enough, since it involves an un-
common processing of information that you have learned or, at
Icast one time in your life that you were exposed to. Putting to-
gether useful bits of information from different times of your life
and different schools of thought and different subject arcas is a
priceless gift that creative people bring to themselves, their fami-
lics and their societies. But the “Mystical Theta” type of creativity
is even more rare, and it brings into a person’s life and into their
society a knowledge that is simply not known yet, — information
their culture has not yet developed. So “Mystical Theta” explorers
are indeed rare and valuable human beings. They are different, and
they show us the promise ofa new age, a better life, a deeper and
richer understanding of ourselves and of the universe,
Most of the time the awake brain of a modern adult will
be thinking. Although both the theta and alpha brain wave states
are uncommon in the awake brain of the modern adult, they can be
trained and vastly enhanced with brain wave training using suitable
neurofeedback technology. This neurofeedback training helps
people to learn how to stop thinking (by quieting the beta mind)
and how to begin to be aware in the alpha and the theta brain wave
states. The “Art of Smart Thinking” involves learning how to
stop the beta mind from its type of “thinking” and how to begin to
create more alpha and theta waves. Remember, alpha isn’t what
you think.
The Brain Bubble Technique

An ample flow of blood to oxygenate the brain is critical
to the brain’s ability to create alpha waves. The book The Einstein
Factor by Win Wenger talks about the “Brain Bubble” technique
of Dr. Yoshiro NakaMats, the most prolific inventor in the world,
26
with over 3,000 patents to his name, such as the floppy disk, the
hard disk, and the digital watch. He says that his best-kept secret
for generating creative ideas is “Swim till almost die!” He swims
underwater and holds his breath until he simply can’t do it any
longer. Coupled with a systemized method he has created that
enhances creativity, this technique allows his brain to “bubble” with
great ideas.
Why does starving the body of oxygen work? Because
when you shut off the supply of fresh oxygen to the body, the car-
bon dioxide content of the blood starts to increase. The body’s au-
tomatic response is to expand the carotid arteries that feed your
brain, which then allow more blood to flow to the brain. If this is
practiced regularly, the carotid arteries expand permanently, and
your brain is constantly provided more oxygen. We know that an
oxygen-rich brain is necessary to produce alpha waves, so this pro-
cess works because of a change in brain waves! The expansion of
the carotid arteries is greater and longer lasting when this breath
holding is practiced as a child. It does not have to involve under-
water swimming, just any means of promoting long term breath
holding. So if you wish to enhance your child’s or your own
brainpower, do some long distance underwater swimming or some
breathing exercises that involve holding your breath for long and
lengthening periods of time.
“Underwater swimming stimulates what marine biologists
call the mammalian diving response,” according to Wenger. “When
we dive, the body increases blood flow not only to the brain but to
every other major organ as well. This response is common to all
mammals and may partially explain why whales and dolphins —
perhaps the champion breath holders of all time — have evolved
brains (almost) as complex and powerful as our own.”
Cultivating the Intuitive Mind

Since Descartes’ declared, “Cogito ergo sum,” “I think,
2/
therefore I am,” the rational mode of consciousness has been the

dominant form of consciousness in Western cultures, almost to the
Svsan Bs’ oe . exclusion of other modes of
“The intuitive mind is a sacred giftand knowing. What have we
the rational mind is a faithful servant. issed by cultivating only
We have created a society that honors the rational mind? If you
the servant and has forgotten the gift.” look at the ecology of bio-
Albert Einstein. logical systems, it becomes
clear that monoculture —
preferential cultivation of one thing to the exclusion of others — is
neither a sustainable nor wise path to follow in either agriculture
or thought. As Albert Einstein said, “The intuitive mind is a sacred
gift and the rational mind is a faithful servant. We have created a
society that honors the servant and has forgotten the gift.”
The Ecology of Consciousness

By drawing analogies from the ecology of biological sys-
tems we can establish some principles of the “Ecology of Con-
sciousness.” Survivability is a basic requirement of biological eco-
systems, which is seen to depend, in part, on a multiplicity of life
forms. In a meadow there may be six or seven different kinds of
grasses. Ifa mutation ofa leaf mildew were suddenly to overcome
the defenses of one of the varictics of grass and wipe it out, the
meadow would not become barren because the other grasses, which
were resistant to the mildew, would expand their ranges and fill in
the ecological niches vacated by the vulnerable variety that was
killed off by the mutated leaf mildew.
It is obvious from a study of the structure of conscious-
ness that there are different modes of awareness that can grow in
the meadows of the mind. However since Descartes dreamed up
science and declared, “Cogito ergo sum,” the rational mode of con-
sciousness has occupied a special (meaning preeminent) position
in Western cultures, almost to the exclusion of other modes of know-
28
ing. Edmund Husserl, the French phenomenologist, has attempted,

through phenomenology, to restore intuitive modes of knowing to
prominence, but until recently the rational mind has been the focus
of most of Western education and has been the reigning force in
the dominant scientific-technological world view. Just one form
of consciousness has flourished in the meadows of the mind; and
its dominance has been reflected in the monocultures of modern
agricultural fields.
Instead of the stabilizing multiplicity of natural ecosys-
tems, Western agriculture has promoted uniformity. Vast fields of
single-crop species are maintained at a huge cost: plowing, culti-
vating, and spraying with plant and animal poisons to suppress all
life forms but the chosen crop. In this disruption of the safety
mechanisms of natural ecosystems we are threatened with disas-
ter, just as in the cultural suppression of the non-rational forms of
consciousness and the encouragement of a monoculture of the mind
we are also threatened with cultural disaster. Only with a rational
mind cut off from the guidance of feeling and intuition could
Herman Kahn write his horrific yet eminently logical book, On
Thermonuclear War.
Western agriculture has also carried monoculture to fan-
tastic extremes. Not only is the attempt made to clear vast areas of
all life forms other than the chosen crop, but also then the chosen
crop is hybridized to produce millions of virtually genetically iden-
tical plants of that crop. With such a catastrophic decrease in vari-
ability, disaster predictably arrived. In 1970 a mutated variety of
corn blight took advantage of the fact that a vast majority of all the
corn planted in America had been standardized to have cells con-
taining the T-type cytoplasm.
When the corn blight mutated to attack T-type cytoplasm,
the food supply of much of the world was suddenly threatened.
Fortunately the mistake was quickly recognized and the weather
cooperated that year to keep the moisture dependent blight con-
29
fined to about 10% of the corn crop. Government and private re-
search facilities were then quickly given the task of reinstituting
and maintaining the variability of the gene pools of important crops.
Science Magazine began to publicize the dangers of shrinking gene
pools and published an article by Bonnell and Selander (1974) on
“Elephant Seals: Genetic Variation and Near Extinction,” which
concluded:
“that the northern elephant seal, now lacking a pool of
(genetic) variability with which to adapt to changing
conditions, is especially vulnerable to environmental
modification.”
The danger to our genetically restricted food crops was

seen as so grave that even before President Richard Nixon’s open-
ing to Communist China, there were hastily organized agricultural
exchanges with the People’s Republic of China aimed at expand-
ing the gene pools of important crops. But, regrettably, no govern-
ment agency has been similarly concerned with the homogencity
of consciousness perpetrated by the rational world view of the domi-
nant culture, In fact the near catastrophe in agriculture may be
seen as a consequence of rational farming methods in a rational
social, political, and economic climate in a rational culture created
by rational minds.
More recently it has also been discovered that there is a
similar problem looming large and growing rapidly that affects the
loss of diversity of domesticated animals. It is not widely known
that domesticated animal species are going extinct at a faster and
more alarming rate than wild animals. Now wild animals are go-
ing extinct for reasons caused by humans. These include: (1) Over
fishing, over harvesting, or over hunting; (2) Loss of habitat as
humans encroach on the habitat and change it with urbanization,
farming, deforestation, or desertification; and (3) Pollution, which
renders the wild habitats unsuitable for wildlife and their normal
feeding and reproduction activitics.
Domesticated animals are also going extinct for reasons

caused by humans. By and large domesticated animal’s only get to
breed by permission of human beings. This animal breeding, ani-
mal husbandry is also guided almost exclusively by shortsighted
rational considerations, mainly money.
Let us consider an example of how this is working with
milk cows. You may know that breeds of milk cows include the
Jersey, the Guernsey and the Holstein. The Holsteins are those
cows with big splotches of black and white fur on their hides.
Unfortunately for the other breeds of cows the Holsteins are the
most prodigious milk producers of all time. A Holstein can pro-
duce 40% more milk per cow per year than the nearest competitor
breed of cow.
Now consider two farmers with neighboring farms. One
farmer milks Jerseys or Guernsey’s and the other farmer milks
Holsteins. They both have the same costs for taxes, barns, trac-
tors, fuel, fertilizer, milking machines and electricity. However
the farmer with the Holsteins is getting 40% more milk and 40%
more money than his neighbor who is milking Jerseys or
Guernsey’s. And so rational economics is driving all the other
breeds of cows to extinction, because few farmers can afford a
40% cost disadvantage
Now before your rational mind starts cheering with non-
sense about “survival of the fittest,” we need to note again that
diversity promotes survival. There is a very serious and possibly
fatal flaw with breeding and milking Holsteins. Holsteins can only
do their prodigious feat of milk production by eating a high-energy
diet of grain; they cannot do their milk-production feat by eating
just grass or hay. However, Jerseys and Guernsey’s can make milk
by eating only grass and hay. At the present time there is enough
grain to feed both people and Holstein cows, but what happens in
times of famine? We know that even in periods of stable climate
that there are periods of famine.
31
Now in the face of global warming and the vast changes

that this will bring, including changing patterns of rain and drought,
causing the oceans to rise over 300 feet (as the ice melts the oceans
will rise 100 meters), with consequential loss of much arable land,
there may soon not be cnough grain to feed both humans and Hol-
stein cows. So we say good-bye to milk and butter and cheese and
yogurt and ice cream. And why? Because the rational mind made
choices that reduced diversity in the domesticate animals. And
this problem is not limited to cows. It affects virtually every type
of domesticated animal: pigs, chickens, ducks, turkeys, geese, goats,
sheep, llamas, yaks, water buffalo, etc. Once the number of breeds
is sufficiently reduced there is such loss of genetic diversity that
discase or changes in the environment can much more easily wipe
any species of domesticated animal off the face of the earth. Again
the problem is the dominance of the rational mind, the dominance
of rational thinking in controlling the fate of humanity and the fate
of this planct.
There are really two issues here: dominance of the ecosys-
tems of consciousness by the rational mind, and the issue of the
innate competence of the rational mode compared to the other
modes of knowing. It is one level of danger to depend upon a
monoculture of the mind, but it is a greater danger if the chosen
monoculture is not the best and most competent example of the
many modes of consciousness.
We are joined by more than Arthur Deikman (1966a, b, c)
and Duncan Blewett (1969) in believing that the mystical mode of
knowing draws man closer to absolute truth than do the intellec-
tual and rational modes. Ideally, for an ecology of consciousness,
all modes should have an harmonious representation in the fields
and forests of the mind. John of Ruysbrocck was a 14th century
Flemish mystic who is an example of mystical-intellectual balance.
Evelyn Underhill (1974) has commented upon his wonderful
mental harmony:
“.»Ruysbroeck was one of the few mystics who has known how
to make full use of a strong and disciplined intellect, without ever
permitting it to encroach on the proper domain of spiritual intuition.
An orderly and reasoned view of the universe is the ground plan
upon which the results have ... [spiritual] intuitions are set out:
yet we are never allowed to forget the merely provisional
character of the best intellectual concepts where we are dealing
with ultimate truth. Ultimate truth says (Ruysbroeck), is not
accessible to the human reasons: ‘the What-ness of God’ we
can never know. Yet this need not discourage us from exploring
and describing as well as we can, those rich regions ... which
await us beyond the ramparts of the sensual world... (Ruysbroeck)
was...almost as well equipped on the intellectual (as on the
contemplative) side: and hence was enabled to interpret to others,
in language ... something at least of the adventure of his spirit in
the fathomless Ocean of God.”
If we are to join in such adventures, we must have practice

in setting aside the “merely provisional ... intellectual concepts”
and we must, as Freud said, “...take the trouble to suppress (the)
critical faculty.” Now Freud was no friend of mysticism; indeed
that was the main reason for the ending of his friendship with Carl
Jung who wanted to explore the mystical world, which Freud did
not. However, in spite of Freud’s reluctance to explore the mysti-
cal world, he did know that a whole inner world would open to our
observations if rational (i.e. ratio, meaning comparison and evalu-
ation) processes were suspended. The “Trust in the Heart Sutra of
the Third Chinese Patriarch of Zen” is an excellent teaching on
how to suspend comparisons and evaluations in our thinking. We
have seen how such suspension can lead to ego dissolution.
Ego dissolution is the goal of mystical practices in all cul-
tures and leads reliably to mystical experiences. We are interested
in such mystical experiences for many reasons. In some spiritual
33
traditions there is a priest or guru who acts as a conduit to altered

reality (mystical experiences) for his or her followers. The pricst
or guru sometimes requires that the followers surrender their per-
sonal will to his will, and then he provides transcendent experi-
ences in return. As history has shown, there is much mischief that
can accompany the follower’s submission to the will of the priest
or guru, including psychological, sexual, and financial exploita-
tion of the followers by the leader (c.g. Reverend Jim Jones, cte.).
In addition, once the leader dics and is gone, the followers
often have no further access to the higher states they craved and
which the leader provided (c.g. Swami Muktananda, who had Shakti
could throw his followers into advanced spiritual states by a wave
of his hand, and yet after his death they often had no further access
to these advanced spiritual states which they craved.
Neurofeedback offers a better way. Neurofeedback is a
profoundly democratizing influence in spiritual discovery, since
each trainee discovers and develops his or her own personal con-
nection to the Divine, to the desired states of altered awareness, to
mystical experiences. With neurofeedback training, cach trainee
allows his or her ego to dissolve in order to open more fully to his
or her higher-self and to the “Divine Will.” In Hymn of the Uni-
verse (1961) by Teilhard de Chardin, we see that:
“The true self grows in inverse proportion to the growth of egoism.’

Surrendering one’s own ego to the ego of another person
(the spiritual leader) actually limits the growth of the individual, in
part because the leader’s ego grows and the total system of leader
plus follower does not diminish in total egoism. While the initial
surrender by the “follower” to the Icader’s ego may lead to some
growth of awareness in the follower relative to the follower’s origi-
nal egoic state, this growth is limited by the inherent limitations of
the leader and the leader’s ego. This is because the ego given up
by the follower is taken on by the leader, so there is no reduction of
ego in the total system of leader plus follower. Eventually the

leader’s ego grows to the point of sabotaging the growth of aware-
ness of everyone in the system. Neurofeedback offers a better way.
If, instead, the neurofeedback trainee diminishes his or her own
ego in favor of his or her own “Higher Self,” then the neurofeedback
trainer who assists this process has successfully functioned as an
assistant coach, whose primary mission is to establish effective
communication between the trainee and the trainee’s “Higher Self,”
which is the head coach, and this had coach can best connect the
individual with the “Divine Awareness.”
There is still a role for leadership in spiritual exploration
with neurofeedback, but this role becomes one of organizing and
optimizing the spiritual experiences of an individual or of a group
rather than, as in the past, the leader being the source of the spiri-
tual experiences. In addition, the requirements for leadership
change, and rather than being based on power in evoking mystical
experiences in their followers, leadership now requires wisdom
and compassion in guiding the mystical experiences which the “fol-
lowers” now have the full ability to evoke on their own with the
neurofeedback technology. This also means that the leader must
lead with love rather than discipline, penalties, or punishment.
These later negatives may have been useful, in a less enlightened
past, with some spiritual children, but not now. The radiant beings
awakening through neurofeedback into fuller understanding of the
Divine source of the universe will only respect and gather around
leaders whose central premise is love. Again from Chardin:
Reflecting...on the state of affairs which might evoke this new
universal love in the human heart, a love so often vainly dreamed
of, but which now leaves the fields of Utopia (meaning it ceases
to be an unattainable utopian ideal) to reveal itself as both pos-
sible and necessary, we are brought to the following conclusion:
that for men upon the earth, all the earth, to learn to love one
another, it is not enough that they should know themselves to be
35
members of one and the same (species/race/nation/region/

family, one and the same) thing; in ‘planetizing’ themselves they
must acquire the (larger) consciousness (of the human collec-
tive awareness), without losing themselves (and their individual
awareness and they must realize they are) becoming one and
the same person. For there is no total love that does not pro-
ceed from, and exist within, that which is personal.” And from
Chardin’s, Hymn of the Universe:
“The true self grows in inverse proportion to the growth of
egoism. The element becomes personal only in so far as it be-
comes universal. ...[I] if the human particles are to become truly
personalized under the creative influence of union, itis not enough
for them to be joined together (in some random fashion), no matter
how. Since what is in question is the achieving of a synthesis of
centers, it must be centre to centre [heart to heart, mind to mind
through love] and in no other way that they establish contact with
one another. ... In other words the [issue] to which all this leads
is the [issue] of love.
“To be pure of heart means to love God above all things,
and at the same time to see him everywhere in all things. ... Who
then could fail to see that the effect of this contact with God must
be to unify it to the innermost core of its being?
Given a really deep insight into the concept of collectivity
(and collective awareness), we are bound to understand the term
without any attenuation of meaning. ... [T]he stuff of the universe
does not achieve its full evolutionary cycle when it achieves
[merely] consciousness;...we are therefore moving on towards
some new critical point (the Omega point). .... The noosphere
(which is the envelope of consciousness around the Earth) be-
comes a single closed system in which each element (each per-
son) individually sees, feels, desires, and suffers the same things
as all the rest together with them.
36
“Thus we have a harmonized collectivity of consciousnesses

which together make up a sort of super-consciousness; the earth
is covered by myriads of grains of (individual) thought but
enclosed in one single enveloping (collective) consciousness so
that it forms, functionally, a single vast grain of thought on a side-
real scale of immensity, (in which) the plurality of individual acts
of reflective consciousness (are) coming together and reinforc-
ing one another in a single unanimous act, (which is the ignition
or the awakening of the collective human Super Consciousness.)
“Such is the general form in which, by analogy and in sym-
metry with the past, we are led scientifically to envisage that hu-
manity of the future in which alone (i.e. this is the only way in
which it is possible that) the terrestrial drives implicit in our activ-
ity can find a terrestrial fulfillment.”
Ihave learned through my research into the ecology of the
mind that the mystical and intuitive modes of knowing draw man
closer to absolute truth than do the intellectual and rational modes.
The mystical and intuitive modes are certainly responsible for more
inventions, creative insights, “outside-of-the-box” thinking, and
problem-solving skills and abilities. In fact, for a healthy, robust,
optimal ecology of consciousness, all modes of thinking, all ways
of accessing information, should have an harmonious representa-
tion in the fields and forests of the mind.
The fact is we have been ignoring a great deal of the knowl-
edge and power that our brains have to offer us by living in a high
beta state that involves alpha wave suppression. We drink caffeine
and alcohol in our beverages, and many people use nicotine, all of
which suppress alpha waves.
We have largely ignored the state of consciousness that is
the most creative at solving problems and hidden it away at the
back of the closet shelf in favor of the rational mind, which is char-
acterized by mostly beta brain waves. In this time of increasing
a7
planetary conflict, resource depletion, and, at Icast in the West,

horrendous increases in medical costs due to anxicty and stress-
related chronic illnesses, we
“Problems are best solved at a must find a way to use ALL
different level of consciousness of our brain, Like Einstein
from which they are created.” said, “Problems can only be
: Aner Binstebi solved at a different level of
; ee awareness from where they
were created.”
It’s time to learn how we can access a more holistic, wise,
and balanced knowledge discovery and problem-solving process.
The technology and proven protocol for brain wave neurofeedback
is available, and the results are impressive, as you will sce from
the examples in this book. Remember, “Alpha isn’t what you think.”
The Roots of Brain Wave Research

The roots of brain wave research and the ability to under-
stand and scientifically document various states of conscious aware-
ness lie in a discovery made in 1908 by Hans Berger, an Austrian
psychiatrist. He discovered the existence of oscillating electrical
waves in the brain, and he called them alpha waves because they
were the first electrical activity to be discovered in the brain. Al-
pha is the first letter of the Greek alphabet, like our “a,” and is
often used to mean the first or the beginning. He kept his discovery
secret for 10 years while he conducted research into what he thought
was the basis of ESP (cxtrasensory perception).
Berger had had an ESP experience when he was in one of
the European wars that took him outside of his native Austria. He
fell off his horse and was badly hurt, and his sister, who was some
hundreds of miles away in Austria, knew about it instantly and in
detail. When Berger discovered his sister’s awareness of his mis-
fortune, he went looking for the source of this ESP. And he went
looking in the brain. What he found with his primitive amplifiers
and ballistic galvanometers was electrical activity in the brain,

which he called “Alpha Waves.” He wondered if these alpha waves
he had discovered could be the basis of ESP. We know now that
they are involved in that process, but with his primitive equipment,
Berger wasn’t able to prove it. He kept this amazing discovery a
secret for 10 years while researching it on his own. He finally pub-
lished his findings in 1918 after a great deal of background work
and from that point, interest in electrical waves in the brain spread
rapidly around the world. This news created a sensation among the
cognoscenti, and excited scientists and educated lay people alike
were astonished and excited.
Early scientists who rushed in to follow up on Berger’s
breakthrough discovery then mapped out the different types of brain
waves (alpha, beta, delta, and theta), and began to do psychophysi-
cal studies on the “natural reactivity” of these brain waves to sen-
sory stimulation. With the early equipment using ink-writing poly-
graphs with wiggling pens or styluses, which could not adequately
record oscillations faster than about 30 cycles per second, not much
attention was paid to gamma waves, which are faster than beta
waves. None of these early investigators (pre Kamiya in 1962)
ever imagined that people could learn voluntary control of their
own brain waves. Brain waves were thought to be exclusively an
autonomic function and thus incapable of any voluntary control.
The ABCs of Brain Waves

Brain waves are categorized in terms of their frequency,
measured in cycles per second. The slowest frequency waves are
delta waves (0-4 cycles/sec). Theta waves (4-7 cycles/sec) are bit
faster; alpha waves (8-13 cycles/sec) are faster still, then beta waves
(13-40) are even faster, and then gamma waves (25-70 cycles/sec)
are the fastest waves in the stationary electroencephalogram (EEG).
The basic brain waves are delta, theta, alpha, beta, and gamma.
The first four are the ones most studied. Brain waves collectively
39
are referred to as the electroencephalogram (EEG), and they are

recorded and measured by the electroencephalograph, which origi-
nally wrote the brain waves on moving chart paper with pens draw-
ing the EEG activity at cach of the various sites on the head that
were being measured. (The electroencephalograph is the record-
ing device that produces the electroencephalogram.) The brain
waves are oscillating electrical voltages in the brain, but they are
tiny, just a few millionths of a volt. Many hundreds of scientists
have spent a lot of time studying these basic brain waves, referred
to as the stationary EEG. There are many other kinds of electrical
activity in the brain, especially the short-lived evoked potentials
that occur when the brain responds to sensory input (like a sound,
or a touch, or a flash of light).
Delta Waves
Delta waves are the slowest oscillating brain waves (0-4
cycles per second). According to conventional medical and physi-
ological knowledge, delta brain waves are seen only in the deepest
stages of sleep (stages 3 and 4) or outright coma. According to this
traditional neurological view, the person is not at all aware in delta,
and, in fact, sleep instructional tapes are ineffective in these stages
(3 & 4) of deep delta sleep.
However, there is another aspect of delta — waking delta.
This is unknown to most neurologists and brain physiologists. I
have observed waking delta in numerous exceptional people, many
of them in recent brain wave neurofeedback trainings. Waking delta
is characterized by its presence mainly in the central and frontal
cortical regions of the brain while the person is exhibiting simulta-
neous alpha waves in the occipital region. This double brain wave
pattern shows the person is indeed awake as alpha waves do not
show up in deep sleep, In advanced states of Yoga meditation people
sometimes experience the rising of the Kundalini energy up the
spine. This happens when there is waking delta in the brain. Gopi
40
Krishna has written a book on the Kundalini energy titled:

Kundalini Rises in the West. It is a powerful force for awakening
and raising consciousness.
In Chapter 5 there is a detailed example of the power some-
one with natural Kundalini delta can have in influencing others
and creating and guiding the development of real world events.
People with natural waking delta are in possession of a powerful
gift as these potent brain waves reflect a state of consciousness in
which the person can actually influence physical reality with their
mind. This gives a new meaning to “Delta Force.”
In a scene in the first Star Wars movie, Episode IV “A
New Hope,”, Obi-Wan Kenobi brazenly shepherds the two drones,
R2D2 and C3PO, past the Imperial Storm Troopers guarding the
entrances to Moss Eisley, a spaceport city. He whispers under his
breath within the hearing of one of them, “We don’t need to see his
identification. These are not the droids we’re looking for. Move
along! Move along!” The Imperial Storm Trooper hypnotically
repeats almost exactly those exact words. This is an illustration of
how powerful waking delta can be. However, manipulating
another’s will come with a big price — karmic backlash.
One definition of evil is to interfere with another’s will.
People with waking delta need to be careful not to intrude their
will on others. They also need to clear out all their negative emo-
tions because anger and delta waves can be lethal. I conduct delta
trainings by invitation, only and those people who are invited have
demonstrated a high degree of ethical cleansing and remarkable
ego transcendence. Properly trained, a high waking delta person
can be charismatic and can express poise, presence, even majesty.
Theta Waves
Theta waves oscillate somewhat faster than delta. Theta
waves are 4-7 cycles per second. But there are many different
shapes and sizes of brain waves that can have this frequency range.
41
Differences in shapes and sizes are referred to as differences in

morphology, i.c. the shpes and forms. For example, there is drowsy
theta that is seen in stage one and stage two of sleep. They repre-
sent the transition between waking and sleeping and are character-
ized by light drowsiness. There is the senile theta that, when mixed
with beta, characterizes the senile EEG pattern. There are also
theta waves that are generated by scar tissue in the brain or by a
growing brain tumor.
There is a theta wave that accompanies the “aura”? which
often precedes an epileptic seizure, and there is even a low fre-
quency theta wave that circulates around the head during the very
highest quality orgasms, Theta waves are also seen in very advanced
meditators. This type of theta in advanced meditators and readers
in the Akashic Records is quite different from drowsy theta — at
Biocybernaut we call it “Mystical Theta.: “Mysical Theta” has a
very different waveform morphology that looks like slowed down
alpha spindles. Enhanced theta of this type is seen in persons who
are more deeply spiritual. It also conveys a very rare and valuable
type of creativity as already described in the story of Thomas
Edison. This rare type of creativity allows the person to “bring in”
new information that they did not know and that was not even
known to any people in their time. This type of creativity may
well be an example of or be mediated by accessing the Akashic
Records, from which universal database the person draws just the
information needed to solve his/her problem.
Alpha Waves
Alpha waves oscillate 8-13 times per second and are gen-
crated in the thalamus (the brain within the brain). There is a lot of
basic knowledge about what alpha brain waves are and what makes
them appear and disappear in our brains. Yes, they appear and dis-
appear. Alpha brain waves are not always present. For example, in
deep delta sleep there are no alpha brain waves, and if someone is
42
very highly aroused as in fear or anger, again there are virtually no

alpha brain waves present.
Alpha brain waves are seen in a wakeful state that is typi-
cally characterized by a relaxed and effortless alertness. Alpha states
have been described variously as sublime, flying, floating, light-
ness, light, vast space, opening of the heart, love, contentment,
peace, tranquility. Sexual arousal also usually enhances alpha, and
there are big increases in alpha during orgasm, as very few people
can remain stuck in beta mind and logical analysis during moments
of orgasm. In a predominantly alpha state, people are happy, joy-
ful, loving, creative, energized and peaceful. In addition, the alpha
state enhances mental abilities, such as creativity and IQ. Alpha is
related to physiological arousal in an upside down U-shaped curve
where low arousal = low alpha and, at highest levels of arousal,
where one is stressed out and tense (perhaps consuming too much
caffeine or other stimulants or filled with anxiety and fear) alpha is
also low. In the middle range of arousal, alpha is much higher than
at either extreme of arousal.
In both yogic and Zen meditation there are super conscious
states of awareness that are characterized by very high alpha activ-
ity. In yoga this state is Samadhi and the alpha activity predomi-
nates in the brain. The
alpha during Samadhi is :
high amplitude and the Alpha states have been described
spindles are long and variously as sublime, floating, lightness,
strong. When absorbed
in vast space, opening of heart, love,
the bliss of the Samadhi contentment, peace, tranquility.
state the yogi is oblivious
to the external world and is fully absorbed in the beauty of an inner
transcendent reality. You can understand the fullness of this yogic
absorption in the inner reality by noting that even disturbances like
banging cymbals near the ears of a yogi in Samadhi will not shake
the yogi out of the Samadhi state and will not cause the yogi’s
43,
alpha to block or to be interrupted. The alpha response to stimula-

tion is quite different in Zen satori. In Zen the super conscious
state is satori, which is also characterized by very high alpha activ-
ity, but it is different from the alpha in the yogic Samadhi because
the Zen monk is not oblivious to the outside world. The Zen medi-
tator absorbed in satori remains connected to phenomenal reality
and the high alpha of satori can be interrupted by disturbances in
the outside world. It is as though the Zen meditator in the high
alpha of satori has onc foot in the inner transcendent world and the
other foot in the external world. This is why some say that Zen is
the middle way.
Beta Waves
Beta waves oscillate still faster (13-40 cycles per second).
The beta state is known as the “secretary mind” and is good for the
routine, non-creative performance of tasks that require attention
and ordinary thinking and where there is difficult mental concen-
tration and focus. When you think of beta waves, think of the statue
of Rodin’s Thinker: cffortful, stressful, furrowed brow, the whole
musculature of the body recruited to force the mind to THINK.
Beta waves are also characteristic of anxiety and worry and states
of dis-casc involving highly stressful situations, negative self-talk,
feelings of separation and other dysfunctional emotional states.
Increases of beta waves occur when you experience increases
in anger, hostility, anxiety, doubt, depression, dejection and
unhappiness.
Gamma Waves
Gamma waves oscillate even faster (25-70 cycles per sec-
ond). In the carly formative years of studying brain wave activity
with electroencephalographs, it was not possible to have the re-
cording pens make legible wiggles faster than about 30 times per
second. The carly equipment used ink-writing polygraphs with
44
wiggling pens or styluses, which could not adequately record os-

cillations faster than about 30 cycles per second, and the faster
activity was just an ink blur on the recording paper. There was and
is an additional problem. The frequency range of muscle electrical
activity totally overlaps the gamma range, and without sophisti-
cated computer processing it is very hard to distinguish gamma
activity from muscle tension and muscle movements. For this rea-
son not much early attention was paid to gamma waves, which can
be much faster than beta waves.
Some facts about gamma waves include: (1) Some re-
searchers have recognized that higher level cognitive activities occur
when lower frequency gamma waves suddenly double into the 40
Hz range, (2) Neocortical gamma waves (approximately 30-80 Hz)
are continuously present during low voltage fast neocortical activ-
ity (LVFA) occurring during waking or active sleep. Gamma waves
occur in a burst-suppression pattern in association with large am-
plitude slow waves during quiet sleep or anesthesia, (3) In a study
headed up by Antoine Lutz (2004), Buddhist monks with 10,000-
50,000 hours of Tibetan Buddhist meditation practice showed large
bursts of gamma waves during their practice of compassion medi-
tation. Some of the monks produced gamma wave activity more
powerful than any previously reported in a healthy person. In ad-
dition, the positive correlation (+0.79) between length of practice
and the amount of relative gamma wave activity produced sug-
gests the meditative practice may have been the cause of the in-
creased gamma activity. :
wR OK OR ok ok
Each of the basic EEG brain waves (delta, beta, gamma) is

linked to one or more different states of consciousness and is use-
ful for different skills and abilities. However, we can get into trouble
if we cannot turn on the type of brain wave needed for the task at
hand. For example, if we cannot turn on theta and delta brain waves,
45
we will suffer from insomnia, among other things. If we cannot

turn on alpha, we will be non-creative. If we cannot turn off beta,
we may suffer from continual negative self-talk. On the other hand,
people who can turn on and off the ideal brain waves to deal with
cach and every situation are considered gifted. They seem to live
in a blessed and magical world. And they do. And so can you,
simply by learning to control your own brain wave activitics.
Driving Your Brain

Let’s compare the five basic brain waves with the five gears
ona car. Delta brain waves (the slowest waves) are first gear. Theta
brain waves are second gear. Alpha brain waves are third gear.
Beta brain waves are fourth gear. Gamma brain waves are fifth
gear or overdrive. No one gear is best for every driving situation,
and no one brain wave is best for all of the challenges of life. We
get into trouble if one of the gears in our car goes out, or if we
forget to use some of the gears. For example if we drive our car
starting in first gear, and then shifting directly into fourth gear (skip-
ping second and third), we will have low gas mileage and high
repair bills. The same is true of our brains. Sadly, many people
often skip their second and third brain gears (theta and alpha brain
waves). When we skip second and third gears in our brain, the
consequences of driving our brains in this manner are low produc-
tivity and high medical bills.
How does this skipping “gears” in your brain wave pattern
happen in daily life? All too easily in our modern life. People
often wake up suddenly out of a deep sleep (delta brain waves)
with an alarm. Then they immediately fecl stress and anxiety (beta
brain waves) about being late or being under time pressure. After
insufficient sleep they pour high-octane caffeinated coffee down
their throats to force themselves into wakefulness. However, the
jolt of caffeine suppresses theta and alpha brain waves, while pro-
moting beta brain waves. All day they work under stress, pressure,
46
and time urgency (beta, beta, and more beta), until at night, when
they fall exhausted into deep sleep (delta brain waves), having spent
too little time unwinding, relaxing, and drowsing (which would
have given them a bit more theta and alpha brain waves). Thus
many people shift their brains suddenly and forcefully from delta
to beta, and then back to delta, over and over and over! We’ll get
the same result doing this to our brains as we would if we did it to
our cars — accelerated aging or wear and tear, poor performance,
and high repair bills (i.e. high medical costs).
The beta state has often been characterized as the conscious
mind and delta as the unconscious mind. If you are missing those
gears in between, you won’t have very much connection or rapport
between your conscious mind and your unconscious mind. Nor
will you have much connection or rapport with your feelings and
emotions and with other people and their feelings and emotions.
Not having this connection can cause some problems in your rela-
tionships because it makes it difficult to be empathetic or compas-
sionate towards others. People can become creatively blocked in
achieving goals because they can’t tap into their unconscious knowl-
edge resources. They are unable to make the connection with the
part of their brain that has those resources because that requires the
alpha state of consciousness. They may have a conscious idea of
what they want to achieve, but can’t make it happen the way that
extraordinary people who use all of their brain are able to.
Brain wave neurofeedback technology offers a way to train
your brain to create more
alpha and theta wave activ- When you know how to change
ity. Many people go through
your brain waves, you’re in control
life as though they were
of your experiences of life!
bound and gagged in the
trunk of their car— not in
control of the direction of their lives. They feel like victims, being
driven through life out of control. Brain wave neurofeedback train-
47
ing takes off the handcuffs, removes the blindfold and the gag,
TI
opens the trunk and returns to them the keys to the car (brain). It
puts people back in the driver’s seat, stecring wheel in hand, and
gives them an owner’s manual for their brain. When you know
how to change your brain waves, you’re in control of your experi-
ences of life!
The Alpha “High”

The production of alpha brain waves is an innate skill of
our brains, but one consequence of the modern stressful lifestyle is
that we have forgotten how to produce theta and alpha brain waves
in the waking state — we’ ve been conditioned out of it. When people
are able to produce strong, frequent alpha waves, they think smarter;
they are more creative and more likely to deliver peak performances.
They are also less hostile, less anxious, less angry, less unhappy,
and less depressed. In a state of enhanced or high alpha, people are
also friendlicr, more vigorous, more motivated, and able to think
more clearly and stay focused. It will be a better world to live in
when more people learn to live in higher alpha brain wave states
more of the time.
With brain wave neurofeedback technology, people can
change themselves and their lives for the better and have a positive
impact on their familics, their communities, their county and the
world. Here are some of the specific outcomes we have documented
with this training:
¢ — Improving interpersonal relationships with spouse,
family, children, coworkers
* — Restoring youthful brain wave patterns, thereby
reversing some effects of aging
¢ Developing your natural intuition and problem-
solving capabilitics
¢ Staying calm and focused under pressure
48
¢ Performing more effectively and more creatively with

less stress
° Profiting from increased productivity
¢ Improving and enjoying special skills and abilities
¢ Improving mental clarity and memory
¢ Building self esteem and self-confidence
¢ — Increasing emotional and physical well being
e Enhancing spiritual awareness and deepening medita-
tion practice
¢ Accessing attitudes of forgiveness and non-
attachment
oh ok ok ok ok ok
Some people are born healthy and mellow and gifted with
creativity and athletic prowess, exemplified by peak performance.
But what if you are not so lucky? Technology is now available that
can teach anyone to naturally increase alpha and theta brain waves.
My research on over 4,000 people has demonstrated that if a spe-
cific brain wave pattern that is related to a specific state of con-
sciousness or experience is measured and mapped, we can teach
people to achieve it.
With brain wave neurofeedback technology and the most
advanced training protocols, virtually everyone can learn the skills
to change their brain waves appropriately as the situation requires
and achieve a higher natural state of Alpha activity. Here is a de-
scription from one of our trainees, Bill Harris, CEO of Center Pointe
Research Institute, who is the creator of Holosync.
“Alpha wave neurofeedback training gives people a dra-
matic increase in self awareness so you begin see how you are,
moment by moment, creating your life. This includes your internal
life, the internal states you are experiencing as well as the external
results you are getting — the people you attract into your life and
49
the experiences you have day to day. You realize that various emo-
tional states that have seemed to come out of nowhere are actually
being created internally by something you do inside! You learn
that if I’m doing this, I can do it any way I want to. Interestingly
enough, when people leave the training they have an awareness of
how to maintain a high Alpha state even without the electrodes
being hooked up. So neurofeedback training gives you a jump-start
and is not required afterwards, although additional training time
is nothing but beneficial.”
The benefit of alpha brain wave neurofeedback
training is that we can become more human and boost our mental,
rational mode of thought at the same time.
With brain wave neurofeedback technology and

the most advanced training protocols, nearly
everyone can learn the skills to change their brain
waves appropriately as the situation
requires and achieve a higher natural
state of alpha activity.
Falling Into A Pool of Alpha
2
Falling Into A
Pool of Alpha
“\.strike that thick cloud of unknowing
with a sharp dart of longing love:
and you are not to retreat no matter
what comes to pass."
Progoff
It was in the summer when I rode my motorcycle out to

San Francisco from Pittsburgh, PA. Although I had spent two sum-
mers in a row there, this time I had a special agenda: visit Dr. Joe
Kamiya. I had met Dr. Joe Kamiya on my campus at Carnegie
Mellon University where I was a Physics undergraduate student.
One afternoon as I left the student union, a big colorful sign drew
my attention where every letter was a different color. It proclaimed
to the student body that Dr. Joe Kamiya was giving a talk on brain
waves and consciousness in just ten minutes at a nearby building,
so. I went over with some interest to check it out.
Dr. Kamiya was in town to visit a woman who was a paint-
ing and design instructor at Carnegie-Mellon, and her students were
responsible for the colorful sign that had caught my attention. They
had been placed all around the campus in the hopes of attracting an
audience for Joe’s talk. Her students were there, but very few other
people showed up. Unfortunately, those fine arts students didn’t
really understand what Joe was talking about. At the end of the
talk, they were asking questions about Alpha rays, so they had not
51
understood that Joe was talking about Alpha waves.

After the talk, I waited past the initial crush of students
that had gathered around Joe. When I had his attention, I told him
I was in the habit of coming to San Francisco every summer, and I
asked him ifI could come and sce him at his lab. He said, “Oh,
sure, please come.”
Kamiya had made the discovery in 1962 that brain waves
were voluntarily controllable. In his carly research days, he would
recruit volunteers he would wire up with electrodes and have them
lic on the couch and try to take a nap. He would sit there and watch
the EEG polygraph tracings and notice the bursts of alpha coming
and going. He noticed that if he would comment, “Well, there’s an
alpha wave!” it seemed that more of them would start to show up.
Then he took to ringing a bell when an Alpha wave happened, and
that seemed to cause more alpha to happen. This was the crude and
accidental beginning of brain wave neurofeedback training.
Later Joe automated the process, making the feedback more
immediate and accurate, Conventional wisdom at the time in medi-
cine, physiology, and neurology was that all brain waves were au-
tonomic functions incapable of voluntary control. So this idea that
feedback could increase the abundance of alpha waves was totally
radical. It completely upset revered and conventional wisdom in
those disciplines.
A lot of the initial excitement about brain waves came about
because Joe loved to talk about the work. This discovery was picked
up by the news media and was covered in major magazines in 1963-
64. There was even a bit of media frenzy with starry-eyed report-
ers enthusing about “clectronic Zen.”

That very summer, after meeting Joe Kamiya at Carnegie
Mellon University, I went out to visit him and volunteered to be a
subject in one of his groundbreaking brain wave neurofeedback
52
studies. During the study sessions, a laboratory technician would

affix the scalp, ear, and ground electrodes, escort me into the sound
and light reduced chamber, and then monitor the equipment from
an adjacent room. When instructions were given or the end of the
session was to be announced, the technician spoke over an inter-
com. Each day’s session featured about 50 minutes of actual feed-
back time.
I was intrigued during the formal experimental sessions
by the warbling tone that was supposed to reflect my brain’s activ-
ity. Having been intrigued in the prior three formal experimental
sessions, I returned to the laboratory to find that no experiments
were scheduled, so I requested that I be “hooked up for feedback”
and allowed to explore, on my own, with the feedback signals.
The lab technician, Joanne Gardner, was agreeable, affixed the elec-
trodes, escorted me into the experimental chamber, and then left,
closing the door. She then started the electronic equipment and,
unbeknownst to me, went upstairs and became involved on an-
other project, since I was not generating data for any of the ongo-
ing studies. Several hours later, apparently forgetting there was a
trainee in the experimental chamber, she went out to lunch with
the rest of the lab crew, 8-10 people. While she was at lunch with
the others, she suddenly realized, 3 1/2 hours later, that she had not
checked on her subject. She was alarmed. Everyone left the res-
taurant in a rush and hurried back to the laboratory. She and 8 to
12 others came bursting into the feedback chamber in some alarm
and interrupted the last stages of an incredible adventure that de-
termined the future course of my life’s work.
Discovery: Thinking Blocks Alpha

After the technician had helped me get situated in the cham-
ber, I closed my eyes and settled into the chair. I sat up straight,
perfectly still and relaxed, for I had learned in my first three ses-
sions that this helped make the feedback tone louder and steadier.
53,
If1 could sit quite still for one of the automatically timed 2 minute
epochs, I would be rewarded by secing a large score that reflected
the amount of alpha wave cnergy my brain had produced over the
preceding two minutes. A three-digit illuminated display would
light up as the tone briefly shut off. If | had to cough or move or if
my attention wandered from the task, the tone would decrease, and
that epoch’s score would be smaller. I was most interested to know
what made the tone stay on and what turned it off, so I listened
very closely to the minute fluctuations and tried to relate them to
something. Anything! How I breathed, how I sat, what I was think-
ing or not thinking about.
There were little successes along the way. When I breathed
more slowly, the tone was a little louder and the score a little higher.
IfI relaxed fully into the emptiness of the bottom of cach expira-
tion of my breath, which would sometimes help too. If 1 opened
my cyes, even though it was totally dark, the tone and scores were
sharply reduced. So I learned that I had some control. I could prob-
ably have produced statistically significant differences between
“enhance” and “suppress”
"The | . . hand conditions ifI had been
te Q burning
P yOgem was as in my , hand, asked to, but I still. didn’t
.
but when), ?| I wonnelied

MP1 mi fetOV it,il boy,, feel as though I really knew
it was gone.” Ram Dass how to enhance alpha.
Pleasant relaxation helped,
but now and then there were tantalizing bursts of very loud sound
that I would have liked to sustain. I would even have been happy to
know how to produce such bursts at will, even if1 couldn’t sustain
them. When such a burst would occur. I would mentally leap at it
to analyze it, evaluate it, and thus, I thought, understand and be
able to reproduce it. But alas, it was not to be.
A year later I heard Ram Dass say, “The burning gem was
in my hand, but when I reached for it, boy, it was gone.” That
summed up my experience in the chamber with the sound! But for
54
now, in the chamber that day, I was in a rut and didn’t understand
how to get out of it. The tone would come on strong, I would focus
my attention on it, and it would retreat into relative silence. It was
almost teasing me. I tried all sorts of maneuvers. I tried “reaching
“for it slowly ... it retreated slowly. Then I tried to remember what
I’d been doing just before the tone burst began. I discovered, to
my considerable amazement, gaps in what I had always thought
had been a continuous and unbroken stream of my conscious aware-
ness. These gaps seemed to precede the loudest bursts of tone.
Now I had two challenges instead of one! The first chal-
lenge was that I could not seem to grasp, analyze, or fully control a
tone originating from my own alpha brain waves. The second chal-
lenge was that I had discovered gaps —GAPS! — In my stream of
consciousness, lapses of awareness which I could not explain or
account for. I was disturbed and frustrated and began to intensely
consider the implications of this dual dilemma. Then, I suddenly
noticed that there was very little feedback sound in the chamber,
and my scores were quite low. I realized that while my mind had
been racing, my muscles had tightened up, and I was breathing fast
and shallow, instead of the preferable slow, deep breaths that I had
noted earlier led to increased tones.
So I started at the beginning again. I relaxed, I watched
my breathing to make it slow, deep, and regular, and I again noted
the tone getting louder and louder. I tried to puzzle out my problem
while remaining relaxed and slow breathing. I finally succeeded in
separating my thinking process from an uptight body, so that I could
concentrate without notice-
ably tensing or shiftingmy 7 began to notice that thinking itself
breathing rate and depth. It was what was blocking my Alpha...
was then I began to notice
that thinking itself was what was blocking my alpha and reducing
the tone! I now realized that the lapses of awareness, which pre-
ceded those interesting, loud alpha bursts, might actually have been
55
instrumental in evoking or permitting the emergence of the bursts.

So I decided to try to not to focus on the event of a burst when it
occurred. That was hard!
Practicing the “Witness” Perspective

I was sitting in a dark, soundproof room, with little to do
besides listen to the tone. The tone would start one of its bursts,
and | would try to ignore it, but I could only do so for a fraction of
a second before my attention would swing around and focus on the
tone. When it did, the tone would shrink like a balloon being
squeezed by my conscious attention. But that fraction ofa second
was a wedge for my understanding. By slightly prolonging cach
burst, I noticed that my scores were getting larger, so I persevered.
I didn’t know it then, but I was practicing the Witness,
distancing myself from the processes of my consciousness. There
was no mistaking success for failure. If I failed to keep my atten-
tion from focusing on the event of a tone burst, that burst would be
dramatically and immediately squelched.
The almost instantancous feedback accelerated a most dif-
ficult self-awareness Icarning process that might have gone on for
years with less success without the feedback. As the scores got
slowly larger and the tone remained loud for a longer fraction of
each 2-minute epoch, I began to notice a strange sensation of light-
ness. Where my body had pressed against the chair and the floor,
the pressure began to give way to the sensation of just a gentle
touching. When I “noticed” this and focused on it and began to
reflect upon it, I was at once alerted by the tone, which got softer.
That gave me another clue: reflective or analytical thinking got in
the way of Alpha enhancement.
That clue helped me enormously. I hadn’t fully realized
until then that by adopting an attitude of “not-noticing” I was sus-
pending rational and analytic thinking. I realized that I had, in fact,
been aware of tone bursts even when I didn’t focus my attention on
56
them. The real work was in being aware of, but not focusing on,
the tone bursts with the egoic, analytic modes of consciousness. A
certain part of me, that ego center which was concerned with DO-
ING things, with success or failure, suddenly relaxed. I watched
myself floating above the chair, which was in the middle ofa little
room, which was filled with the loud alpha feedback sound. Float-
ing above the chair? Floating! My relaxed detachment evaporated,
and
u I awoke back < into ra- The real work was in being aware of,
tional and analytical con- pay not focusing on the tone bursts with
sciousness almost as from : *
the egoic, analytic modes o,
a dream. Of course, as I Bore, . J of
consciousness.
did so, the tone volume
decreased sharply from its loud intensity and I tumbled back into
he who was sitting in the chair, so I knew I had been awake and not
drowsy or asleep while experiencing this “floating. “ If I had been
asleep or drowsy there would not have been a loud
tone (indicating lots of alpha) to vanish as I “awoke “ to rational
awareness.
“T was floating above the chair,” I marveled to myself. I
realized at once that my mental focusing on what had been hap-
pening had terminated the happening, so as quickly as possible I
readopted the detached attitude and the tone again started to in-
crease. Before long, I was again looking down on my body from a
position near the ceiling of the room, although how I could see
anything in the total darkness I cannot explain. It wasn’t a normal
kind of seeing. I was almost afraid to deal with the fascinating
situation because I had learned that conceptualizing the situation I
was in would catch me and pull me down and reduce the tone and
my scores. So I merely floated and observed, and tried to fend off
the constant temptation to evaluate, speculate, analyze, reason,
congratulate.
This last one was especially troublesome. After a particu-
larly sizable series of increases in the scores, which left me feeling
57
indescribably high, light, mellow, clear and pure, I slipped on a

fleeting prideful thought. I permitted a conceptual thought to flash
through my mind, “Gee I’m doing pretty good,” and then I crashed!
I was tumbling back into my normal consciousness. The
conceptualization caught me and pulled me down. While I was
struggling to regain the disinterested composure of the high alpha
state and its loud tone, I noticed the gradual intrusion of the
demand of my body for air. | wasn’t breathing. I was living
sufficiently detached from my physical body that there was not
enough consciousness Icft to run my respiration processes.
I then remembered seeing, when I was a child, a man on
the Ed Sullivan TV show who had breathed pure oxygen for sev-
eral hours before the show, and then was able to remain submerged
under water ina glass tank without having to breath for almost the
entire show, which might have been 45 minutes or more. I longed
for such a breathing aid so that | might dwell more permanently in
this high alpha state and not have to be concerned with breathing.
I did the next best thing. I alternated between periods of slow deep
breathing and period’s non-breathing with enhanced alpha. (Why
is this so?) For a while, I would steal part of my attention away
from the detached state and use it to regularize my breathing.
Soaring on an Alpha High

Asa child I had done extensive long distance under water
swimming, so I knew how to hold my breath. I would restore to
my body an ample supply of oxygen by consciously pumping my
lungs slowly and deeply. Then I would withdraw my attention from
my breathing and enter into the detached state in which I could just
float and feel cestatically high. I had an image of this process of
alternating between breathing and enhancing alpha: I saw the world
through the eyes of a white bird, and my pumping of lungs was
like the bird’s flapping its wings. Flapping and pumping carried
both of us to a great height. Then I could cease to consciously
breathe and the bird would stiffen its wings and soar outward while
wheeling and turning ecstatically and gradually drifting downward
in effortless circles while my body gradually drifted downward to
poorer blood oxygen levels and, eventually, the necessity to begin
to consciously breathe again.
During that drifting downward of the body processes, that
which was really me (for I had ceased actually to identify with my
rational ego self) would be off soaring in feedback enhanced Al-
pha. I could see that the essence which was really me, was differ-
ent from my body, and was even different from my thoughts, for I
had actually ceased to identify with my rational ego self and with
the thoughts in my mind. I was off soaring in the bliss of feedback
enhanced Alpha.
I was able to exist outside of time, which flowed past al-
most unrippled by my presence. The only time-like phenomenon
was the alternation between willed breathing periods (which I en-
tered only reluctantly) and the detached states of pure being I en-
tered so joyously and eagerly each time as soon as I was oxygen-
ated enough to cease from breathing. Even the briefest and subtlest
conceptual thought, which intruded into my mind during those
periods, resulted in a faltering of the feedback tone. With this in-
fallible indicator of egoic thoughts, I was more and more able to
non-think. But non-thinking
did not mean non-awareness; I was able to exist outside of time,
contrary to everything my which flowed past almost unrippled
education and experience
had led me to believe. I dis-
covered thoughts to be multilayered constructions — artifices of a
certain egoic relationship to the world and to myself.
A sheep is still a sheep after the wool is shorn. In many
ways its perception may even be enhanced by the removal of the
insulating wool. The warming sun and cooling breezes are prob-
ably felt more readily after shearing. With thinking gone, the wool
59
was removed from over my cyes, and the new awareness seemed
vast. Gradually, I even became able to be aware that a person was
ina feedback situation, and that a lot of alpha activity was happen-
ing. In an inner secret sort of way, | even realized that if1 were to
think about it (which I now knew better than to do) that person
would be revealed as me. This was an aspect of the multilayering
of thought I had scen earlier. Thoughts could exist at different lev-
els of egoicity and at different degrees of attention focusing. | am
now aware that a whole science of thought could develop around
research into such experiential explorations, but at the time, I knew
only that an ego aspect was lacking in the type of awareness, which
could exist in harmony with the alpha activity.
Ego’s Lie: Fear of Falling

As this process of quicting the egoic rational thought pro-
cesses began to merge into a condition of ego dissolution, my ego,
unprepared to dissolve, countered with FEAR. Fear of falling is
the only fear I can clearly remember, but there were other vague
and nonspecific fears too, all of which reduced my alpha activity
or stopped its increase.
Slowly I Icarned to deal with these fears the way I dealt
with other thoughts: I fled (left behind? Ignored?) My thoughts
and filled my awareness with the feedback tone, now an almost
constantly increasing presence. The scores, also constantly increas-
ing, were like mileposts of my ascent. The chair and the room were
left below as I rose ever higher in what appeared to be the front
scat ofa roller coaster car. | became aware of an approaching sum-
mit and inwardly delighted at the expected rush from swooping
down the tracks of the descent. The rate of increase of my scores
slowed and the summit was attained. The scores stood over ten
times the minimum Id seen carlier in the day.
I felt poised for a plunge of prolonged ecstasy. My gaze
followed the tracks downward cager to sce the succession of dips
60
and hills I imagined would follow the initial plunge. But I was
startled to see that the tracks, instead of veering upward again near
the ground, bore relentlessly downward, entered, and were swal-
lowed by the blackest hole I had ever seen. The blackness lapped
like a liquid at the tracks and at the edges of its pool.
As I started downward toward this engulfing, enveloping
blackness, I, my ego, understood through a flash of intuition that if
it entered this place that ego dissolution would occur and it would
no longer Be in Control. So my ego told me the Big Lie and filled
my mind with the warning thought that if I entered this place, I
would never emerge, and I would cease to be. Since I was a Phys-
ics major with a Protestant fundamentalist religious background, I
was totally ignorant of mystical experiences, ego dissolution, tran-
scendence, etc. I foolishly believed my ego’s self-serving warn-
ing, and I panicked. Fear and unwillingness filled my mind, and of
course my alpha instantly disappeared. The feedback tone
disappeared; then the whole scene disappeared, and I tumbled back
into he-who-was-sitting-in-a-chair in Joe Kamiya’s feedback
laboratory.
At once I felt sheepish embarrassment for overreacting.
Then a vague sense of loss and regret at having missed some kind
of opportunity began to grow. I tried to resume the attitude of al-
pha enhancement, but the doorway I was now seeking remained
closed and unapproachable. (The good news about alpha training
is that you can only get as much experience as you can handle and
integrate. The bad news is that you can only get as much experi-
ence as you can handle and integrate!)
There were other experiences after that, also of consider-
able interest, but the physical fatigue and the fear of the abyss con-
spired to keep my alpha levels well below those at which the most
profound experiences had occurred. The fatigue, which I had also
felt in the three earlier sessions about 5 minutes before the techni-
cian ended those sessions, caused me to estimate I had been there
for about 45 minutes,
61
“Rescued” from the Chamber

I was therefore not at all surprised when the door began to
open; but I was surprised when the technician burst into the room
in a sudden flood of light and a state of some alarm. In the back-
ground were about a dozen people, most of the lab crew, who had
all been at lunch together when my technician remembered, that
she had forgotten me in the feedback chamber, and they had all
rushed back together to “rescue” me. I had been in the chamber for
three and a half hours!
Everyone recognized I was in an altered state and they
began asking me questions about my experience. Everybody was
sort of agog, and at various points along the way, one of the stu-
dents who had toured India the summer before would say “Oh,
that’s a meditation experience.” He repeated this several times, so
I had a label for some of the things I experienced.
If these people had been hostile, skeptical, or fearful, then
my life may have taken a different direction. It would have been
possible to take a critical and culturally limited view of these expe-
riences and to label them with the language used to describe psy-
chiatric disorders. If the Kamiya laboratory staff had wanted to be
critical of my experiences, they could have suggested I was delu-
sional for reporting out-of-body experiences (i.c. taking a perspec-
tive from outside of myself) or that I was risking psychosis by
having an ego disintegration. Such adverse interpretations of my
experiences would have been culturally and academically sanc-
tioned, and might have stunted my growth into this new field by
creating fear of new awareness states. | might have remained a
physicist!
For two days afterwards, | walked around feeling light
and buoyant and not at all sure I was touching the ground, which
seemingly remained about 18 inches below the soles of my shoes.
The summer was almost over, and I was obliged to ride my motor-
cycle back across the country to Pittsburgh, PA to go back to school.
62
We Can Do That Here!

After I returned to Pittsburgh, I got in contact with a new
friend I had met at Duquesne University, Rolf von Eckartsberg,
who had been a grad student under Timothy Leary at Harvard and
was now a professor of Phenomenological Psychology at Duquesne
University. He had done lots of psychedelics, so I figured he would
know what this fantastic alpha experience was all about. As I sat in
his sunroom telling him about this alpha experience I had had in
California, Rolf listened very, very attentively, and when I had fin-
ished, he leaned forward across the table, smiled, and said, “We
can do that here.” All ofa sudden the light bulb goes on, YES!, we
can do this here! We have a soundproof chamber in the Psychol-
ogy Department at Carnegie Mellon; I had seen polygraph equip-
ment, sol immediately went to work to began the process of trying
to replicate Joe’s work on my own.
As I was part way through telling my story to Rolf, one of
his neighbors happened to drop in and hear a bit of the conversa-
tion. She left and quickly came back with the Autobiography of a
Yogi by Paramahansa Yogananda. If somebody had given me that
book before this alpha experience, I would have tossed it. I had no
interest in meditation, Eastern religion or mystical spirituality. I
was a Protestant — Lutheran Church, Missouri Synod (the most
conservative wing of Lutherans). However, I now realized that the
alpha experience and all the feedback and all the things that had
happened to me were actually very similar to meditation. So I read
the Autobiography of a Yogi and found it profoundly moving. Then
I gave it to a close friend, who found it also profoundly moving. So
he sent away for the correspondence lessons that the Self-Realiza-
tion Fellowship had put together on Yogananda’s teachings, and
we started doing Raja Yoga lessons to prepare for another encoun-
ter with the unmanifest, which my ignorance and unreadiness had
led me to fear and avoid while in the feedback chamber that sum-
mer. We actually ended up doing seven years of these Yoga lessons
63
and were eventually initiated by one of Yogananda’s direct

disciples, Swami Kriyananda.
During this period I was doing some pretty intensive yoga
meditation AND doing regular brain wave feedback. I also listened
to many tapes of Ram Dass, started running research studies, and
scoring polygraph records, and writing for publication.
wee
ok ae ok ok
The Science of Biofeedback

The experience in the feedback chamber set me on a course
of rescarch and investigation into alpha brain wave feedback train-
ing and enhancement! I have since dedicated my life to developing
and perfecting the science, technology and the training methods
for teaching people how to increase their alpha brain wave activ-
ity. For over 30 years, during which 4,000 people have been trained
using my methods, I have learned a great deal about human con-
sciousness and the impact of enhanced alpha wave states on peak
performance, creativity, and spiritual awareness.
This experience was so profound that I have dedicated my
entire professional life to the quest of creating the technology to
most effectively transmit this experience to others and studying
this process scientifically so that it can be understood; so that it
can be evaluated as to the suitability of methods and the range of
benefits and outcomes; and so that it can be ultimately accepted by
the professional scientific communities.
This quest led me on a course, over the last 30 years, to
first establish that individuals do have an innate ability to control
their own brain waves (contrary to the “conventional thought”),
and then secondly to develop and to optimize a technology and
methodology with which to obtain the profound and wide ranging
benefits which result from voluntary control of central nervous
system activity.
64
The new science of biofeedback was launched in April of

1962 by Dr. Joe Kamiya’s published research, which reported that
people could in fact learn voluntary control of their own brain
".. persevere in the work... For, when you begin it,

you will find that there is at the start but a darkness;
there is... a cloud of unknowing. No matter what you
do, this darkness and this cloud is between you and
your God and because of it you can neither see Him
clearly with your reason ... nor can you feel him with
you... love.
Be prepared, therefore, to remain in this darkness as
long as must be. ... For if you are ever to feel Him or
see Him, it will necessarily be within this cloud and
within this darkness... you are to try to pierce that
darkness ...
You are to strike that thick cloud of unknowing with a
sharp dart of longing love: and you are not to retreat
no matter what comes to pass."
from The Cloud of Unknowing, by an anonymous 14th
century English mystic translated by Ira Progoff.
waves. Brain wave feedback training was heralded primarily as

promoting relaxation and mental creativity. Later, brain wave stud-
ies of meditation established that meditators could exert profound
control over their brain waves, and enthusiastic reporters started
speculating that brain wave feedback could provide an “instant Zen”
experience. Speculations became confused with claims, and by the
late 1960s a firestorm of media attention ensued. This firestorm of
popular media attention about exaggerated or unsubstantiated
claims disturbed the conservative authorities of the medical,
65
psychiatric, and psychological communities, especially since the

results of alpha feedback enhancement sounded a bit too much
like the LSD experiences that were also coming out at about that
same time! Not everyone wanted to have a population of enlight-
ened and self-regulating citizens. Various power centers became
concerned.
As a result, a number of eminent scientists began to do
alpha brain wave feedback studics to rebut the popularized claims.
Most of these scientists were unfamiliar with the vast classical lit-
erature of scientific research on brain waves and psychophysics,
especially the work done on the psychophysics of alpha waves. As
a result, their studies did not employ anything approaching opti-
mal designs or ergonomic feedback technology.
Without an informed understanding of the causes of the
natural waxing and waning of alpha rhythms, it proved to be quite
difficult to successfully train people to increase their alpha. Most
alpha researchers in the 1970s failed to teach their research sub-
jects how to increase alpha activity, which resulted in a flood of
publications “proving” that alpha feedback did not work. Some of
these reports even suggested that people innately lacked the ability
to learn control of their alpha activity. Most of these researchers
did not know that their incomplete findings were caused by non-
ergonomic feedback technology and inappropriate training proto-
cols, and virtually all employed too little feedback time.
Some people in the cultural establishment were probably
relieved that alpha feedback didn’t work. They were already expe-
riencing great difficulties trying to suppress the movement known
as the “counter culture”. The popular belicf that alpha feedback
was an electronic technology for natural consciousness expansion
and transformation was now contradicted by the new “consensus”
of so-called experts. So the word went out, “Brain waves can NOT
be voluntarily controlled. “ As a result, the alpha brain wave feed-
back research went underground by the mid 1970s, and most brain
66
wave training fell into obscurity as just another fad spawned by the
Psychedelic 60’s.
However, the considerable clinical and popular enthusi-
asm, which had been generated for doing “biofeedback”, was a
genie that could not be put totally back into the bottle. But that
energy and enthusiasm was blocked from going into brain wave
research by the negative findings of “experts” which led to lack of
funding for research. Instead, all that energy went into doing non-
brain wave “biofeedback.” Biofeedback became synonymous with
learning to relax the muscles, learning to warm the hands and feet,
and learning to change the electrical responses of the skin, which
are induced by shallow or transient emotions. People forgot that
“biofeedback” began with brain wave biofeedback—
Neurofeedback.
Biofeedback is essential to running the human body. In
1970 I formulated the first axiom of Biofeedback:
“Any process in your brain or your body about which you
can be given immediate and accurate feedback, you can
learn to control”.
However, it may take a fair amount of training to achieve control.
The amount of control learned may be only small or modest shifts
in one direction or another. For example, you can’t, under most
conditions, lower your blood pressure to zero and stop your heart,
although there are special spiritually advanced beings for which
the laws of physiology don’t apply. However, until you get to that
point of awareness, the laws of physiology do apply.
What’s interesting, and somewhat mysterious and curious
to me, is that the brain, the human body’s organ of intelligence, the
master control room, has almost no feedback about itself! An
ordinary person’s brain is constantly active doing a myriad of
complex processes required to keep a body functioning, but the
brain isn’t getting any feedback about what it’s doing. Hmm?
67
The lack of feedback is the missing link that I have spent

my life correcting. Why? Because if the brain had the same kind of
feedback about itself as it has about other physical functions, hu-
mans would rapidly become more skillful by learning to use the
brain in amazing new ways to solve the increasingly complex and
difficult problems that our planet faces.
Most of this carly muscle
Any process in your brain or your body and skin temperature bio-
about which you can be given feedback work was done
immediate and accurate feedback, — “der the label of “stress
you can learn to control. reduction,” which was
more acceptable to estab-
lished authorities than were the notions of expanded awareness
and higher consciousness that had characterized the brain wave
biofeedback work.
At the same time, the clinical practitioners of peripheral
modality (from the neck down) biofeedback were gradually erod-
ing resistance to the idea that the mind and body are inextricably
interconnected. There were also specialty applications of biofeed-
back that began to infringe on the domains of medicine, dentistry,
and psychiatry. For example, learning to relax the jaw muscles
would prevent teeth grinding and the tooth loss associated with
bruxism. In addition, learning to warm the fingers and tocs cured a
painful disorder characterized by inadequate blood circulation in
the digits known as Reynaud’s disease.
Medicine had been ineffectively treating Reynaud’s dis-
case with powerful drugs, which had negative side effects, and as a
last resort, by amputation of the fingers and toes. Temperature bio-
feedback was a big improvement over traditional medicine in this
regard,
Although there will soon be major changes as people
(re)discover the power and the range of brain wave feedback train-
ing, much of the work done today by biofeedback clinicians is still
68
done with the peripheral modalities of skin temperature, muscle

tension, and electrical conductivity (or resistance) of the skin. Pe-
ripheral modalities of feedback are generally only effective in work-
ing with some peripheral symptoms. The peripheral modalities are
largely ineffective in working centrally with the brain itself. This
limits the results to treatment of symptoms rather than treating their
underlying causes.
Because would-be brain wave biofeedback practitioners
have been limited by inadequate equipment until the last few years,
and because they continue to be limited by lack of knowledge of
proper brain wave training protocols and settings, a large portion
of biofeedback has been limited to the peripheral modalities.
Biofeedback has remained, in the official view, as an interesting
curiosity of limited power and limited range of applications. As a
result, biofeedback has not been highly regarded by the medical
professions.
Over the course of my research career, I have trained
thousands of people to voluntarily control their brain wave states.
I have worked with a variety of people: CEOs of billion dollar
companies, European royalty, Chiefs of Police of major cities,
police men and women suffering from post-traumatic stress, people
with anxiety and other personality disorders, high-performance
Green Berets, professional athletes, elderly men and women who
are able to experience the benefits of brain age reversal and gain a
new lease on life and vitality, as well as migraine sufferers, stroke
victims, people with panic attacks and phobias, and children and
adults with ADD and ADHD.
I have studied the brain waves of advanced meditators
including both Zen and Yoga meditators including advanced
meditators like Zen Masters (Roshis), amateur and professional
psychics, amateur and professional athletes, geniuses, and highly
creative, artistic people. I know the brain wave signature of
someone who has taken a company from zero to $200 million in
69
two years, and I have measured brain waves of people, including

myself, in the midst of raising the Kundalini (delta) energy up the
spine. With all of this background I have ercated a scientifically
based, highly unique process by which we are able to coach our
clients to uncover the suppressed emotional feelings and memories
and to rescript them in a positive alpha state, leading to measurable
beneficial changes in personality, reduced anxicty and stress, and
optimal expression of their authentic and creative selves.
You Are Naturally in Control

I want to make it really clear that with brain wave
neurofecdback training protocols, you are simply receiving
feedback on your own brain’s alpha waves, and you are invited
and encouraged to learn to control them. There is nothing in the
feedback that controls you or
With Alpha feedback training, you constrains or induces your
are 100% in the driver’s seat where brain waves. The feedback is
your brain learns new patterns a information that ine
. ° rain learns trom, according
through feedback that is accurate, “ . 8
: 5 ‘ to your own intentions. As
immediate and aesthetic. oe ys
such neurofeedback is like
the natural learning methods that include meditation and
introspection. With alpha feedback training, you are 100% in the
driver’s seat, where your brain Icarns new patterns of activity
through feedback that is accurate, immediate and aesthetic.
With brain wave neurofeedback training protocols, you
are simply receiving feedback on your own brain’s alpha waves,
and you are invited and encouraged to learn to control them. There
is nothing in the feedback that controls you or constrains your
brain waves. The feedback is pure information that your brain learns
from, according to your own intentions.
Some people, to a certain degree, are naturals at producing
alpha, but most people have to learn how, and it’s not something
70
you can describe in words, even volumes of words. Alpha isn’t

what you think. Alpha isn’t what you say. If it could be easily and
quickly taught with words in a book or by some meditation or
visualization technique, I wouldn’t have spent my adult life and
over eleven million dollars to develop the patented and proprietary
technology I now use — amplifiers, filters, synthesizers, sound
systems and three computers to run each feedback chamber!
The brain is so complex and generates so much information
that any meaningful brain-machine interface is also going to be
complex. For this reason it will take even the most eager and
attentive trainee quite a while to learn how to use this brain-machine
interface effectively. There is a tremendous amount of information
that comes out of the brain, and it needs to be processed accurately,
wisely, and very rapidly, and fed back to your awareness so that
you can literally be experiencing the workings of your brain in the
moment that your brain did whatever it just did. There is also a
large potential for artifacts that come from movements and muscle
tension.
These artifacts can confuse and mislead the neurofeedback
trainee if the technicians operating the technology are not writing
out the raw EEG activity on polygraphs or some graphic media
and doing real time quality control. The technicians need to spot
artifacts in the EEG record and then call into the soundproof and
totally dark feedback chambers to alert the trainee(s) that they are
making artifacts. With this expert technical coaching, the trainees
(clients) can stop moving or tensing their jaws or whatever else is
causing the artifacts. Muscle activity, as in movements and tension
(artifacts) are typically 1,000 times larger than real EEG signals.
Muscles produce millivolts and the brain waves are in microvolts.
This means any muscle activity can be misinterpreted as brain wave
activity and can artificially inflate the scores of the brain waves.
Quality control during the feedback process is essential to the clients
receiving accurate feedback from the technology. When the
71
technology is operated by skilled Biocybernaut technicians the

clients (trainees) are provided with amazing information about their
own brain activity that directly underlies their conscious processes.
When you are privileged to have access to that position as
the observer of the workings of your own brain, then you can bring
consciousness there to that point where your consciousness comes
into your being, your brain, and you can begin to know your own
mind, and you can begin to guide and steer your experiences in
dimensions that you can’t even talk about.
Alpha training at Biocybernaut creates a closed feedback
loop in which you do get accurate, scientifically based feedback
about the workings of your own brain. With other techniques that
I have explored, like meditation, the only feedback is subjective,
and even that feedback does not come at the beginning of meditative
practice. Feedback is most important in the beginning stages of
learning where most of what the student tries is wrong.
In meditation, it is only after years of practice that you
begin to get subjective feedback about how well you are doing.
Alpha training is the most objective method of training the brain
to create a higher alpha state, or any other desirable brain state, In
the feedback chamber, you
Brain wave neurofeedback opens up receive only the objective
new worlds inside the mind and takes feedback of sound that is
you to levels of experience that don’t directly related to the
have, in English, any way of being strength and frequency of
described your own brain waves. And
periodically the sound stops
so you can open your cyes and look at numerical scores that
quantify your progress.
Brain wave ncurofeedback opens up new worlds inside
the mind and takes you to levels of experience that have no way of
being described in English. Sanskrit is an ancient language that is
described as having been designed by beings higher than humans
72,
to help humans express the subtleties and nuances of higher

consciousness. Sanskrit has words to describe some of the processes
a person may go through during neurofeedback training, but even
Sanskrit cannot describe the higher states of awareness. One of
the hallmarks of the mystical experience is that it is inherently
ineffable or unable to be described in words. In other words, you’ll
know it when you experience it — but won’t be able to describe it
in its entirety. It is ineffable.
The Biocybernaut Institute and the Biocybernaut

Process
The central purpose in my life’s work has been and con-
tinues to be creating technologies and methodologies for the in-
crease of awareness and for the attainment of mastery in every
area of human endeavors, which require expanded awareness and
improved skills and abilities. I am keenly interested in assisting
people who wish to develop their talents and gifts and in discover-
ing, refining, and transmitting the knowledge of how best to do
this.
Over the course of my research career, I have been affili-
ated with universities, have obtained public and private research
grant funding, and have published numerous scientific papers. In
1976, on America’s bicentennial (July 4, 1976), I founded the
Biocybernautic Institute, later reorganized in 1983 and now known
as the Biocybernaut Institute. The proprietary process we have
developed uses patented technology and training protocols that
cannot easily be replicated.
The term Biocybernaut Process™ will be used from now
on when I am talking about my specific protocol of brain wave
neurofeedback training. There is nothing else like this in existence,
and at the time of publication the only place you can experience it
is at our Institute in Santa Clara, California, although discussions
are in process to create more training centers worldwide.
73
Two of the themes that | have found most intriguing

over the years have been (1) The relationship between medita-
tion on one hand and alpha and other types of EEG feedback
training on the other hand, and (2) How EEG feedback train-
ing could be used to accelerate and enhance the development
of gifts of the mind.
These gifts are our birthright, yet they are suppressed
by what I call the hurricane effect of beta and the dangerous
dominance of the rational mind over our lives and our culture,
which J will explain in the next chapter, Calming the Hurri-
cane of the Mind.
74.
Calming the Hurricane In Your Brain
3
Calming the Hurricane
In Your Brain
We all understand how incredibly destructive a hurricane

can be. Let’s explore hurricanes a little bit to understand them
better. Then we can compare hurricanes in the ocean to hurricanes
in our brains. The purpose of a hurricane is to transport excess
heat away from the Earth’s equator toward the poles. The hotter
our planet gets the more and the bigger the hurricanes have to be to
move all this excess heat. Ocean currents like the Gulf Stream
also transport a lot of heat northward and keep England and Eu-
rope warmer than they would be otherwise.
Most folks don’t notice that London is at latitude 400 miles
north of Montreal, and yet London winters (until lately) have not
been anything like northern Canadian winters. However, a power-
ful heat transport system of ocean currents is starting to shut down
in a way that will require more and bigger hurricanes. All over the
Northern Hemisphere glaciers are in retreat as the global warming
melts them away. Greenland, Norway, Iceland—all are losing their
glaciers. f
All the cold glacial melt-water flowing out into the North
Atlantic from the vanishing glaciers floats on top of the heavier
seawater. Fresh water weighs less than salt water, which causes a
problem with the return portion of the Gulf Stream current. The
only way that Gulf Stream water can flow back south to complete
75
the cycle is to cool, and sink, and then return south along the bot-
tom of the ocean, while the warm water on the surface is flowing
north. The problem is that with all the fresh water at the surface
from the melting glaciers, the water is too light and cannot sink.
Even if the surface water gets very cold, the dilution with the lighter
fresh melt-water makes it lighter than seawater and so it cannot
sink through the heavier salt water below the surface. This means
it cannot reach the ocean bottom where it would normally flow
south to complete the cycle.
The fresh water flowing out into the North Atlantic from
melting ice is preventing the northern end of the Gulf Stream wa-
ter from sinking. Because even cold fresh water from the melting
ice is lighter than warm salt water, the northern end of the Gulf
Stream can’t sink and flow back south along the ocean bottom like
it used to. So we have an alarming situation where some of these
important ocean currents, like the Gulf Stream, that are starting to
shut down. One study reported a 30% shut down in the return
current since 1992. This means that the only other available big
heat transport mechanism, the hurricanes, will have to transport
more heat than usual. Thus the hurricanes will have to be bigger,
and there will have to be more of them. Some of them will make
landfall, and they will be very destructive with their high winds,
heavy rains, and massive walls of water thrown inland in tidal surges
that can reach to over 30 foot tall walls of water. As our planet gets
warincr, there will have to be more hurricanes, bigger hurricanes,
and more frequent hurricanes to move the extra heat from the equa-
torial regions toward the poles, evening out the planct’s high and
rising temperatures.
Hurricanes in our brains. Just as turning up the heat on
cur planet leads to hurricanes, turning up the stress in our lives
increases beta brain waves and reduces our alpha, The way we
live tuday in our own brains in modern society can be just as de-
structive internally as a hurricane can be to both the people and
76
houses in its path. Instead of having a natural internal tranquility,

which Thoreau referred to as “a state of nature,” our beta-domi-
nated waking brains are disrupted by the hurricanes of fast and
disruptive brain waves that go along with, produce, and result from
lifestyles that promote more beta brain waves and suppress alpha
waves, creating “consciousness interference” with lots of faster
high-speed beta waves. The strength of the internal brain hurri-
cane is amplified by the destructive nature of ego, which operates
below the radar of most people and thus is unconscious and out of
control, leading to generalized stress and anxiety, and a lot of sup-
pressed negative emotions. These internal conditions are just as
destructive to your physical, mental and spiritual well-being, to
your health, and to your body and your brain as an atmospheric
hurricane is to personal property and life.
The majority of us just “live with it,” suffering from mild
anxiety, frequent depression, chronic insomnia, and a general dis-
tractibility and inability to concentrate. Unfortunately, some people
have much more serious clinical conditions that put them into psy-
chiatric care under the medical and pharmaceutical models of dis-
ease treatment. While the average person can certainly benefit from
the Biocybernaut process, even these people with the most destruc-
tive Category 5 “Hurricanes of the Brain” and major ego attacks
can be helped by appropriate brain re-training and re-education
with appropriate brain feedback (neurofeedback), as the examples
in this chapter will demonstrate.
To reduce and control hurricanes we will have to reduce
the greenhouse gases in the atmosphere (especially carbon dioxide
and methane). To start getting the “Hurricane in Your Brain” under
control, we will have to reduce the common stressors that increase
beta waves and suppress alpha waves. There are some fairly simple
things you can do to create a better brain environment for alpha
waves so they can become more abundant in your brain. Along
with more alpha waves come all the wonderful benefits of alpha
77
waves that you will want to become more common in your life.
The following is a list of common “stressors or things that make
you hyper or ‘rajasic’ in the Sanskrit terminology that is used in
coaching yoga meditation:”
* Caffeine
¢ Nicotine
¢ Alcohol
* Garlic
¢ Onions
¢ Lack of Sleep
¢ Worry, Anxiety, Fear
¢ Anger and Hostility
* Sadness and Depression
¢ Apathy
Caffeine, Nicotine and Alcohol

Research has shown that alpha is suppressed following use
of certain common legal drugs. The legal drugs that you should,
ideally, climinate to create a brain environment that best supports
alpha production are caffeine, nicotine, and alcohol.
Caffeine. Caffeine is the most commonly consumed legal drug.

166 million Americans consume coffee alone, and sodas account
for 56 gallons per person per year. Caffeine is found in a wide
varicty of beverages, not just coffee. In fact, coffee consumption
has declined since the 1960s by a cup a day to only 1.5 cups on
average. However, that is a per capita consumption figure, which
means that many people drink no coffee, and many people con-
sume far more that 1.5 cups. A 12-ounce cup of coffee contains
between 80 and 175 mg. of caffeine, depending on the method of
brewing.
The rising popularity of caffeine-laced energy drinks and
sports drinks is another source providing almost as much caffeine
78
as a cup of coffee, while most sodas contain about one third as

much (but still a significant amount). Chocolate also contributes
caffeine to the diet as does black or green tea. Nestle’s Nesquick is
a form of chocolate that is 99.9% caffeine free for those chocoholics
among you. Chocolate has phytochemicals, which are very good
for you, and, if you avoid mixing dairy products with your choco-
late, you will find that the chocolate has a powerful anti-inflamma-
tory effect. However this anti-inflammatory effect is cancelled out
by milk and dairy, so have
your Nesquick with hot Ifyou are serious about creating a
water instead of milk. The brain environment conducive to
benefits of taking an aspi- Alpha, you will consider eliminating
rin a day to reduce the in- onions and garlic from your diet.
flammation-related ill-
nesses is well known. Less well know, and more fun, is the in-
flammation related benefit of consuming caffeine free chocolate.
Caffeine clearly increases the amount of beta in the brain
and suppresses alpha, placing a tremendous block on the brain’s
ability to generate more alpha waves. The alpha suppressing ef-
fects of caffeine last for at least 15 hours after consumption.
Nicotine. Nicotine functions in the body as a vasoconstrictor. This

reduces blood flow to the brain and reduces alpha activity. It does
not matter to your alpha waves whether the nicotine is delivered in
smoke, a transdermal patch, in chewing gum, or in chewing to-
bacco. It all has a vasoconstrictive effect. The only difference is
in the speed with which it gets into your blood stream and then to
your brain.
Inhaling nicotine in smoke is a faster way to suppress al-
pha than is sending it through your stomach or through your skin.
One time we had a woman in training that was having panic at-
tacks, which were permanently cured by her Alpha One training.
But on one of the days of her 7-day Alpha One training, she said
79
she had to interrupt her session in the middle of her alpha feedback
m
training in order to go to the bathroom. Curiously, she grabbed her
purse to take along to the bathroom. When she came back she
smelled strongly of cigarette smoke. Both my assistant Mo and I
noticed that she reeked of smoke, but we said nothing, not wanting
to put a guilt trip on her that might undermine her work in the
alpha chamber. As soon as we plugged her back in and the alpha
feedback resumed, she saw, and we saw, the amazing alpha sup-
pressing effects of the 1 ld ‘ato a hiel
cigarette
.
she had would never
PVer
ever
ever
goLe into a high
UO fj~
sneaked into the bathe Powered meeting or anything where I

room for smoking. Her needed to be focused and coherent
alpha had dropped to Aaving any kind of garlic or onions for
almost nothing. It was at least three or four days ahead of time.
less than 20% of what
it had been just before she called out saying that she needed to go
to the bathroom. So even though we said absolutely nothing, she
got the point as she saw how nicotine almost wiped out her alpha
production. Subsequently she was able to quit smoking aided by
the absolutely unmistakable evidence of how nicotine was under-
mining her well being by undermining her ability to produce and
sustain alpha.
Alcohol. Alcohol has a more complex effect on alpha. Initially,

with alcohol consumption there is a relaxation effect that begins to
occur, especially with highly stressed people who may not know
how to relax on their own without the drug. In this initial phase of
alcohol intoxication there is physical relaxation that goes along
with an increase of alpha waves, and people start to feel good
because of this alpha increase and the relaxation of their stress.
However, as more alcohol is consumed, and as time passes, the
effects of alcohol as a central nervous system depressant begin to
come into play and to predominate. This phase involves the sup-
80
pression of alpha activity. In my research we have studied how

alcohol consumption “yesterday” can even affect your alpha lev-
els today. As little as 1-2 beers 24 hours ago will significantly
depress your alpha levels the next day. The statistical evidence is
very clear on this point. I know pilots who weigh 240 pounds who
will not drink even one beer if they are planning to fly the next day,
because they can “feel” that their reactions are off if they had any
alcohol at all the previous day. For a 240-pound man, one beer is a
tiny dose per pound of body weight. How much more would that
affect you if you were 150 pounds? For those who are into Energy
Medicine there are reports from practitioners that alcohol open holes
in your aura and makes you more vulnerable to negative energies.
But even without that effect, the alpha suppressing effects of even
small amounts of alcohol would encourage the wise to avoid alco-
hol most or all of the time.
Garlic and Onions

It may also be helpful to eliminate onions and garlic from
your diet. Yes, we know they can have many physical health ben-
efits, especially for certain blood types, but we are talking here
about bad effects on consciousness, not physical health. Some
people first hear about eliminating onions and garlic when they
start taking yoga lessons. Onions and garlic are described as pro-
moting a “rajasic” temperament, which is a somewhat hyperac-
tive state of mind. The rajasic person is filled with willful and
overactive mental and physical activity. A rajasic temperament
(active ego and will) makes it harder to discipline the mind as is
required in meditation and during alpha and other deeper types of
neurofeedback training.
Intriguingly, there is a structural similarity in the active
molecules of both onions and garlic that matches a rare structural
feature in the active molecules of marijuana (THC), LSD, DMT,
mescaline, psilocybin, buffotenine. (’Buffo” is Latin for toad,”
81
and witches would put certain toads in their brews and then get
high and have visions from the buffotenine.) In other words, all the
major psychedelic agents have a rare structural similarity that is
found in onions and garlic. This rare structural similarity involves
a nitrogen atom that is unstable in the molecule and bounces back
and forth (very fast) between two positions in the molecule. This
rapid bouncing back and forth is described as an oscillation or a
resonance. These molecules “hum” with this energy. An organic
chemist suggested that the frequency of this energy may be in the
thermal range (infrared = heat), so when a molecule of LSD or a
molecule of garlic oil, for example, reaches a synapse in the brain
and breaks down, thermal energy (heat) may be released that might
have some of the effects ofa localized fever, producing various
alterations of consciousness.
The different psychedelic molecules are likely attracted to
different regions of the brain, so it is not surprising that the spe-
cific brain and mind altering effects are different for LSD, mesca-
line, buffotenine, psilocybin, marijuana (THC), onions, and garlic.
However, Paramahansa Yogananda and other teachers of medita-
tion recommend that people who are scrious about meditation and
spiritual development avoid ALL of these mind-altering chemi-
cals, including onions and garlic. If you are serious about creating
a brain environment conducive to alpha, you will begin to consider
climinating onions and garlic from your diet.
The problem is these two spices have recently become al-
most ubiquitous in the modern dict and are an ingredient of nearly
all salad dressings and most processed foods. In the 1940s and
1950s it was fairly uncommon to use garlic in cooking in the United
States, and garlic was not widely used as a seasoning in processed
foods. Such a vast change in our food supply has set up a condition
where most people experience a constant suppression exposure to
the stimulating effects of onions and garlic, even if they never see
an onion or garlic clove. This stimulation promotes a “rajasic”
82
(more hyper) temperament and makes it harder to sustain the higher

levels of the alpha state because nearly everything we eat has some
garlic or onions in it.
Here’s what one of our trainers says about the issue: “In
the last five or six years I had eaten lots of garlic and lots of onion.
Now, the interesting thing is, I never could understand and figure
out why I was always having such a hard time focusing. I tried all
sorts of things, including drinking a lot more water, which did help,
but I could not for the life of me figure out why I couldn’t focus. It
wasn’t until I started doing alpha training that my trainer said, “no
garlic, no onions,” and I cut them out completely. I sort of went
into withdrawal — it was such an ingrained habit to put garlic pow-
der on everything. I had to move it out of my sight because it was
like salt and pepper to me. As a Biocybernaut trainer, you need to
be really focused on people. You can’t be drifting off into just any-
thing. I can always tell if I have eaten something with garlic or
onions in it.
The other day, ;
on the first day of train- We build a wall to cut us off from our
ing, . I was a little disori- innermost authentic self —
ented. I knew exactly 4 wall composed of survival strategies
what was responsible for and control dramas. Our repressions,
it. [had gone out to have fixations, denials, traumas and
dinner and I didn’t real- neuroses are the cement that
ize, at the time, that the holds the wall together.
chicken dish I ordered
was cooked with onions. The onions were minced really tiny and I
couldn’t avoid them and didn’t realize it until later because they
were caramelized. I ate a couple of them before I realized what I
was eating. Onions, now that I don’t eat them, make me feel really
scattered. Now that I see the huge difference in my ability to focus
from leaving garlic and onions out of my diet, I would never ever
go into a high-powered meeting or anything where I needed to be
83
focused and coherent having any kind of garlic or onions for at

Icast three or four days ahead of time. It will affect me that far
ahead.”
Lack of Sleep
Alpha is enhanced by a good night’s sleep. And a good
night’s slecp is rare any more. Did you know that researchers have
shown that anyone, even those who claim to only need four or five
hours of sleep a night, will sleep at least nine hours if they are in an
environment that is completely dark and quict? How often do we
have a sleeping environment that is truly dark and quict in urban
centers of Amcrica? Street lights, street noise, little red lights from
the VCR, the LED alarm clock— most of us never get extended
uninterrupted sleep or a total of nine hours a night.
Here are the details of that sleep study. The people in it
were paid to participate. During a 2-weck “baseline” period their
performance at work was measured and quantified and their moods
were measured on a daily basis. Then for the second 2 weeks of
the study only one thing was changed in their lives. They were
required to spend 10 hours per night in a bed that was in a totally
dark and totally quict room. Under these blissful conditions ev-
eryone slept at least nine hours. Even people who would swear on
a Bible that they could not sleep more than four or five hours per
night— they all slept at least 9 hours, and some were still sound
asleep when the alarm went off aficr 10 hours of sleep. And the
interesting thing was that there were big beneficial changes in their
work performances and their moods. At work they performed bet-
ter and were more accurate and more productive and their negative
moods dropped almost out of sight. Now this study did not mea-
sure brain waves, but I can assure you that if it had, the people with
this extra sleep would have been seen as having more alpha waves
in their brains. And it was the state of consciousness associated
with the alpha waves that was responsible for the people perform-
84
ing better at work and having fewer negative moods. Alpha is

good for you. Alpha helps you feel good and perform better at
everything you do. And alpha isn’t what you think.
Fortunately there are things you can do today to help you
get a better night’s sleep. One of the most important is to alter your
eating patterns according to the advice of Benjamin Franklin who
said: “Breakfast like a king (or queen), lunch like a prince (or prin-
cess), and supper like a pauper.” It is best that your major fat and
protein intake is at your morning meal; your evening meal then
consists of something light like fruits, salads, and carbohydrates.
For you to digest a meal, your body temperature must go up. Surely
you have noticed how you suddenly feel warmer after eating, even
if you eat cold food. On the other hand to go to sleep requires your
body temperature to fall. Alas, your body temperature cannot go
both up and down at the same time. So the two do not go well
together. This means that eating and sleeping do not go well to-
gether. Also it is wise to avoid spicy food in the evenings since
these may tend to lead to sleeplessness or shallow, dream filled,
restless sleep.
It is also vitally important to your health and your brain’s
ability to produce alpha waves to sleep in total darkness or as close
to that as possible. Use blackout shades or drapes on the window
to block out light and buy a comfortable sleeping mask. If there is
any light in your bedroom it will disrupt your circadian rhythm
and the pineal gland’s production of melatonin and serotonin. In
fact, if you get up to go to the bathroom, keep the light off. If you
turn on a light, your brain immediately ceases all production of
melatonin. You can also reduce your drinking of liquids shortly
before bedtime to avoid, or to reduce, the number of middle of the
night bathroom trips.
The presence of EMFs (electromagnetic frequencies) in
your bedroom can also disrupt the pineal gland and its hormone
production. EMFs come from electrical appliances like a TV, clock,
85
radio, clectric blanket, and so on. Keep your alarm clock at Icast
three feet away from your bed and turn it to face the wall so the
light does not disrupt your sleep. Recent research has learned that
even with your eyes closed your sleeping brain can detect the pres-
ence of light.
Melatonin is important to our health in many ways, and
recent research is finding a link between disruptions in the circa-
dian rhythm and cancer progression, which may be linked to shifts
in the hormone melatonin. Melatonin is a powerful antioxidant that
neutralizes free radicals and slows the production of estrogen. It
helps the body clean out and heal while you sleep. You can in-
crease levels of melatonin naturally with exposure to bright sun-
light in the daytime (or use full spectrum light bulbs in the winter
time) and absolute darkness at night.
Having a quict environment is also important to deep un-
interrupted sleep, but if you happen to live in a city where noise is
constant, try earplugs or a white noise generator to mask or to block
out sounds,
Worry, Anxiety, Fear, Anger

Alpha waves are less common in anxious people and, if
they are present, they are smaller and less abundant than is helpful
and beneficial. Anxicty and other negative emotions actually sup-
press alpha. We have worked with hundreds of research subjects
and trainees who experienced what is called “trait” anxicty. Trait
anxiety is an ingrained, lifelong pattern as opposed to “state” anxi-
ety that happens in response to a sudden and specific threatening
situation or problem. Trait anxiety has long been thought by the
psychiatric and psychological establishments to be stable across
the adult life span, i.c. traits are considered to be mostly unchange-
able aspects of your personality. However, with the “Biocybernaut
Process,” we have seen amazing changes in core dimensions of
people’s personalities that the trainees are able to produce in just
86
one week of Biocybernaut brain wave training. In several studies

I worked with people in the top 10% of anxiety. I found that when
these high anxiety people learned to increase their alpha activity,
their anxiety then dropped to below average. The bigger the alpha
increases, the larger were their reductions of anxiety. Similarly
when people suppress their alpha activity, their anxiety goes UP!
There are also specific techniques that we teach people in the al-
pha and theta trainings to disappear fear and anxiety. The process
involves creating a “worst-case-scenario” in which the person looks
directly into the face of her/his fear and imagines all the very worst
things that could happen.
Just when it is becoming overwhelmingly scary, the per-
son simply sets the scary scenario aside and goes into a high alpha
state. And the alpha does to the fear what the morning sun does to
the fog: it just evaporates it. You invite the fears out of their dark
and scary hiding places to come at you and to overwhelm you, and
just when they are about to overwhelm you, you simply set them
aside (quite a disempowering indignity for a full-blooded fear) and
you turn on the alpha waves in your brain. You flood the naked
fears with alpha waves, and they are dissolved and washed away.
Anger and Hostility

During the Alpha One trainings the trainees fill out com-
puterized mood scales twice a day while they are wired up with
their brain wave re-
cording electrodes. Through the use of Alpha brain wave
The mood scales are training the patient began to fathom the
done before and after genesis of feelings of helplessness and
the alpha brain WaNs ultimate panic, and learned how to
feedback training. eliminate the anxiety attacks and
This has allowed us to .
to control her own mind and
build a large database .
of moo a ureasures sense of well being.
87
ments and brain wave measurements. From this data we have been
TT
able to compare changes in the brain waves with changes in people’s
moods and emotions. The comparisons are complex since we
measure brain waves simultancously at 8 different locations of the
brain, 4 in the left hemisphere and 4 in the right hemisphere. And
at cach location we can measure delta, theta, alpha, beta, and gamma
(and sub-bands within those frequency ranges). Thus we can see
how cach mood alters the brain’s activity at different locations of
the brain as one mood sweeps in and replaces a previous mood.
An cxample would be how somcone could go from fecling happy
and friendly to angry or fearful upon Icarning some news about a
loved one.
The results of this thorough, long-term research have shown
that both anger and hostility have similar patterns in the brain. Both
anger and hostility reduce alpha activity at most locations in the
brain, and both increase beta brain wave activity. The method for
reducing anger and hostility involves learning how to do deep for-
giveness work. How this deep forgiveness is done in the alpha and
theta brain wave trainings is described in Chapter 5, “Expanded
Spiritual Awareness.”
Sadness and Depression

In working with people in the Alpha One Brain Wave Train-
ing program we find it very helpful to teach a simple emotional
hierarchy.
Joy
Fear
Anger
Sadness and Depression
Apathy
In general when people show up with obvious sadness and depres-
sion, this emotional hicrarchy tells us to look for buried anger, which
is one step above sadness and depression. Basically this emotional
88
hierarchy suggests that when there is buried or unacknowledged

(and unexpressed) anger, the energy will come out as sadness and
depression. Similarly, if the person shows up angry and raging,
we know there is unacknowledged fear, the step above anger. When
people discover what they are afraid of, we are so very happy,
because the step up from fear is joy.
I often tell people, “When you explore, in the safety of die
chamber, the face of your greatest fears, that will always be your
fastest growth path.” The method of getting rid of sadness and
depression is similar to the method for anger. It involves deep
forgiveness work. Sometimes in depression a person has sunk into
a lower level of physiological arousal, which, in and of itself, will
lower alpha activity. Alpha and arousal have an inverted “U” shaped
relationship, so at both high and low arousal, alpha is low, and
only in the middle range
of arousal is alpha at its 4 miserable and obnoxious person
naturally occurring blossomed into an open,
eee _if physica loving human being.
aconsaL 18 BE tao JOW's He occasionally dropped by the
level, we will actually :
laboratory, unannounced, to bring
ask the trainee to do .
physical exercise as a flowers to the lab assistants after
part of their alpha brain his training.
wave training. For ex-
ample, a young man, a student at San Francisco State, was deeply
depressed, and his physical presence was a study in lassitude and
torpor. He drooped in the chair. I asked him if there was any time
during the week when he felt happy. He quickly said, “Oh yes.”
And then he described how, three times per week, he would go out
and run for one hour on the track at SF State. He added that for
several hours after that physical exercise he would feel fine, even
happy The physical exercise would raise his normally low levels
of arousal and bring him up the inverted “U” shaped curve and
89
into a state of higher alpha, so naturally he would feel better. But

when his arousal level would drift lower, the happy glow would
fade, and he would eventually go back to being sad and depressed.
Forgiveness work is also the key to reducing sadness and depres-
sion. When this young man learned how to turn on his alpha waves
and to keep them on with his new found alpha enhancement skill,
he transformed from depressed to happy. To some this might seem
like a miracle, but to Biocybernauts it is just an example of spiri-
tual science in practice. Forgiveness will work miracles, but only
if it is effective forgiveness. The alpha training helps people learn
how to do effective forgiveness.
Apathy
Dealing with apathy is harder than dealing with the other
emotions because the apathetic person is stuck in a low energy
physically, which results in a low alpha state. Fortunately the pro-
cess of alpha brain wave feedback is so inherently intriguing and
absorbing that even apathetic people will be able to take an interest
in their very own brain waves. I have found that people have an
almost unlimited capacity to pay attention to, to absorb, and to
retain accurate information about themselves. This applies to hy-
peractive 8-year-old children and to apathetic adults. Feedback of
your own brain wave activity touches you in such a deeply per-
sonal and profound way that you are fascinated in spite of your
apathy or your distractibility.
The 5 level model of the emotional hierarchy suggests that
apathy results when people have been depressed for so long that
they simply give up fighting the depression. So an important part
of the recovery process for an apathetic person is to admit that they
really are sad and depressed. Then they need to feel that sadness,
and only then can they begin to forgive that which made them sad,
which of course is really something that made them angry, which
is really something they are afraid of. When they stop all the self-
90
Your Brain
Calming the Hurricane In
——_—_—_——_—_———— eo
into the
terfuge, they will break out
deception and emotional sub chy.
“Joy” at the top of the hierar
clear light of the
ning, the mood scales will help
In the course of the trai in touch
tions that you are not really
identify a whole range of emo
with. Dealing with these
All I wanted was peace, and
other emotions, rather felt
than suppressing them, yesterday on the way home I
te pea ce.
will also affect how peace... just total and comple
d
much alphaducyou r brainis Jy the past 5 years, even on goo
e. It is also
able to proidea to aud days, I never felt as good.
a good
regular exposure to vio- create the emo-
eo games because they
lent movies, TV, and vid s, and depression, all
hostility, sadnes
tions of fear, anxiety, anger,
of which depress alpha. wise to
that suppress alpha, it is
Besides avoiding things alph a. Daily
will enhance
ngs that
embrace and to seck out thi pray
very helpful, especially if you
prayer and meditation can be and with-
med ita te in a quie t dar k place with your eyes closed
and bring to mind feelings of
ing you can
out distractions. In this sett space — all
of light, lightness and vast
flying and floating, feclings can also use
e your alpha activity. You
of these will serve to enhanc you can prac-
which enhances alpha, and
the fragrance of lavender, with an in-
. A focus on your breath
tice slow breathing exercises will help to
fortably slow your breath
tention to gently and com r eyes
you are sitting quietly with you
increase alpha, especially if will also help you r alpha
closed. Gettin g more oxygen to the brain
oxygenate your
deep breathing helps to
production and the slow e posi-
oxygen. Learning to do thes
blood so your brain gets more but alp ha sup-
ng the beta enhancing
tive things and to avoid doi ricane in you r
you begin to calm the hur
pressing things will help harmony and
ing of your inner peace,
brain. That is the beginn
tranquility.
91
Uncovering Unconscious
Feelings
Numerous models of the hum
an psyche have been pro-
posed by various spiritual psy
chology pioneers, including
Abraham Maslow, Ken Wilb Carl Jung,
er, and Stanislay Grof, who
that hidden, buried or Suppre recognize
ssed feclings create blocks
fo grow spiritually, enjoy life in our ability
and express our authentic
dhist and Vedic teachings self. Bud-
refer to these buried fee
“samskaras,” Samskaras are lings as
reactive, dysfunctional patt
trace their origin to childhood erns that
or birth traumas as well as
issues. Every moment live past life
d, according to this mode
creates a karmic imprint whe of thought,
re the light from the soul gets
One way to look at it is that dimmed,
we are made up of layers of
being. In the center is our
soul, our authentic self—who
are. In an ideal world, we we really
would be this self all the
ing it joyfully from the Mom time, express-
ent of our birth. But we
cause of conditioned realitie do not, be-
s and resulting belicfs from
that prevent access to this leve childhood
l of our being. We build a
anes wall to cut
—— _ us off from our inner-
I now feel tha t
any place I go, Ihave
faith and I can express ME. most authentic self-a
| have so Wall composed of sur-
much confidence in where
I'm at,and — Vival strategie
that makes an impact on other people's
s and
conitol dra mas: Out
live
ivess., I haveive so
so muc
much so
solli
idd grou
: groundnd nownow, '°Pressions,: fixations,
I feel centered and stable, . denials, tra
more than neuroses areumathe
s and
ce-
ever before in my life.
- ment that holds
the
i
a public mask, which may wall together. We wear
radiate the illusion of succes
and self-control, keeping s, poise,
the world (and even parts
ignorant of the painful, una of our selves)
cknowledged emotions hid
us behind the public mask, den within
These unresolved issues
accumulate over a lifetime
work together to Suppress and
the brain’s production of alph
a waves,
92
leaving beta pretty much in control. In order to calm the “Hurri-

cane in the Brain,” we have to uncover and heal these old hurts and
release and re-script the beliefs we adopted because of them.
Over the years I have developed a remarkably effective
way to uncover painful feelings and experiences that have been
suppressed or stuffed out of sight of the conscious mind. Using a
series of proprietary mood scales coupled with real time feedback
from brain wave measurements can provide a powerful tool to bring
unconscious feelings to the surface quickly. The mood scales are
designed to bring into conscious awareness positive and negative
emotions that are below conscious awareness. This sophisticated
method helps us determine what might be holding people back
from increasing alpha waves during their feedback training expe-
rience, even when they are not consciously aware of the blocks.
Here’s how it works. To start with, trainees’ heads are care-
fully measured to find the right spots for alpha training. At
Biocybernaut we follow an international standard chart for
electrode placement. Small gold disk electrodes are carefully and
gently placed on the surface of the scalp by technicians using
cotton balls with rubbing alcohol to clean the surface and then a
conductive gel to make sure that there is a low-resistance contact
with the scalp. This is done so brain waves, which are very low
voltage, can be accurately detected, picked up and amplified, and
then processed by the computerized technology. Brain waves are
just a few millionths of a volt, so they must be amplified before
they can be measured and processed by the feedback computers.
When trainees first go into their soundproof feedback
chambers, they are “plugged in” so the computers can measure
their brain waves. The first task of the day is to fill out computer-
ized mood scales. In this process, words that describe feelings are
presented to the trainees one at a time on a computer screen. The
computer is programmed to evaluate the answers. The computers
also evaluate the accuracy of their answers, so any lack of congru-
93,
ency between their self-report and the computer’s evaluation is

measured at the same time. We jokingly say that we have psychic
computers, and you can’t fool them. The computer can determine
the chances (the probability) that the answer is accurate or if there
are hidden, unconscious emotions that the trainees may be deny-
ing because they are unaware of these emotions. The computer can
read the hidden presence of joy and happiness and other positive
emotions as well as the
hidden presence of nega-
If these kids had been India, they
tive emotions. People
would have picked up and taken to
are often unaware of the
the local ashram and revered as pool of positive emo-
saints. They would have been tions lying just beneath
spiritually trained and maybe even the surface of their
worshipped as a living incarnation awareness. When we call
of God-energy. their attention to these la-
tent positive emotions,
they are then able to access their own reservoirs of positive emo-
tion more easily the next time they are in the feedback chamber—
and also in life in general.
The use of these mood scales and our “psychic” mood com-
puters is one major attribute that sets my research and its educa-
tional training protocols apart from any other form of brain wave
neurofeedback training or even psychotherapy. We can help our
students uncover denied unconscious feelings and the reasons for
them ina matter of days, something that would typically take years
of traditional therapy to uncover.
The following case historics provide some examples of
how people have been able to calm the “Hurricane in the Brain”
using the technology and protocols that I have developed. These
storics are some of the most extreme cases we have seen, involv-
ing severe anxiety, paranoia, hostility, schizophrenia, stress, drug
abuse and other difficult-to-change psychological or personality
94
traits. You may see yourself or someone you love in these stories,
so please be inspired and just know that there is genuine hope for
people to have rapid and lasting beneficial changes using the
Biocybernaut technology.
New Paradigm for Anxiety Research

In 1978, I published a landmark study in Science (7/7/78),
which linked alpha increases with reductions of both trait anxiety
and state anxiety. This study subsumed previous negative reports
on this topic that were special cases of low anxiety subjects, which
were shown to be irrelevant to the treatment of high anxiety people.
Even more importantly, this was the first report in a world-class
scientific journal that showed personality traits were linked
(possibly causally linked) with brain wave activity.
Thad previously published (in 1976) on the correlation of
changes in the MMPI’s clinical scales with changes in EEG alpha
activity at three different locations on the head. But this paper was
published first in a conference Proceedings and was then abstracted
in a specialty journal, Biofeedback and Self-Regulation, so that the
psychiatric and psychological communities paid little or no atten-
tion to this finding.
However, when this report appeared in Science in 1978
showing that people could learn to increase their alpha brain waves
with EEG feedback training and that such learned alpha increases
resulted in significant decreases in both state and trait anxiety, the
scientific establishment was put on notice about a new paradigm
for medical and psychological research. Over ten years later addi-
tional research by others confirmed my 1976 and 1978 reports of
personality changes that were produced by learned control of EEG
activity through EEG feedback.
95
Case Study: Panic Attacks, Stress,

and Anxiety
J.B. was a 29-year-old woman who was experiencing re-
peated panic attacks. She decided to try alpha brain wave training
after the discouraging and ineffective experiences she had while
secking treatment for her condition through the traditional modes
of medicine, which included medical doctors, therapists, even hyp-
notists.
J.B. presented herself to us as a young mother who had
experienced a fairly normal, traditional lifestyle and an uneventful
childhood. She married and stayed married to the first wonderful
man who entered her life, with whom she had two children. She
felt happy and well adjusted, expericncing no emotional problems
until suddenly her life became a nightmare because of the inexpli-
cable panic attacks.
A personal history of potential emotional instability sur-
faced during brain wave training sessions. Her mother was an cpi-
leptic, incapable of caring for herself, much less her family. Her
father apparently did attempt to take care of her mother, but even-
tually left when JB was in her early teens. Her older sister (about
23 at that time and in a stable marriage) decided to take her in to
provide her with a more stable environment during her adolescence.
J.B. portrayed herself as having had a happy adolescence and a
happy marriage until the panic attacks began.
About a year before the panic attacks began, she and her
husband had bought a restaurant, which they were operating them-
selves. During the summer, they decided to take a vacation in
Mexico and had a wonderful time until she experienced a major
traumatic incident. The evening before they were to return home,
she got food poisoning and heat stroke. She suffered palpitations,
shortness of breath, and general weakness.
96
Her husband rushed her to a hospital, where no one spoke

English, and she descended into a state of helplessness and dread.
J.B. feared she was going to die, and no one could help her. Never-
theless, the palpitations eventually subsided, even without proper
medical care, and by the next day she was again fine. She and her
husband returned home and resumed their work at their restaurant.
One evening after a long day, she had another attack, like
the one in Mexico, again experiencing palpitations, weakness, short-
ness of breath, fear, and dread. In short, this was another full-blown
panic attack. As time went on, she began to suffer these attacks
more frequently. She was not originally a high anxiety person, but
became increasingly more anxious because of fear of these attacks,
which became a conditioned stimulus for anxiety.
J.B. did quite well with our training protocol and experi-
enced a complete cessation of the panic attacks. One full year later
she still had not had another attack. Through the use of alpha brain
wave training the patient began to fathom the genesis of feelings
of helplessness and ultimate panic and learned how to eliminate
the anxiety attacks and to control her own mind and sense of well
being.
Over 20 years after completing her treatment, J.B. has had
no further occurrences of the panic attacks that had threatened to
completely disrupt her life. The fact that she has been able to re-
main strong, calm, and centered is all the more remarkable in view
of the fact that her older sister (who had been her strength and
support), subsequently went through some very traumatic times.
Her strong, supporting sister actually became an energy drain re-
quiring J.B. to reverse roles and provide strength to her older sis-
ter. This she was able to do while maintaining her own psychologi-
cal integrity and continuing to conduct herself as wife and mother.
She recently remarked that she finds at least one opportunity every
day to recognize the powerful effect that the Biocybernaut Process
had on her life.
97
Case Study: A Paranoid, Hostile,

Schizophrenic, Unemployable Man
This 30-year-old man had clinically significant levels of
paranoia and schizophrenia. He was so hostile and paranoid that
he was unable to keep a job or maintain a living situation. He quite
literally could not get along with people. When he started our pro-
gram, he had just been involved in a fight with a total stranger ata
bus stop. As a result of the fight his whole body was bruised and he
had 20 stitches over his left eye. Because of the stitches we were
unable to place EMG clectrodes on his forehead.
He seemed likely to be a difficult person to train since he
bristled with hostility and ill will. It was casy to sce that he was a
magnet for physical attacks because of his extremely disagreeable
nature. The lab assistants had a major argument over who would
have work with “that one,” as his bad energy spilled over into our
lab personnel.
By the time he was nearly through his alpha sessions, he
had become more compliant and progressively less hostile. It is a
challenge for us to train out both paranoia and schizophrenia si-
multancously since cach condition is best transformed with alpha
energy increases at different places on the head. Increases of cen-
tral alpha energy reduce paranoia, while increases of occipital al-
pha energy reduce schizophrenia. However, we provide cach pa-
tient with four (simultancous) channels of feedback information
(Icft and right central alpha energy, and left and right occipital al-
pha energy). This patient used that feedback information to his
best advantage and increased both his central and occipital alpha
energy.
Through our training protocol, this patient reduced his
schizophrenia and got rid of his clinically extreme levels of para-
noia. He was also less hostile and could now get along better with
other people. He found a job shortly after completing his training
and his living situation stabilized. At his one-year follow-up, the
98
patient had lived in the same house, with the same roommates
for one year, and he was still holding the same job (almost a
year later), He was also pursuing his dream of an acting career
by taking courses at a local college. He had not been in a fight
since his training.
A remarkable transformation took place within this
patient as a result of his experience. A miserable and obnox-
ious person blossomed into an open, loving human being. He
occasionally dropped by the laboratory, unannounced, to bring
flowers to the lab assistants after his training.
Case Study: Chronic Pain, Stress,

Depression, and Attempted Suicide
This patient, a 34-year-old policewoman (B.R.), was
referred to us as “an emergency” by her therapist who feared
she would attempt suicide. She had already been hospitalized
for one nearly successful suicide attempt. The therapist sent us
an in-depth analysis of the patient that depicted an extremely
disturbed person. Her intake personality tests showed she had
clinically significant levels of hysteria, hypochondriasis, para-
noia, and depression, the most serious being acute depression.
B.R. was suffering from a work-related injury, which
had left her disabled (unable to perform police work), and
plagued by unremitting pain and its attendant psychological
stress for seven years. She presented us with her own typed list
of over 40 somatic complaints. The patient was bitter, angry,
and hostile almost to the point of physical attack as a result of
the “‘Catch-22” situation in which she found herself regarding
her employment. The Police department had not treated her
well. They were manipulating her to avoid retiring her with a
disability pension. They said that she was not disabled enough
to be retired with a disability pension, and when she said, “Then
let me come back to work” the department responded by say-
99
ing she was too disabled. In what appeared to be an active ongoing

effort to avoid the expense of paying her a disability pension, the
department had shunted her from one evaluation to another by the
department’s own “experts.” She had only very bitter things to say
about the medical doctors and psychiatrists who were being paid
by her police department.
B.R. arrived at our treatment facility discouraged, de-
pressed, withdrawn, and in constant pain. She cried continuously
the first two days, complaining of constant pain, dizziness, and
despair at never getting well. She seemed unaware of those around
her and was totally self-absorbed. By the third day of training she
began to acknowledge.the presence of others and to cry less.
By the fourth day of training she began to be playful with
the training staff, and by the seventh day of training she stated, “I
cannot remember back ...I cannot remember that far [back] the last
time before now that I felt peace. All the psychiatrists that I’ve
seen and all those other people couldn’t understand what I really
wanted when I told them I wasn’t looking for a handout, or this or
that. All I wanted was peace, and yesterday on the way home| felt
peace... just total and complete peace. In the past 5 years, even on
good days, I never felt as good”,
By the end of her 10th training session, B.R. was using the
words “optimistic” and “joyful” to describe her state of mind.
The battery of personality tests administered after the 7th day of
training showed that the clinical scales mentioned above had all
dropped to well below the level of clinical significance, with an
especially significant drop in depression.
A few weeks after the training, B.R. came back for a visit
glowing with enthusiasm and happiness. She told us that friends
and therapists alike could not fathom the sudden and remarkable
change. A few weeks later she scheduled another member of her
therapy group, also a disabled police officer, for the program. A
few months after the training, she returned to school, receiving all
“A’s” in her first semester.
100
A psychiatrist who had interviewed her right before and

just after her training described the results as, “... truly a transfor-
mation, ... miraculous”. He added, “What you have done is so un-
believable that I have not seen anything like this in over 40 years
of my practice. This is so unbelievable that I’d have to see you do
this six more times before I could allow myself to believe this ac-
tually happened.” Before the year had ended, this psychiatrist him-
self had become a trainee and had completed the seven day alpha
one training program for the purpose of managing the stress which
had led him into angioplasty heart surgery.
Case Study: Depression and Bereavement in

an Elderly Widow
When this woman came to us for treatment, she was 73
years old. Her husband had died the year before, and she found
herself completely lost and filled with grief, since she had been a
full time housewife and mother. She was mourning the loss of her
husband and the loss of companionship. She had become addicted
to Valium and had just completed a drug detoxification program.
However, she was still diagnosed as clinically depressed, with ex-
treme loneliness and isolation. She was a research subject in my
large federal grant entitled “Anxiety and Aging: Intervention with
EEG Alpha Feedback.”
She did quite well in learning to control her brain waves.
By the time she had completed her alpha training sessions her de-
pression had left her. She was no longer clinically depressed, and
she began to see a new direction for herself. During her alpha
training she began reporting that each day, when she had her high-
est alpha scores, she was envisioning herself as a leader of people.
This was a role that had never surfaced before in her 73 years.
When she finished her training, she almost immediately became
head of the Displaced Homemakers organization and began help-
ing other widowed and divorced women to overcome their grief
101
and begin to grow again. She began teaching courses on stress

reduction at a local college, using course material she designed
herself.
At her 6-month follow-up, she said that the Biocybernaut
Process had played a major role in her metamorphosis. In her words:
“I now feel that any place I go, I have faith and I can ex-
press ME. I have so much confidence in where I’m at, and that
makes an impact on other people’s lives. | have so much solid
ground now. I feel centered and stable, more than ever before in
my life. | get so much validation now. Through this brain wave
training I am able to put myself out more for others.”
By the time of her one year follow-up session, she had not
only assumed an active new career as a teacher and a leader in a
number of holistic health “networking” groups, she had also met
and moved in with a 45 year old man who, reportedly, found her
“both spiritually and sexually fulfilling.” She was 74 years old at
this time.
The patient retains, even 6 years after her training, a deep
conviction that our program was the major turning point in her
life. She remains vigorous, alert, and tirelessly energetic.
Neurofeedback as a form of energy medicine has indeed given her
a new life.
Migraine Headaches
In 1983, we began a special program for migraine suffer-
ers, where we did a 10-day training. We worked with only that
subset of migrainers who had very long lasting, debilitating mi-
graincs. In this work we learned something very interesting: every
single one of them had actually learned how to bring on the mi-
graincs themselves. Now I’m not saying this is the case with all
migrainers, but with this special small super-severe subgroup of
migrainers there was a different etiology. It turns out that migrainers
have very strict parents, as a rule. The parents of migrainers are
102
also typically perfectionists, in addition to being strict, they de-

manded the very best behavior of their children and were severely
intolerant of any childhood disruptive behavior. Well into this tense
family environment there was injected a powerfully disruptive force.
What we found in this group of very severe migrainers was that in
a critical period between six and eight years of age these children
began having, what we later realized to be, kundalini events.
Kundalini usually happens only in the most advanced long-
term meditators. A powerful energy that surges up the spine awak-
ening each of the chakras into super conscious awareness. It feels
like a freight train of energy erupting, and it comes pouring up
your spine using all the energy in the universe, and as it comes up
it awakens each one of the chakras into full super-consciousness.
If there is any sense of personal identity left, it gets pushed to the
extreme outer edge of this torrent of energy. Maybe there is a thin
veneer of self pushed to the outer edges, screaming to hang on to
the limited self, as this huge energy flow rushes through.
Sometimes, rarely, Kundalini awakening happens sponta-
neously to 6 or 8-year old children. They literally bounce around
the room like a basketball exhibiting uncontrolled behavior and
being quite unable to sit still and be the perfect little angels that
migrainer-generating parents require. These sudden bursts of physi-
cally intense and behaviorally disruptive activity totally upsets the
strict perfectionist parents who immediately severely punish the
child and even, as the behavior continues, withdraw love from their
child. Either of these by itself (punishment or withdrawal of love)
is terrible for a child, and the combination is catastrophic to a child.
So the children had to find a way to stop their suddenly disruptive
behavior that was being caused by this awakening spiritual energy.
If these kids had been India, they would have been taken to the
local ashram, revered as saints and trained in how to use this en-
ergy to benefit humanity. They would have been spiritually trained
and maybe even revered as a living incarnation of God-energy.
103
Here in the USA, however, the parents frequently don’t know about
such things and instead of awe and reverence for the gifts their
child is manifesting, the American parents can be punishing and
withdraw love. The only thing the children could do to shut off this
incredible flood of energy was to bring on a migraine.
So they learned to do it as children, and then they couldn’t
not do it, and it just got worse as they got older. We found this
history in cach one of these super-intense migraine sufferers that
we ran in this period from 1983 to about 1988 for this special mi-
graine program. The program was seven days of regular Alpha train-
ing, three days off, then three more days of alpha neurofeedback
training. We also provided 30-40 minutes of temperature or muscle
biofeedback for these people at the start of each day of the
training.
It was a powerfully effective healing method for all of the
severe migraine sufferers except in one instance, which ended up
providing a power “ul learning experience. The process initially
worked well for this »erson, a woman who was a former beauty
qucen from the Southen, California coastal area. However, she now
suffered from skin cancer. ad was no longer very pretty to look at.
Her husband had taken to heving affairs in the house with other
women lovers when she was ly‘ng there in her bedroom unable to
move for seven days at a stretch, lust into the pain of her migraines,
Her husband came along to the training program to support her (or
so he said), but when her migraines went away, this was not some-
thing he wanted. When she finished the training and went home,
she was no longer having these debilitating migraines so his girl-
friends couldn’t come over anymore. He started to undermine her,
causing her stress and pushing her most vulnerable buttons for the
purpose of causing her to succumb to migraines again so he could
again have sex with his girlfriends in the comfort of his home. So
this supposedly supportive husband pushed all the buttons he knew
of and so stressed and undermined his wife that she reverted to
104
having migraines again, and he was able to continue with his af-
fairs at home. We found out about this through friends of the fam-
ily. That was the one failure of our migraine clinic. All the other
migrainers were able to appreciate the spiritual gifts they had been
given through the kundalini awakening and were able to control
their physiology well enough so that they would no longer have
migraines. They did have to be wise and careful: no red wine, no
more of certain cheeses, and no getting badly chilled. If they ob-
served these precautions they could be completely free of migraines
using their abilities to enhance their alpha brain waves.
Drug and Alcohol Treatment

Drug and alcohol studies have been one of the sub-themes
of my research since 1966, when I was still an undergraduate in
the Physics department at Carnegie Mellon University. Then I was
the statistician and computer programmer for the Campus-Wide
Drug Use Survey at Carnegie-Mellon University in Pittsburgh, PA.
In this role I got an early and very complete look at the developing
patterns of drug use in a university setting. In 1971 when I started
doing formal academic research studies on alpha feedback I al-
ways included drug use histories and daily surveys of the daily
drug use of my alpha research subjects.
In 1972 I continued this drug use and drug history research
in San Francisco at the University of California at San Francisco
(UCSF) with alpha feedback volunteers drawn from San Francisco
State College. At that time the average daily marijuana use of low
anxiety subjects was 0.1 marijuana cigarettes per day, whereas high
anxiety subjects were averaging 1.1 marijuana cigarettes per day.
Given that alpha levels are depressed in high anxiety subjects, and
given that published studies of the brain wave effects of marijuana
show that it increases alpha brain activity, especially in the occipi-
tal region, it may be that the high anxiety people were self-medi-
cating with marijuana to lower their anxiety. A useful follow up
105
study would have been to determine if marijuana use declined in

the high anxiety people who Icarned to increase their alpha activ-
ity. However, college students were very transient, and there was
never an opportunity to do follow up studies to sce if success at
alpha training reduced subsequent drug usage, at least not until
1979 when I was awarded a large Federal Grant from NIMH en-
titled Anxiety and Aging: Intervention with EEG alpha feedback.
In 1979 [had the opportunity to provide Alpha training to
a woman who I later discovered to be a multiple-drug user and a
drug dealer. I did not know that she and her husband (also a dealer)
were consuming almost an ounce of cocaine per day, between the
two of them. She was drinking a Sth of hard liquor to take the edge
off the cocaine, and she smoked tobacco daily, and took LSD, psilo-
cybin, mescaline, and marijuana on a regular basis. She also took
tranquilizers and stimulants to change her mind state whenever
she wanted and in whatever direction she wished. Her personal
motto was, “Excess is not enough!” I did not know she was using
drugs during her training, except for tobacco, which she thought-
fully smoked only outdoors.
On the fifth day of her alpha training she described, “fall-
ing into a pool of alpha,” which forever changed her life, Although,
she had no intention of reducing or stopping her drug use when she
started alpha training, and in spite of the fact that she liked her
drug use lifestyle and thought her life “was working well,” her
drug use began to fall away. Within six weeks of the end of her
alpha training, she was not using any drugs. Even the tobacco smok-
ing had stopped. And now she found that she could no longer live
with her husband, who had not done the Alpha training, and who
continued to use and to deal drugs.
Thad the opportunity to follow up with this woman for the
next 9 years, and she continued her drug abstinence to the extent of
usually avoiding even caffeine beverages. During the time I was
directing the NIMH Federal Grant (1979-1982) all of the subjects
106
completed extensive drug use histories as well as daily drug-use

logs over their 3 days of introductory baselines and 20 days of the
research study on brain wave feedback training. Subjects also had
6 month and 12 month follow up sessions all of which included
drug use reports, so this drug use data could be analyzed to relate
changes in patterns of drug use to learned changes in the brain
waves. The funding for this federal grant was eliminated by Presi-
dent Ronald Reagan’s first budget, so this data was never thor-
oughly analyzed, butI did carefully collect and archive it.
When my laboratory moved off the UCSF campus in 1983
and relocated to the San Jose campus of the Agnews State Hospi-
tal, I began training people specifically to treat drug addiction, some-
times working with several members of the same family simulta-
neously. Word of this success spread locally so that a local judge
gave some alcohol offenders the option of going to jail or doing
my alpha training program.
One of the most interesting success stories in a court refer-
ral shows the extremely broad range of chemically dependent people
treatable with EEG feedback. This man was an alcohol and co-
caine user. He was a farm hand adopted into a wealthy family and
was unschooled and averse to learning. Referred by a court, he
showed up for the first day’s training in the company of his step-
brother with both of them late, drunk, and hungry. Then they ex-
cused themselves to go out and eat (and drink more alcohol). They
were due at 11:00 AM and they showed up drunk at 5:00 PM.
However, the next morning the fellow referred by the court had
sobered up enough to begin the training, though his drug-abusing
stepbrother did not join him.
He did not understand any of the transpersonal themes typi-
cally discussed in the training, but he did know what he liked. He
liked fixing farm equipment and rebuilding diesel engines down in
the shed, and he began to describe his moments of highest alpha
like the visualizations of a born mechanic. His alpha scores went
107
higher cach day, and he became calmer and more patient and more
sober. Two years later he called to express a surprisingly complex
mixture of deep sadness and deep gratitude on the occasion of his
stepbrother’s death in a drug-related auto accident. He wished that
his stepbrother had done the training, and he was so grateful that
he had done it. Two years later he was still clean and sober, and he
was now a respected member of the community; having become a
member of the Rotary and managing his family’s large investment
portfolio. Like many people, he had a powerful “Hurricane in his
Brain” that was driving him to drink, use drugs, and beat his wife.
When he came for alpha training, that wild hurricane was calmed
and he became a gentle, loving husband and a valued and respected
member of the community. He and his family were now
peaceful, loving and happy.
ak ook ok ok ok
In the next chapter we will relate more research, stories

and experiences from “normal” people, about what to expect from
alpha brain wave enhancement training. These benefits I call
“Surfing the Alpha Wave.”.
108
Surfing the Alpha Wave
4
Surfing the
Alpha Wave
In the previous chapter, we learned about some of the

consequences of living in the internal hurricane that is the Beta
brain wave state. We sawa little bit of how our society has created
expectations, habits, preferences, structures, institutions, a vast
unhealthy playing field which violates fundamental principles of
our physiology.
The problems arising out of too much Beta brain waves
have upset our physical and mental ecology and has even damaged
the ecology of the planet upon which we depend for our very lives.
Everywhere we look are stimulants for the constant Hurricane in
the Brain, — including our food supply and a diet laced with garlic,
onions, and caffeine.
In this chapter, I’d like to begin to show you some alterna-
tives to a highly ego-driven beta brain wave lifestyle that is filled
with big beautiful alpha brain waves so you can begin to under-
stand more of the benefits gained by surfing the alpha wave through
the Biocybernaut Institute’s Alpha Wave feedback training. At the
end of this chapter is a detailed description of the Neurofeedback
process of the Biocybernaut Alpha One Brain Wave Training.
The following is a list of some of the many benefits that
my clients have experienced during brain wave training sessions
in neurofeedback held at the Biocybernaut Institute:
109
¢ Restoring a Youthful Higher Alpha Brain Wave

Pattern
¢ Improving Relationships
¢ Increasing Creativity
¢ Enhancing Peak Performance
¢ Meditation and Expanded Awareness
¢ Super Learning and IQ Increases
* Resourceful Personality Change
Restoring a Youthful Brain Wave Pattern

While it has been possible for celebrities and the wealthy
to stave off the external effects of physical aging with creams and
potions, skin pecls, laser treatments, liposuction, and surgical face
and body lifts, until now no one has offered a makeover for your
brain! Instead of having to submit to the seemingly inevitable
effects of brain aging — and eventual senescence — now you can
intervene and make some wonderful changes. Instead of waiting
helplessly with nothing you can do while the clock ticks and your
mental and intellectual
functions and joy for life
When you train your brain to produce declines, now you can
more Alpha waves, the benefits go far successfully intervene and
beyond anti-aging — it actually reverse those declines.
When you train your brain
to produce more alpha
waves, the benefits go far beyond anti-aging — it actually reverses
the aging of the brain. Experiences with hundreds of trainees dem-
onstrate that a 70 year old can be trained to create the brain wave
pattern of someone who is 35 or 40! Even though the person may
have lived seven decades, their newly re-awakened youthful brain
wave pattern will give them youthful motivation, interest and abili-
tics. Imagine! The wisdom of seven decades and the motivation
and the energy and the enthusiasm of someone in their 30’s, — now
110
that is a winning combination! How, you ask, can this be possible?

Let us look at the science.
Atherosclerosis can begin at remarkably early ages, and
once it begins, the alpha frequency slows down at a rate of about
0.8 Hz per decade. Alpha ranges from 8 - 13 Hz. So if someone
started out with alpha activity at 10 Hz- which is common — in less
than three decades the alpha would be gone. If the alpha has slowed
below 8 Hz, it’s not alpha any more. That person has entered the
brain wave twilight zone of senescence or senility. Once the alpha
is gone — has slowed out of existence — people tend to die fairly
soon. One hospital admission looked at the relation of non-alpha
EEG records and early death. In this study the hospital technicians
routinely made an EEG recording from everyone admitted for any
reason, pregnancies, elective surgeries, stabbings, gunshot wounds,
auto accidents, any reason. Then they followed up on those people
six months later. Half of those admitted with no alpha in their
EEG record were dead within six months. Alpha indicates life and
when alpha fades away so does life.
One of my former colleagues, Dr. Charles L. Yeager, stud-
ied EEG activity all of his professional career. In the 1950s he set
up EEG labs in all of the California state hospitals. California had
a model system of State Hospitals. And all during the 1950s and
up into the 1980s Dr. Yeager made annual visits to each hospital to
record EEGs from the pa-
tients, some of whom were Alpha feedback training changes that
quite elderly. Dr. Yeager natural course of aging toa
obtained healthy looking natural course of age-reversal
EEGs from some patients
who were over 100 years
old. In this 30+ year span of research Dr. Yeager learned that if an
aged patient had abundant or even just normal alpha in their EEG
record, they would still be alive and well when he visited again the
next year. However, if a patient’s annual recording showed the loss
111
of alpha activity in the year since the prior recording, Dr. Yeager
would say a special “Good Bye” to that patient because he knew
the person would probably die before his next annual visit. Soa 37
year old patient whose alpha had disappeared would be much more
likely to die within the next year than a 100 year old patient who
had good alpha in their EEG record. To a certain extent, alpha
trumps age when it comes to life expectancy and everyone’s hopes
for healthy longevity. Remember, alpha isn’t what you think.
When we look at the biological science underlying alpha
waves and the processes by which people lose their alpha waves, it
is perfectly understandable how a 100 year old person with good
alpha waves would have a better life expectancy than someone in
their 20s or 30s with no alpha waves. As you learned in the previ-
ous chapter, Calming the Hurricane in Your Brain, there are many
stressful aspects of modern life that work on you to reduce your
alpha and to instead promote beta brain waves. But there is even
more than that stress at work in a person’s loss of their beneficial
alpha waves.
The mechanisms involved in loss of alpha include reduc-
tion of blood flow to the brain. It has been shown that clamping
one of the carotid arteries in monkeys results in loss of alpha in
that one hemisphere. When the left carotid artery is clamped, that
shuts off most of the blood flow to the left hemisphere. There is a
little bit of interhemispheric circulation in the Circle of Willis, but
that is not much compared to the volume of blood that comes surg-
ing into the brain via the carotid arteries, on the left and right sides
of the neck. In that study with monkeys, when the blood flow was
interrupted to one hemisphere, the alpha in that hemisphere disap-
peared and was replaced by the senile EEG pattern of mixed Theta
and Beta. When the monkey’s carotid artery was unclamped and
blood flow resumed, the senile pattern of mixed Theta and Beta
went away and was replaced by alpha activity, which then returned
to its normal alpha pattern.
112
So now we can understand that when alpha begins to di-

minish in an older person (or even a younger person), this may
signal an unhealthy and hazardous reduction in blood flow to the
brain. The most common cause of reduced blood flow to the brain
is clogged arteries. Indeed, blood flow varies as the inverse third
power of the diameter of the blood vessel. This simple mathemati-
cal relationship has alarming consequences for the brain when ar-
teries get clogged and the effective diameter of the blood vessel
shrinks. For example if the opening inside a blood vessel shrinks
to 1/2 of normal size this results in blood flow being reduced to
1/8" of normal flow. That is because 2 to the third power is 8, i.c.
2*2*2 = 8. So if the diameter is reduced to 1/8, the blood flow is
reduced to 1/2* 1/2 * 1/2 = 1/8". Reducing blood flow to 1/8" of
normal starves the brain and the alpha waves vanish in the result-
ing famine, as the brain is deprived of the oxygen and glucose that
it needs to run itself, and all of which must be delivered via the
blood flow to the brain. Reduction of blood flow also impairs the
function of all the brain’s hormonal and biochemical regulation.
Digestion can go awry, nutrition can suffer, and general health can
enter a steep and rapid decline, resulting in death.
Now the body does have some defenses against this
reduction in brain blood flow that result from clogged arteries. The
number one response of the
body is to raise the blood Forgiveness is a required part
pressure. Why is this? Well ofthe process, and without it Alpha
if the blood vessels get remains suppressed, as if there’s
clogged so their open pas- q Jid clamped down which prevents
sages inside them are smaller on any further increases.
there is a reduction in blood
flow. However if the blood pressure could be made to go up, that
higher pressure will force more blood through the clogged arteries
and veins. You may have had this experience when you are in the
shower. You may have a good stream of water spraying down on
113
you and the temperature is all adjusted perfectly, and then some-
one flushes a toilet or opens a faucet or starts the clothes washer.
All of a sudden the pressure drops and less water comes out. Or
perhaps you started your shower when the washer was filling, so
you had to turn on the faucets all the way to get enough water for
your shower. Then when the washer is full and stops drawing off
water, the pressure in the pipes surges and you get blasted with
more water than you want and maybe even the spray is so forceful
that it hurts your lips. You have just demonstrated how a reduction
in pressure will reduce the flow of water and how an increase of
pressure will increase the flow of water. It works the same in your
body with your blood flow.
So now you can see how the body is being perfectly sen-
sible in turning up the blood pressure in response to clogged or
partly clogged arteries. It is the fastest way for the brain to keep up
with the blood supply that it needs. Ah, but there is a dark side to
that solution. As you know high blood pressure can be a killer.
High blood pressure can make your kidneys fail. Their fragile
internal structures are damaged and ultimately destroyed by high
blood pressure. Each organ system has its failure point when blood
pressure gets too high, and the most catastrophic failure is when
blood vessels are pressurized too highly and one or more of them
bursts. This is called a stroke and it can kill or cripple the person.
So increases of blood pressure, while being a temporary solution
to a brain starving for blood [lack of oxygen and glucose delivered
by the blood flow] are not a good long term solution.
The typical medical intervention with high blood pressure
is to give drugs that lower blood pressure. This might spare the
person the ravages of high blood pressure, but it does nothing to
address the underlying cause of the high blood pressure, which is
often insufficient blood flow to the brain. Many people taking
medicine for high blood pressure, medicine which effectively low-
ers their blood pressure, will report that they do not feel as alert as
114
they used to and they are experiencing “brain fog”. This is a logi-
cal consequence of reduced blood flow to the brain. So let’s look
at the sequence of events: Arteries clog [many reasons for this],
and blood flow drops, especially blood flow to the brain dimin-
ishes. The brain begins to starve for blood and the alpha waves
diminish. The brain calls out for more blood and the body re-
sponds by increasing the blood pressure, which does deliver more
blood to the brain. Everything looks fine again. But then the arter-
ies clog more and the cycle repeats.
Eventually the blood pressure is so high that it comes to
the attention of a medical doctor, who prescribes blood pressure
lowering drugs. This causes the blood pressure to fall, but this also
reduces blood flow to the brain, which begins to starve for blood
again. This causes the alpha waves to drop and the person feels
low energy and mental fogginess. The brain sends out signals to
increase the blood pressure, but these signals are ignored by the
body because the blood pressure lowering drugs are at work. So
the brain drifts into a state of decreasing blood flow and decreas-
ing alpha waves and decreasing mental alertness. People begin to
look and think and act old. But at least the risk of kidney damage
and strokes has been reduced.
Fortunately there are other alternatives. In many cases,
intervention with suitable EEG alpha feedback training can restore
brain blood flow without the use of drugs and can thus dramati-
cally increase alpha wave activity, which has the benefits of re-
sourceful alterations in mood and personality. Increased alpha wave
activity brings increasing optimism, motivation, and a general state
of happiness and well-being. These beneficial changes both ex-
tend life and improve the quality of life. Alpha feedback training
changes that natural course of aging to a natural course of age-
reversal without drugs or stimulants.
When most people hear of these possibilities they imme-
diately want to know how it works. There are many factors at
115
work here and we will consider two of them: (1) dilating the blood
vessels and (2) reducing the blockages within the blood vessels.
Both serve to increase blood flow to the brain without dangerous
increases of blood pressure.
(1) Dilating Blood Vessels. Many people first heard of the
word “biofeedback” in association with people learning to warm
their hands or relax their muscles. Hand temperature biofeedback
is conceptually very simple. You hold a small thermometer in your
hands and watch it. Or a temperature sensor is strapped around
one of your fingers or toes and a wire runs to a small meter that
reports the temperature in a digital number or in a sound, where
the sound might rise or fall in pitch as your finger rises and falls in
temperature. Or the device might beep faster when your skin tem-
perature is rising and becp more slowly as your skin temperature
falls. Whatever the mechanism, the principle is the basic biofeed-
back principle. In 1970 I formulated the axioms of biofeedback
and the first axiom is this:
Any process in your brain or your body about which you can
be given accurate and immediate information you can learn to
control.
Hand temperature feedback has been used as a general
stress reduction technique teaching people to warm their hands
and fingers, and also has been able to cure some previously
incurable medical conditions like Reynoud's Disease. Here’s how
it works. Itis so simple. While you are getting the feedback on
your hand or finger temperature you think of pleasant, calming,
and warm situations. Perhaps you say silently to yourself, “My
hand is heavy and warm.” Or you think of the feeling of lying in
warm sand on a sunny beach. And while you try out different
thoughts, feelings, and images, you listen to or watch your tem-
perature feedback device for any sign that your finger tempera-
ture is warming. When you find something that works for warm-
ing your fingers, you keep doing it and even fine tune the pro-
116
cess to warm faster. The principle is the same a brain wave

feedback.
But how does it work? You may be wondering. Very
simple. With skin temperature feedback you are learning how to
dilate the blood vessels that flow out to your hands and fingers.
Yes, some of you will jump ahead and infer (correctly) that if you
can dilate the blood vessels that flow to your fingers, then you can
also, with the right kind of alpha feedback, dilate the blood vessels
that flow to your brain. Of course we know feedback training can
cause increases in alpha brain waves and that has many other
beneficial effects. But for now, let us stay with the dilating blood
vessels to your fingers. This allows more warm blood from the
core of your body to flow out to your hands and fingers, thus warm-
ing your hands. This also triggers a generalized stress reduction
response that has many health benefits.
Remember we just talked about Reynoud’s Disease being
cured by hand temperature feedback? Well let us look at that re-
markable cure because it is a classic example of how a problem
that was almost incurable by traditional allopathic medicine, was
simply and easily eliminate by a biofeedback procedure of hand
temperature feedback. In Reynoud’s Disease there is a constric-
tion of blood flow to the fingers and to the toes. Cold hands and
feet are no fun, but in serious cases this becomes very painful. The
fingers and toes turn blue and the suffering becomes intense. Tra-
ditional medicine was so unable to effectively treat this condition
that Doctors took to amputating the offending fingers and toes.
Ouch! Fortunately along came biofeedback for skin temperature
and people learned how to dilate the blood vessels feeding their
hands simply by being given feedback about a related parameter,
namely skin temperature. The hands are cold when there is re-
duced blood flow because the blood vessels are constricted. So
when the person gets immediate and accurate feedback about even
subtle changes in skin temperature, that person has the means to
117
Icarn how to dilate the blood vessels that bring warming to the
fingers and an end to the pain and suffering of Reynoud’s Disease.
Probably no one could tell you how your conscious intention to
warm your fingers combines with the skin temperature feedback
information to produce a dilation of the blood vessels. It is one of
the deep mysteries of life how any intention gets translated into
actions by the body. But it works. It happens, and the Reynoud’s
Disease sufferer is healed. The pain is gone; their hands, fingers
and toes are warm again.
In exactly the same (mysterious) way, the alpha brain wave
feedback tones and scores are information that is partially related
to the amount of blood flow to the brain. There are many other
factors that I have identified that can contribute to alpha increases,
and I coach my Alpha Trainces on all of them, but blood flow is
clearly one of the relevant parameters. And for people with high
blood pressure it is one of the more important parameters. So it is
another one of those deep mysteries of life how a person’s inten-
tion for alpha increases combines with the alpha feedback infor-
mation and then gets translated into actions by the body, such as a
dilation of the blood vessels that feed the brain. But it works. It
happens, and the blood flows to the head so easily that people some-
times come out of the feedback chamber with an “alpha tan.” There
has been so much blood flow to the head that it includes the brain
and the face and the ears and the neck and people are lit up with a
healthy glow looking like they just spent 2 weeks in Barbados or
the Bahamas.
When I worked with the elderly women in the Federal
Grant, most of them had some degree of high blood pressure. And
when they would “get it” and their alpha would surge upward, they
would often talk about the experience of an “opening” in their necks
and in their head. An “opening” huh? Well, how about the dilation
of their carotid arteries for starters? Oh yes, in every single elderly
woman whose alpha increased, there was a subsequent reduction
118
in their blood pressure. Probably this is more than a coincidence,

especially since we have such a clearly apparent mechanism for
this important “side effect” of the alpha brain wave training.
So hand temperature biofeedback produces the learned ability to
dilate the blood vessels feeding the hands and fingers. And alpha
brain wave biofeedback (Neurofeedback) produces the learned
ability to dilate the blood vessels feeding the brain. The hand tem-
perature feedback can save the fingers of Reynoud’s Disease pa-
tients and the alpha brain wave feedback can save the lives of high
blood pressure patients and people whose alpha has diminished or
disappeared due to insufficient blood flow to the brain.
(2.) Reducing The Blockages Within The Blood Vessels.
While it is wonderful to have an alpha feedback means to dilate
blood vessels to allow more blood to flow through to the brain,
there may still be a significant amount of blockage in those blood
vessels from deposits of cholesterol and mats of bacterial plaques
that line the insides of the blood vessels. Coronary artery disease
is characterized by occlusion of the blood vessels and a reduction
of the blood flow through them. There is an interesting pioneer in
the field of Reversing Coronary Artery Disease, Dr. Dean Ornish,
Clinical Professor of Medicine at UCSF. For the past 25 years, Dr.
Ornish has directed clinical research demonstrating, for the first
time, that comprehensive lifestyle changes may begin to reverse
even severe coronary heart disease, without drugs or surgery. He is
the author of five best-selling books, including New York Times’
bestseller Dr. Dean Ornish’s Program for Reversing Heart Disease.
I have been to lectures by Dr. Ornish and have spoken with him
about his important work. He shows pictures of an artery 90%
closed up with deposits and then the same artery after some time in
his program, maybe only 40% blocked. That is a huge improve-
ment in blood flow, because, remember that blood flow varies with
the 3" power of the diameter. Let’s do the numbers. With a 1
centimeter diameter artery, a 90% blockage would mean it only
119
had a tiny 10 percent of the original diameter available and open

for blood to flow through. That 10% of| centimeter would be a |
millimeter opening. Death is knocking on that door. But with a
clearing to only a 40% blockage, that would mean 60% of the origi-
nal | centimeter diameter is open again. 60% of| centimeter is 6
millimeters of opening in that blood vessel. Life is again an op-
tion. So the change from a | millimeter opening to a 6 millimeter
opening is a 6 times increase, which translates into a huge blood
flow increase. Remember blood flow varies with the 3™ power of
the diameter. That’s a big ‘wow’ and a big increase in blood flow,
and if that blood vessel is feeding the brain, that leads to a big
increase in the person’s potential for alpha waves.
Now how does Dr. Ornish help his patients achieve this
remarkable clearing of the clogged blood vessels. Well you can
read his books, and you will find that it boils down to three factors:
(1) Mild exercise, (2) A strict diet, and (3) Meditation. I’ve read
some of Dr. Ornish’s own analyses of his research work, and par-
ticularly I’ve focused on some of his secondary analyses that dis-
covered that the “heavy lifting” in this recovery program is done
by the meditation. You can imagine that over the years Dr. Ornish
has worked with people who did not apply themselves equally to
all of the three components of his program. Yet some of them still
got amazing benefits. Dr. Ornish found that those who did very
well in the meditation but not so well in the dict and exercise had
better clearing of their arteries than people who slighted the medi-
tation but were very strict about their exercise or their diet. Of
course for best results you will do all three, but if you were ONLY
going to do one of those components, the meditation is the one that
would give you, by itsclf, the best results in clearing of your clogged
arteries.
You are probably already jumping ahead to the correct con-
clusion of how your alpha feedback training might help to clear
your arteries. You are right to go there, because 7 days of the Al-
120
pha One Brain Wave Feedback program at Biocybernaut is the

equivalent of 21-40 years of Zen meditation. This comparison in-
volves looking at the brain wave changes of the Alpha One gradu-
ates and the brain wave changes of Advanced Zen meditators with
daily practice extending from 21-40 years. So if you put together
the findings that (1) Dr. Dean Ornish’s secondary analyses show
that the meditation component of his program for Reversing Coro-
nary Artery Disease does the heavy lifting in his program with (2)
Dr. Jim Hardt’s finding that the Biocybernaut Alpha One Training
produces brain wave changes in 7 days that are comparable to those
produced in 21-40 years of Zen meditation, then you might rea-
sonably conclude that the Alpha One training could contribute sig-
nificantly to reversing coronary artery disease. This clearing of
the blood vessels, over time, following your Alpha One Training
could help to sustain the brain blood flow increases that are likely
to occur in your Alpha One Training because of learned dilation of
the blood vessels feeding your brain and within your brain.
The next section is about Negative Emotions, Stress and
Aging, but there is also a profound connection between negative
emotions plus stress and the development of coronary artery dis-
ease. The heart and arteries are affected by how a person views life
and reacts to a stressful situation. People who are cynical or have
hostile attitudes or suppressed anger have been found to have more
atherosclerosis and blockages of coronary arteries.
Individuals who are in a chronic struggle to exert domina-
tion and control [known as Type A personalities] may also be “coro-
nary prone,” particularly if they are hostile. Chronic activation of
the central nervous system sympathetic [“fight-or-flight”] response
means that the neuro transmitter norepinephrine is liberated in in-
creased amounts from the ends of sympathetic nervous system fi-
bers, acting upon blood vessels, the heart and other organs. Exces-
sive norepinephrine has been also associated with hostile attitudes.
In excessive amounts it may do damage to the lining of coronary
121
arterics, provide a chemical insult to the heart muscle, promote

high blood pressure and disturb platelets and red blood cells - all
of which can contribute to the increased risk of myocardial infarc-
tion or some other form of scrious heart disease.
The constant turning on of the sympathetic response can
also trigger a coronary artery spasm, which may result in a heart
attack. In addition, imbalances between the sympathetic nervous
system, which mostly accelerates functions of our bodies (the fight-
or-flight response) and the parasympathetic system, which usually
slows down functions of our body (the withdrawal response), can
trigger cardiac arrest or arrhythmia.
Over-reaction to stress may stir up other biochemical
changes that can threaten our cardiac health. Cholesterol levels
rise and uric acid gocs up, and each of these is associated with
heart disease. Alpha Training can heal the cynical and hostile atti-
tudes that underlic these dangerous physiological changes, The
forgiveness work in the Alpha One Training can undo a lifetime of
suppressed anger and can help the person transform that energy
and those experiences into love and joy. This transformation of
negative emotions into positive emotions that results from the
Biocybernaut Alpha One Training can have a range of bencficial
effects that span the range from physical, mental and emotional
healing to spiritual growth and awakening.
Negative Emotions, Stress and Aging

Experiencing many emotional or physical traumas in life
can accelerate the process of brain aging. Over time as we age, we
develop habits of behavior. We are all familiar with certain con-
scious habits because we do them every day. Some are ingrained,
like going to the bathroom, and some we learn, like brushing our
tecth or washing our face or taking a shower. Other habits are pref-
erences, such as the way we pour our coffee in the morning, the
route we take to work or the supermarket, or our daily routine. We
122
also develop mental habits or patterns of thought. As we get older,

one of the reasons our brain starts to decline is we get stuck in the
rut of using the same thinking patterns over and over again. If our
brain is used to doing the same thing over and over again, it stops
creating new neural connections. The brain wave neurofeedback
protocol I use at Biocybernaut and require of all of our Trainers
includes deep emotional and forgiveness work which creates new
neural connections in the brain resulting in a vibrant self-renew-
ing, versus static and degraded, brain wave pattern.
Most of us stay stuck in old negative emotional patterns
that lead to feelings of sadness, depression, anger and fear. When
we are unaware of the source of these patterns, it’s impossible to
change or remove the pattern. Even if we know the source, most
traditional therapy or self-help does little to break the pattern. These
negative emotional patterns lead to accelerated brain aging because
they suppress alpha.
Most of us at some point in our lives do some surface work
on the issues through counseling, behavioral therapies, or personal
growth workshops, but the pattern stays basically stuck. We may
be aware of our pattern, the reason for it, and we may keep trying
to change it by willful methods, but with little success. I am con-
vinced that the only way to permanently change the pattern, to
defuse the charge, is to work on it in a high alpha state using brain
wave biofeedback, ideally with the support of a trained “coach”
who is your Biocybernaut Trainer.
The Alpha One Brain Wave Training is all about educat-
ing you in the details of how your brain works and how your emo-
tions work. Every one of the 7 days of this training you are using
the proprietary and computerized Biocybernaut Mood Scales
coupled with computerized monitoring of the map of your brain
(described in Chapter 3). This process helps you to begin to open
some doors within you that allow you to take a look at your uncon-
scious negative emotional patterns.
123
T |
With the help of the skilled Trainers, trainees become more
aware of their patterns and can deal with them in a supportive, safe
space. We always find certain painful events in people’s lives, usu-
ally from childhood, that we call forgiveness targets. The trainee is
coached to go into the chamber and to create a high alpha state,
and then to revisit the causal incident.
There in a safe space they can relive or re-experience the
feclings they had about what was said or done and learn what erro-
ncous beliefs about themselves that they created because of it. For-
giveness is a required part of the process, and without it alpha re-
mains suppressed, as if there’s a lid clamped down which prevents
any further increases. Without forgiveness, trainces can only go so
far in creating a high alpha state. It is absolutely necessary to do
forgiveness work for both sides of the grievance, both you and the
other person, in order to release the emotional charge around the
event. The forgiveness process will be covered in depth in Chapter
6, Extreme Forgiveness.
Once a trainee is able to release these mental habits, they
are able to create new healing events and feelings in their place
while in a high alpha state. This creates both more alpha and more
neural connections. So not only do they create more neural path-
ways, they create them in a more positive alpha state. The neural
pathways that keep the brain in mostly a Beta state (anxiety, anger,
fear, sadness) are released so more alpha waves can be created.
It’s like dusting away cobwebs with a broom. As you start
doing that more frequently, your brain starts getting increased blood
flow, which, in itself, leads to more alpha. More alpha fecls good,
so it makcs it casicr to go after other memories that still need some
work. Trainees quickly learn that their brain can get rid of those
negative emotional experiences and that motivation is cnough to
move people forward even more. Then all of'a sudden, people have
a breakthrough in the chamber and their alpha explodes! It starts
with breaking a bad habit and learning a good new one.
124
Anxiety and Aging

At Langley Porter, I was the principal investigator for a
large federal grant entitled: Anxiety and Aging: Intervention with
EEG Alpha Feedback. Elderly subjects in this study learned how
to restore youthful brain wave patterns using my unique
neurofeedback technology and methods. When elderly women suv-
cessfully restored their youthful brain wave patterns, there were
remarkable reversals of many of the aspects of aging. They showed
major improvements in their personality profiles, including reduced
anxiety and depression. Furthermore, they showed improvements
in motivation, energy, and happiness.
BEFORE
<<<<< FEEDBACK
TRAINING
AFTER
FEEDBACK >>>>>
TRAINING
The evidence from this study and other work I have done
with elderly subjects (up to their late 80s in age) suggests that re-
storing youthful amounts of EEG alpha with neurofeedback can
restore the ability of the brain to regulate the mind, body, and emo-
tions in healthful ways, like it did when you were much younger.
Women in their mid 70’s went to college, getting degrees, even
125
advanced degrees. They started new relationships and even started

new businesses.
Reversing age-related changes in brain function restores
remarkable degrees of function in elderly people. Restoring youthful
brain wave patterns restores significant amounts of youthful states
of mind and the happiness and enthusiasm that are associated with
youth. In addition, there are physical health benefits because the
more youthful brain is once again able to properly regulate the
body’s physiological systems. In our study, we saw reductions of
high blood pressure in every elderly person who increased her/his
alpha EEG activity. Elderly men have successfully used this train-
ing in rehabilitation from heart attacks. We even had one man who
had a heart transplant and overcame a common problem of heart
transplant patients, which is that the new heart races too fast and is
not well regulated by the brain. With his Alpha Training this man
was able to train his transplanted heart to perform more appropri-
ately to his changing activity levels.
Over the years I have further optimized the technology
and protocol to produce reversals of many of the aspects of aging.
We can now teach people how to restore youthful brain wave pat-
terns through large increases in EEG alpha in just one week of
intensive training. Reversing age-related changes in brain activity
allows the brain to reverse many of the physiological and psycho-
logical aspects of aging and enables the trainees to function with
youthful degrees of vigor, motivation, enthusiasm, happiness, as
well as greater physical, emotional, and spiritual well-being.
Improving Relationships
Personality disorders such as extreme anxiety, depression,
or suppressed emotions such as anger, sadness and fear definitely
cause relationship problems — at home, at work, with friends, a
spouse, parents or children. Even when we own and express these
emotions, if they continue to be triggered by the same things, they
126
put huge stumbling blocks in the path of relationships. During the

Biocybernaut Process, using the protocol I have refined over the
years, we are able to help people uncover and deal with the core
reason for their emotional patterns. The power of the forgiveness
process is remarkable, especially when a person is holding a grudge
against somebody with whom they have a relationship. Even more
powerful are the effects when forgiveness is done for events that
happened in childhood which are often buried and forgotten.
Here is one example of how the neurofeedback training
makes a difference in relationships. One man who did the training
had decided before he came that he needed to divorce his wife. His
whole emphasis on the first three days of training was why he
needed to do this — the marriage wasn’t a good fit, it wasn’t work-
ing, there was no common ground. He had all these reasons why
this wasn’t a marriage that should continue. He was getting sup-
port from the group for his decision about the direction he needed
to take because he was very certain that the relationship was over.
Then something profound happened. He went into the
chamber on day four, and as we were monitoring the EEG poly-
graph and the intercom, we heard deep sobbing and crying in the
chamber. We couldn’t even read the EEG polygraph data because
there was so much deep cosmic crying going on.
When he came out of the chamber, he shared with us the
awareness he came to in the chamber — he realized that the prob-
lem was not her, it was him. He realized that he was not allowing
himself to be open to her love, and that she really loved him very
very much. All she wanted to do was love him and due to his child-
hood emotional wounds he hadn’t allowed his heart to open in a
way that would allow this love to come in. In the chamber, he actu-
ally opened his heart and allowed the love to come in and realized
what an incredible woman she was, what an incredible match she
was for him, and how perfect she was for him. The whole situation
was turned upside down in that chamber session.
127
In sharing this with us, he continued to cry — something he
TI
couldn’t do prior to coming to the training. He had been closed off
emotionally. He continued the process for the rest of the week,
experiencing a great deal of emoting and crying and a lot of heart
connection with his parents. He relived his wedding day in the
chamber and re-scripted some things that he would rather he had
done on his wedding day. On the sixth day, he brought his wedding
photographs to show us!
The night of his breakthrough, he realized that he had to
go home and wake up his wife and tell her about his insight in
order to bring it into the physical reality so that his ego would not
have a chance to erase it. He held himself accountable for having
opened his heart in this way and come to this realization. He told
her how much he loved her and how he realized that she loved
him, that he didn’t want a divorce, that he was being a fool, he
realized that it was his own problem his own inability to accept
love that was the problem.
The Biocybernaut Alpha One Training has been so success-
ful at reuniting lovers that I recently presented a paper on
this topic, calling it Reuniting Lovers: A New Method of
Conflict Resolution Using Biocybernaut Alpha Training.
Albert Einstein said, “Problems cannot be solved at the
same level of awareness that created them.” The good news is that
the Biocybernaut Alpha Training increases a person’s level ofaware-
ness which gives the person a higher and a clearer perspective from
which to solve their problems, including those emotionally drain-
ing conflicts between lovers. A remarkable varicty and intensity
of negative emotions can characterize disputes between lovers, so
this type of conflict was used to demonstrate the effectiveness of
conflict resolution using the Biocybernaut Alpha Training. A
couple, four years into a bliss-filled marriage, hit the skids when
two young teenage children from a prior marriage were suddenly
injected into their lives. Screaming, yelling, calls to 911, and a
128
bitter separation followed. They were headed for an ugly divorce

when they came for their Biocybernaut Alpha Training. During
their 7-day Alpha One Training, their divisive lists of non-nego-
tiable demands were abandoned and screaming turned to hugs and
kisses. A new and loving context was created for discussions about
the very real problems that had appeared in their lives.
An internet search of “Reuniting Lovers” yields mainly
psychic sites promising other worldly help. “Conflict Resolution”,
however is more broadly established in traditional methodology.
In some methods of Conflict Resolution, three essential compo-
nents are described: [1] Negotiation, [2] Mediation, and [3] Con-
sensus of Decision Making. Supportive processes to Conflict Reso-
lution include (a) understanding conflict, (b) perception or under-
standing different points of view, (c) anger management, and (d)
rules for fighting fairly. All of these can be described, taught, talked
about, and rehearsed, but when people get angry and their egos
seize control of the discourse, the intellectualizations of these pro-
cesses are easily forgotten.
The Biocybernaut Alpha Training methods can be described
as incorporating all of the above steps, however these useful skills
are taught as A Way Of Being that emerges naturally from the
Biocybernaut training process rather than as formal steps in an in-
tellectually conceptualized method. As Einstein declared, “Prob-
lems cannot be solved at the same level of awareness that created
them.” Biocybernaut Alpha Training helps people to increase their
level of awareness; and easy, natural Conflict Resolution is just
one of the natural by-products of increased awareness. For this
example, the resolution of conflicts between lovers was chosen
rather than some other type of conflict because of the greater in-
tensity of negative emotions that usually characterize the conflicts
between lovers. Success here means ease of success in other types
of conflicts.
129
Increasing Creativity
T]
Creativity is an area of personal excellence, mental gifted-
ness, and mental mastery, and it is of profound importance cultur-
ally, figuring as a principle component of international competi-
tiveness and economic success for countries and for individuals.
In the business world, creativity is money in the bank. Enhancing
the creativity of product development teams and work groups leads
to real bottom line benefits.
Creativity Takes Root in Childhood

When we were children, we were naturally creative. We
explore this new world we’ ve entered in highly creative ways, each
new move an exercise in problem-solving. In childhood, we are at
the beginning ofa lifelong process of inventing ourselves by learn-
ing to use language, learning to walk and explore our world, and
figuring out how to relate and interact with other humans. “The
kernel of creativity,” says psychologist Teresa Amabile, “is there
in the infant: The desire and drive to explore, to find out about
things, to try things out, to experiment with different ways of han-
dling things and looking at things. As they grow older, children
begin to create entire universes of reality in their play.”
As children, we were curious and spontancous, naturally
embracing zany, bizarre, and illogical notions. Our waking reality
was open to fresh perceptions and wild ideas. Creativity was a natu-
ral state —so what happened? It’s conditioned out of us, both in the
home and school environment. According to Amabile, creativity is
killed by:
Surveillance: Hovering over kids, making them feel that they’re
constantly being watched while they’re working.
Evaluation: Making kids worry about how others judge what they
are doing. Kids should be concerned primarily with how satisfied
they — and not others — are with their accomplishments.
130
Competition: Putting kids in a win/lose situation, where only one

person can come out on top.
Over control: Telling kids exactly how to do things, leaving them
with the feeling that any exploration is a waste of time.
Pressure: Establishing grandiose expectations for a child’s per-
formance or instilling unrealistic training regimens which can end
up making the child hate the activity or subject.
Time Restriction: Children are naturally able to enter the ulti-
mate state of creativity we call “flow” where time does not matter.
They need to be able to follow their natural inclinations and explo-
rations, but too often we schedule them, hurry them, and pull them
away from their deep concentration on, and absorption into, the
subject at hand.
More Secrets from Dr. NakaMats

Dr. NakaMats, whose “Brain Bubbles” technique was
mentioned in Chapter One, also uses the physical environment of
his home to enhance his creativity and problem-solving ability.
The first stage of his creative process takes place in his
meditation or “static” room. He says: “When developing ideas, the
first rule is you have to be calm.” This room has a Zen character
with plants, rocks and running water, all of which create a sense of
peacefulness — and alpha waves. In this room, he lets his mind
free-associate, churning over ideas at random, just spitting out
whatever comes to his mind. He describes this as, “My time to let
my mind be free!”
Then he moves to his “dynamic” room which is, “...dark,
with black-and-white-striped walls, leather furniture, and special
audio and video equipment.” Here he listens to his favorite jazz
music, moves to easy listening and ...always end with Beethoven’s
Fifth Symphony. For me, Beethoven’s Fifth is good music for con-
clusions.”
Finally, the swimming pool. Dr. NakaMats dives in and
131
Tl
anchors himself on the bottom of the pool, and using a special
plexiglass slate he invented for writing underwater, he brainstorms
for ideas. This is how he generates so many amazing inventions
and new products. “That’s when J come up with my best ideas.
I’ve created a plexiglass writing pad so that I can stay underwater
and record these ideas. | call it ‘creative swimming.’””
Creativity is a Matter of Having the Right Brain Waves

Alpha brain waves are intimately involved in creativity.
Scientists have shown that highly creative people have different
brain waves from normal and non-creative people. Creative people
seem to know how to generate big bursts of alpha waves when
faced with a creative problem solving opportunity. In order to have
a creative inspiration, your brain needs to be able to generate a big
burst of alpha brain waves. The brains of creative people can gen-
crate these big alpha brain wave bursts, and they do so very quickly
when they are faced with problems to solve. Normal and non-cre-
ative people do not produce extra alpha brain waves when they are
faced with problems, and so they really cannot come up with cre-
ative ideas and solutions. Any time you have an insight or an inspi-
ration, you know your brain just produced more alpha waves than
usual. Increased creativity is helpful for everyone, and one way to
increase creativity is to increase alpha brain waves.
Some excellent early research on the relationship between
creativity and alpha brain waves was done in the mid 1980s by
Collin Martindale, who found that the alpha response of creative
people to problem solving situations differs dramatically from the
brain response of normal
Creativity is a matter of having the — people who are not highly
right brain waves. When creative — tCallve. Normal people do
people go to work on an imaginative "O°! sccm to be able to
. * change their brain waves to
task, their Alpha jumps... ane rie
have more alpha, even
132)
when that is what is needed in a problem solving or novel situa-

tion. On the other hand creative people have a natural ability to
dramatically increase their alpha brain waves when the encounter
a problem to solve. Martindale declares: “Creativity is a matter of
having the right brain waves. When creative people go to work on
an imaginative task, their alpha jumps ...”
Creativity and the Alpha State

We have found that learning to increase alpha through feed-
back training will increase creativity. The creative process has been
much studied and has been found to have four stages:
¢ Application: Learning the information and problems ina field;

Incubation: Letting acquired knowledge gel;
¢ Inspiration: Flash of insight, creative synthesis, Aha
experience; and
Elaboration: Polishing the insight and doing verification of
its usefulness.
Alpha feedback training is most relevant to the incubation and in-
spiration stages of the creative process.
Early studies in the 70s and 80s by Martindale and his
associates provided clues for me to follow in my own research. He
demonstrated that highly creative subjects differ from normal sub-
jects in EEG alpha activity. When told to rest (baselines), the minds
of creative subjects remained activated, so they actually showed
less alpha than non-creative subjects, who relaxed and deactivated,
at rest. However, when given creative problems to solve, creative
subjects shifted into high alpha to solve the problems quickly and
creatively.
Non-creative subjects made no upward shift in alpha, and
actually decreased their alpha if they concentrated on the problem
to be solved. Non-creative subjects blocked alpha on all types of
cognitive tasks, but creative subjects blocked only on tasks not
133
T/
allowing for creativity, and actually increased alpha during tasks
calling for or allowing creativity. Creative subjects showed higher
alpha during the inspiration phase of the creative process than they
did during the following claboration phase.
During creative performance tasks, creative right-handed
subjects showed increases of left hemisphere alpha. Non-creative
right-handed subjects did not show this shift to left: hemisphere
alpha during these creative performance tasks. Intriguingly, this
increase of left brain alpha is also reported by Allman prior to peak
performance in golfers putting, archers and gunners shooting, and
basketball players at free throw.
Creativity Increases in Scientists through Alpha EEG

Feedback Training
So the question arose, docs Alpha EEG feedback training
improve creative performance? Sadly Martindale’s alpha feedback
studies could not provide useful answers to this question because
of serious methodological flaws. In spite of his wonderful early
work showing a strong relationship between naturally occurring
alpha and creativity, Martindale’s feedback studies went nowhere.
The reasons were the same ones that undermined so many other
scientists who wanted to study alpha feedback training: Ignorance
of the Natural Reactivity of Alpha, which requires being familiar
with the more than 50 ycars of research on the psychophysics of
alpha that were conducted between 1908, when alpha waves were
discovered by Dr. Hans Berger, and 1962 when Dr. Joc Kamiya
discovered that people could learn to voluntarily control their al-
pha waves. Since I had read all that literature multiple times while
I was in college, it was a lot casicr for me to design effective train-
ing programs and effective technology. Poor Dr. Martindale used
highly ineffective fecdback equipment and then gave his hapless
trainees only 800 seconds of alpha feedback training. This is a
totally inadequate amount of training time so Dr. Martindale shot
134
himself in the foot with bad equipment and worse experimental

design. As a result his promising early research into the connec-
tion between alpha waves and creativity went nowhere and were
eventually abandoned.
Fortunately for this body of knowledge, I had read Dr.
Martindale’s research, and I did know how to conduct effective
Alpha Brain Wave Training programs. I had the opportunity to
research the question of the enhancement of creativity with Alpha
Training using scientists at Stanford Research Institute. The top
scientists volunteered for a pilot program of EEG alpha feedback
training, which ended up increasing their creativity by an average
of 50%. This is amazing given that these Stanford Research Insti-
tute Scientists were already highly creative. The details of the re-
search can be found on the Biocybernaut web site,
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/benefits/
creativity. htm#nav | top
We had some very interesting results using the
Biocybernaut Training Process with these talented research sub-
jects who had cleared their busy calendars to be away for a week
of the Biocybernaut Alpha One Training. On the first day of Alpha
training, during alpha enhancement feedback, one of the scientists
experienced a breakthrough insight on a problem in his research
that he had been working on for several years. He was so excited
and eager to apply his new insight to his research immediately
(elaboration), that he dropped out of training at the end of the first
day, leaving us with one less research subject to actually complete
the study!
Summary of Results.
Creativity scores (ideational fluency) in the alpha feed-
back group increased dramatically by 50% (and this result was
highly statistically significant) following their Alpha Training. Our
control group had no significant creativity changes up or down.
135)
Stress scores decreased significantly by an average of 57.6% for

the alpha feedback group compared to the control group, support-
ing the view that Alpha Feedback training reduces stress.
The results of this study — a highly significant increase in
creativity of ideas (idcational fluency) in the alpha feedback group
— suggest that it may be possible for a wide range of people to
become more creative. This finding could have huge positive im-
plications for the conduct of daily life and the development of hu-
man culture. In the 1990s, “The Decade of the Brain,” as desig-
nated by Congress, socicty began to recognize that the brain and
development of the mind was a new frontier of human exploration.
Some societies, like Germany and Japan, are quick to adopt new
processes that promise better performance and greater perfection.
As they recognize the potential of this EEG feedback process to
improve their most valuable resource, the minds of their people,
other societies may suffer competitive disadvantages to the degree
that they lack the resources and the vision to make this technology
and process broadly available.
Improved Corporate Creativity

John Butcher, CEO of Precious Moments, used our
neurofecdback training technology and protocol to enhance the
creativity of people in his company. “In February of 1998 I flew to
San Francisco to experience the alpha training first hand at
Biocybernaut’s Mt. View, CA training center — and I was very im-
pressed,” John tells us. “My main business revolves around the
creation of high-quality artwork, and | became quite interested in
exploring the question of whether or not the alpha training could
enhance creativity in any meaningful way.”
He continues, “During the months of May-November,
1998, Dr. Hardt and I established a training center on my property
in Illinois. I asked members of my family and a number of my
employces if they would be willing to participate in the training.
136
We had 16 people .
(mostly artists) go In the few weeks following the
through the alpha “aining, both my father and sister
training that summer, @Xperienced an unprecedented creative
We were all very burst, during which their productivity
pleased with the re- nearly doubled. My creativity
sults. In addition tothe —_ noticeably increased as well - and I
emotional benefits that produced some of the best work of my
we all received, many ——aygey during the summer of 1998
of us reported signifi-
cant increases in creativity during and after the training. In the few
weeks following the training, both my father and sister experienced
an unprecedented creative burst, during which their productivity
nearly doubled. My creativity noticeably increased as well - and I
produced some of the best work of my career during the summer
of 1998.”
Peak Performance
Peak performance is another activity for which alpha brain
waves are helpful. Recently sports scientists have shown that in-
creases of alpha brain waves (often in the left side of the brain)
precede peak performance. For example Dr. Mark Hatfield has
measured EEG activity in expert marksmen. He found that just
before an expert shooter pulls the trigger, the left side of the brain
shows a big burst of alpha waves. Similar results have been found
in expert golfers as they putt, archers releasing an arrow, and bas-
ketball players shooting a free-throw. Some experts might be born
with this alpha surging ability, but if not inborn, it can be trained in
several different ways. One way is the old fashioned way of long,
hard practice. The new way is to train the desired brain activity
directly with EEG feedback.
Dr. Dan Landers did an EEG measurement study of nov-
ice archers undergoing a 15 week training course in archery. He
137
did not give any EEG feedback. He just recorded EEGs over time,
while the students got traditional instruction in archery. He found
that as the archers’ skills improved (if they improved), there was a
change in the brain wave patterns they displayed during shooting.
Toward the end of the training, the archers had improved their scores
more than 60%, and they had begun to show the same burst of
alpha waves right before a shot which researchers had found in the
clite archers. When Landers took the next logical step of providing
EEG feedback training, he found that training the proper pattern
was very important. EEG feedback on one pattern could help ar-
chers shoot significantly better, but training on a different pattern
caused them to shoot far worse. Once again we see that the key is
knowing the brain’s highly detailed patterns for any given skill or
activity, and then being able to give feedback on that pattern to
enhance the performance that gocs along with those brain waves.
So we can sec that one key difference between novice and
clite athictes is in their brain waves. Just before his best free throws,
an clite basketball player will produce a burst of alpha waves, cs-
pecially on the left side of her/his brain. Just before their best strokes,
clite golfers will produce a burst of alpha waves. Just before their
best shots, elite marksmen and archers will produce a burst of al-
pha waves. Novice and intermediate athletes do not show this al-
pha brain wave pattern, but with proper brain wave feedback train-
ing they can casily learn to produce this pattern of alpha waves
that codes for excellence and peak performance.
The Zone
At one point, I was on an ESPN show called The Best of
Sportsline. Once a year they have a 90 minute show where they
run clips of the best athIctic performances of the year. At the end of
the show I was able to talk to viewers about the phenomena known
as “the zone”, also known in psychology as “flow.” That’s when
performance or creativity is at its peak and everything just clicks.
138
Your skills — physical or intellectual, are perfectly suited to the

challenge at hand, and everything feels harmonious, unified and
effortless. Neurological studies of people who are in the zone or in
the flow show that the brain expends less energy during these times
than when wrestling with a problem. That’s because the parts of
the brain — the neural connections — that are the most relevant be-
come active, and the other parts of the brain stay out of the way. In
states of anxiety or confusion, the opposite occurs, and brain activ-
ity is less coherent and more confused.
Peak performance in athletics is often about individuals
and teams going into the zone, getting into the flow. In his biogra-
phy, basketball star Bill Russell describes those moments as ones
ofa nearly supernatural intuition. “It was almost as though we were
playing in slow motion. During those spells I could almost sense
how the next play would develop and the next shot would be taken.
Even before the other team brought the ball in-bounds, I could feel
it so keenly that I’d want to shout to my teammates, ‘It’s coming
there!” — except that I knew everything would change if I did.”
I remember one basketball player who said, “You know
when you’re in the zone because everything you throw up ends up
going in.” Another example was a mediocre baseball player who,
during one of the games of the World Series, got into the zone and
had this incredibly wonderful hitting streak. Once, a San Francisco
49er receiver was asked what he was thinking as he ran down the
field for a 98 yard touchdown return. He replied “I wasn’t think-
ing about anything. I was being the return.” Remember, alpha
isn’t what you think. It’s very clear that athletes know that the
zone is a non-rational, egoless state, as indicated by the fact that
they clearly know they can’t think and be in the zone at the same
time.
Kenneth Kraft, a Buddhist scholar at Lehigh University
says, “In Zen the word ‘mind’ is also a symbol for the conscious-
ness of the universe itself. In fact, the mind of the individual and
139
the mind of the universe are regarded ultimately as onc. So by

emptying onesel f smaller, individual mind, and by losing
of one’s
the intense sclf-consciousness, we are able to tap into this larger
more creative mind.” Losing self-consciousness is part of taming
the ego, leading to an enhanced alpha state, which will be further
explored in Chapter 8: Uncovering the Authentic Self.
The art of smart thinking is an art and a craft in which you
Icarn how to suspend your rational intellectual processes, knowing
that when you do, a doorway will open to a wider and deeper con-
sciousness than the intellect can ever know. Only by suspending
the intellect and its evaluative and comparison processes can you
open that wonderful doorway to truly Smart Thinking.
Merging is another hallmark of the high alpha state, and
merging with the activity at hand is a basic characteristic of the
flow or zone state. As Kenneth Kraft says, “It is taught in Zen that
one performs an action so completely that one loses oneself in the
doing of it.” Again, losing oneself is a hallmark of the egoless state
of mind, which is required for high alpha, and which fosters high
alpha.
In the zone or in the flow, the activity is done in a no-
minded state. That is not an unconscious state, but a laser sharp
awareness where you are not distracted by the usual chatter of the
mind. “No-mindeness means not having the mind filled with ran-
dom thoughts, like, ‘Does this calligraphy look right? Should that
stroke go there or here? It’s just doing. Just the stroke,” Kraft ex-
plains. Remember alpha isn’t what you think.
To summarize, peak performance is achieved by a high
alpha brain wave state that is attained by losing oneself, merging
with the activity, and becoming “no-minded” — an egoless state of
being. Exceptional athletes and performers have the natural ability
to reach the zone, and it can be trained with proper brain wave
neurofeedback.
140
Green Berets — The Ultimate Peak Performers

Superstar athletes certainly exemplify peak performance.
However, many athletes have an off-season where training goals
become lower priority and they may skip practice, overeat, and
even drink alcohol and do drugs. By contrast, US Army Special
Forces have no off-season, and their training goals are always first
priority. Green Berets in training for classified missions require
the highest possible mental and physical fitness, and their seam-
less integration as a team is necessary to both achieve mission ob-
jectives and to survive and remain functional under the most ex-
treme and challenging conditions.
In the mid 1980s, I traveled to a secret Army base where
Green Beret Special Forces troops were being trained. There I
installed and set up the Biocybernaut equipment for neurofeedback
training, and trained the military staff who were going to run and
oversee the Biocybernaut brain wave training at this Army base.
The Green Berets had been very tough on outside trainers and con-
sultants who had already come in on the larger project of perfor-
mance enhancement. However, they were very receptive to my
presentation about the science of brain wave feedback which I
gave before describing the Biocybernaut brain wave training
program they were going to experience.
I did alpha baseline recordings on each one of them before
they had any alpha feedback training. In fact, after their EEG
baseline recordings, and before the alpha feedback training started,
all 24 soldiers went on a month-long meditation retreat. (Retreat is
a bad word in the Army, so it was called a “meditation encamp-
ment”.) During this retreat I gave instructions for construction and
design modifications in the building that was going to be the brain
wave training center on the base. Many of the action-oriented sol-
diers had a very bad experience of the meditation encampment,
which they experienced as unpleasant and very stressful. In fact,
many of them felt the meditation was useless and a complete waste.
141
The Green Berets are action-oriented guys and just sitting

there doing nothing, and not getting any feedback, made some of
them frustrated and even angry. Some of the soldiers became dis-
ruptive to the point of brawling with cach other during that medita-
tion encampment. Fights broke out among those who said “This is
BS, and I’m out of here,” and others of the troops who wanted to
give the meditation process a chance. When they returned from
this meditation encampment, I could see that this experience had
been highly stressful because I could compare their EEG baselines
taken just before and just after the encampment. Astonishingly,
these EEG records showed large reductions of EEG alpha activity
from before to after the meditation encampment. This big alpha
reduction is consistent with intense stress. So, it was clear that a
month of meditation lowered the alpha waves of these US Army
Green Berets. In contrast, their subsequent seven-day intensive
alpha training was a very positive experience with both 12-man
teams showing large increases in alpha activity.
These elite soldiers had not been very cooperative with
some of the previous performance enhancement experts who had
been brought in to enhance their training. In fact, | was warned by
some of their officers that they had chewed up and spit out some of
those previous performance coaches. However, these Special Forces
soldiers immediately respected my detailed descriptions of the
Biocybernaut brain wave feedback training and they understood it
as being both scientific and objective, which they liked. Since they
were intenscly conditioned toward self-improvement and to con-
tinuous training for their missions, they welcomed the Biocybernaut
intensive form of brain wave neurofeedback. They even coined
their own terms for important steps in the process, such as “brain
lock” to describe the non-alpha state of ego dominance in which
their progress would be blocked. This group was unparalleled in
their willingness to toss out a belief or an attitude or a mind state
that was shown to interfere with their alpha production.
142
The Green Berets had an ethos of training that made them

superior to even professional athletes, who often get lazy in their
off season. Green Berets never have an “off season,” and they be-
gin each day with a commitment to being better in some mission-
related way at the end of each day than they were at the beginning
of the day. Although these soldiers objected so strongly to instruc-
tions to meditate in a month-long meditation encampment that they
came to brawling with each other, they took to the Biocybernaut
Alpha One Training like ducks to water — Like Green Berets to
alpha.
In this study, there were many measures of mission-
relevant mind states that showed dramatic improvements through
the brain wave training. However, the single best indicator of how
highly the soldiers valued the Biocybernaut alpha brain wave
training is how they used their time on “voluntary days,” when
they could do anything they wanted, including sleep, go on a date,
play ball, swim, anything. The contract for the Biocybernaut brain
wave neurofeedback equipment included the provision that the
equipment would stay on the base after the 24 Green Berets had
been trained. The idea was that the equipment was to remain
available on the army base for nearly three months after the initial
training. After their initial week of intensive alpha training, the
soldiers had continued access to the equipment for “tune ups.”
On their voluntary days, fully two thirds chose to do addi-
tional alpha feedback training, finding that it provided significant
value to them personally and professionally. You might ponder
this remarkable result. Here you have athletic, virile young men
who were choosing to do more alpha training instead of having
dates with their girlfriends, and instead of playing ball, swimming,
going to movies, sleeping, any of the other things that they could
do on their voluntary days. These Ultimate Peak Performance guys
valued their Biocybernaut alpha training very highly!
143
Results with US Army Green Berets.

Comparing pre- and post-alpha training results, both 12-
man teams showed significant reductions in their scores of De-
pression/Dejection, Fatigue, Confusion/Bewilderment, Tension/
Anxicty, and Anger/Hostility, Sleepy, Unhappy, and Dizzy. The
analyses of the personality tests showed beneficial changes in per-
sonality dimensions that were linked to changes in the EEG alpha
activity of the soldiers. These mission-relevant changes in person-
ality were produced by learned increases in EEG alpha activity.
Looking at before and after personality changes is not the
best way to sce the effects of alpha training. Every soldier “did”
the program, but not every soldier had the same amount of alpha
brain power changes. By correlating changes in brain power with
changes in personality, we can connect the degree of success in
brain power changes with the amount of personality change. This
connection gives us a deeper understanding than do group aver-
ages or group effects.
Correlating changes in alpha power with changes in per-
sonality also shows us how to produce the desired personality
changes through specific learned changes in alpha brain waves,
thus providing a “How to do it” map or manual.
The in-depth results of this work can be found at:
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/bencfits/
performance.htm#nav | top . To summarize, the following person-
ality changes were observed:
¢ Reduced “Faking.” Increased alpha reduced “F” scores on
Myers-Briggs Personality Inventory.
* Reduced Depression: The morc a soldier increased his alpha
activity, the less depressed he became.
¢ Reduced Paranoia: The more a soldier increased his eyes open
alpha activity, the less paranoid he became.
¢ Reduced Defensiveness: High alpha soldiers became less
defensive about acknowledging their fears and self-doubts.
144
¢ Reduced Manic Tendencies: If soldiers increased their alpha

in the brain wave training, they significantly reduced their
manic tendencies.
¢ Sensing vs. Intuiting: If soldiers increased their alpha power,
they shifted their sensing vs. intuiting in the direction of in-
tuition. This means that through learned increases in alpha
power, the soldiers became more intuitive.
¢ Inner Directed: If soldiers increased their alpha power during
brain wave training, they became more inner directed and
self supportive. In relationship to mission objectives, they
became less dependent upon the views of others, which sug-
gests they would be more able to function autonomously in
isolation and under conditions of the stress of captivity.
¢ Self-Actualizing Values: When soldiers increased their eyes
open alpha during the brain wave training, they increased
their self-actualizing values.
¢ Increased Feeling Reactivity: This means they became more
aware of and sensitive to their own needs and feelings. This
could lead to more accurate assessment of their capabilities
in crisis situations.
° High Spontaneity: If soldiers had high alpha by the end of
their brain wave training, then they were significantly
more likely to be high in spontaneity at the end of the
training program.
¢ Self-Regard: If soldiers had high alpha by the end of their brain
wave training, then they were significantly more likely to be
high in self-regard at the end of the training program.
¢ Self-Acceptance: If the alpha power of the soldiers went up
during the brain wave training, the soldiers became more
perfectionistic in their attitudes, demanding more and better
performance of themselves.
145
° Acceptance of Aggression: If cyes open alpha power increased
1!
during the program, then the soldiers were more likely to
accept feclings of anger and aggression within themselves.
This would make them more in touch with their own feel-
ings, and more capable of functioning appropriately accord-
ing to the situation, whether it required low or high amounts
of aggression.
¢ Decreased Fatigue: If cycs open alpha increased during the
program, then fatigue was significantly reduced. This corre-
lation suggests a method for the soldiers to deal with fatigue.
If they have Icarned how to increase their eyes open alpha
power, they can summon up this ability when needed to over-
come fatigue and thus give themselves extra energy to deal
with necessary action in spite of what fatigue may be present.
¢ Decreased Unhappiness: If alpha power went up during the
program, then unhappiness went down significantly. All of
our previous research has shown that increasing alpha power
increases one’s happiness and effectiveness and reduces un-
happiness. It is thus entirely consistent to also find this result
in soldiers who have learned to increase their alpha brain
power.
In summary, I’d like to mention that during this training 3
out of 24 of these clite soldicrs (12% of those trained) discovered
they had unresolved doubts, fears, and reservations about their
mission. This was a good thing for them to Iearn! Once these three
soldicrs realized they did not have sufficient inner alignment with
their mission to remain in the Army, they could then move on to
apply their high motivation and skills in suitable ways in civilian
life. Their commanders were relieved and grateful to have a train-
ing technique to weed out those who might falter under ficld con-
ditions, and the 88% who remained were clearer in their purpose
and far more highly skilled in self-regulation and producing peak
performance on demand.
146
| did the Biocybernaut Alpha One training in November, 1983, with Lt.
Col. James MacLachlan, as part of a project for the U.S. Army, which
was looking into means for enhancing performance and increasing
adaptivity to stressful and rapidly changing environments.”
“We did two consecutive weeks of Biocybernaut Alpha training.
The first week was Alpha One, where we trained in separate chambers
on how to increase our own alpha brain waves. The second week was
shared feedback alpha where we trained in the same chamber at the
same time while we heard both our own feedback and the feedback of
the other person. We also saw our own scores and the other person's
scores.”
“Both MacLachlan and | were able to learn to control our alpha
enhancement with only a few days’ training, and we greatly increased
our alpha output during the first week of individual training, the Alpha
One Training.”
“Through this training older persons who have acquired superior
experiences over an accumulated period of time could be trained to
retain or regain their youthful creativity and intellectual capacity. Alpha
trained individuals could also adapt more readily to high stress situa-
tions such as those encountered by the military and in the competitive
industrial environment. Alpha trained individuals could more easily work
in anxiety producing environments of every sort, especially group envi-
ronments where anxiety communicates itself among people.”
“Because such training allows greater personal control of anxi-
ety, it would be invaluable in the United States where an estimated 5%
of the population (15 million people) are afflicted with chronic anxiety.”
‘A healthy person can drift into dysfunctionality by being continu-
ously exposed to stressful situations and through normal aging. Older
people are more prone to dysfunction than younger people and are
less adaptive to stressful situations, Alpha enhancement can improve
adaptivity in both young and older people. All people can benefit from
learning to increase their alpha output.”
Colonel John B. Alexander, US Army (Retired)
147
Meditation and Expanded Awareness

In the practice of meditation, those rare individuals who
are gifted in perceiving the subtleties of naturally occurring changes
within themselves get feedback from their own perceptions of their
internal processes and, asa result, they develop rapidly. Brain wave
neurofeedback training makes the inner subtletics glaringly obvi-
ous to everyone, even to people who are usually oblivious to their
own internal processes. Consequently, rapid development in the
skills of meditation is common, rather than rare.
It has been shown by several researchers that the level of
development in Zen meditation is related to specific patterns of
brain activity. Kasamatsu and Hirai studied both Soto and Rinzai
sect Zen meditators and found that the brain activity patterns of
those considered most highly advanced are seen only in some of
the Zen meditators who have practiced Zazen in daily meditation
for 21-40 years. Even though we know that suitable technology
can specd things up, it is still remarkable that these advanced Zen
brain patterns can be achieved by non-meditators in just seven con-
secutive days using our neurofeedback technology and methods! I
will go into more detail about the relationship between alpha wave
activity and meditation and spiritual experiences in Chapter 5: Zen
and the Art of Smart Thinking.
Becoming Aware of the Vastness of the Self (Oneness)

One of my primary interests is the development of higher
mind functions. If we can record just a few people who manifest
an unusual mind skill or ability, we can train ordinary people to
have this same pattern and skills by achieving the same mind state.
For instance, we have studied professional psychics while they were
accessing their special information sources or doing healing. Sev-
eral times I was invited to India to record EEG and other physi-
ological data on advanced Yogis gifted with Siddhis (or special
powers), who were capable of exceptional feats. | have also stud-
148
ied Zen meditators and gifted research scientists. The unifying

theme of all this diverse work is to learn the essential brain pat-
terns of changes that accompany the awareness shifts, indeed which
enable a person to shift from an ordinary mind state into mind states
that are extraordinary.
Brain pattern feedback quiets the mind. In this stillness,
the deep purpose can become directly known. The training process
includes a purification of the emotions and clarification of the in-
tent, through in-depth work with computerized assessment of emo-
tions using our proprietary mood scales. Rapid development fol-
lows when the emotions are purified, the intent is clear, and the
awareness can be shifted and controlled.
Super Learning and Increased IQ

Knowing how to read what I call Archetypal Whole Head
Brain Activity Patterns enables us to know when the mind is most
receptive to new information and shows us what type of informa-
tion to provide. Providing suitable feedback information on the
integrated archetypal patterns from the whole head when the brain
is most receptive helps people to rapidly achieve mastery in any
chosen activity or any field. The training is an adventure in aware-
ness and self-discovery. Furthermore, the process is fun!
Previously it has been difficult to read the brain wave pat-
terns of the mind because of their complexity and because of ego
importance (mind chatter making obscuring noise). Remove the
mind chatter, and it is easier to read and understand the patterns. A
key to this understanding is knowing how to read the patterns of
brain activity, rather than the static background brain activity. Pat-
terns are the codes to read.
In the field of materials science, it is useful to understand
the stress patterns and possible failure modes of physical struc-
tures like airplane wings and the beams in a building. You may
have seen the brightly colored images of these stress analysis stud-
149
ics, through which we can peer into the interiors of solid objects
and know where they are likely to break if they are stressed too far.
We can thus predict the breaking point of a structural beam or an
airplane wing.
I have developed a method called Predictive Brain Activ-
ity Maps which integrates EEG information from multiple sub-
jects who exhibit a specific extraordinary mind state. With the use
of these maps, we have the ability to predict future mind gifts or
mental breaking points as analysis of the maps can reveal the prob-
abilitics and the timing of future behavior patterns and future mind
states. From the hyperdimensional topology of the Brain Activity
Maps, we can determine the chances of someone experiencing ci-
ther a known dysfunction or growth and development of extraordi-
nary mind powers. The present and future strengths and weaknesses
of a brain wave feedback traince are revealed by Predictive Brain
Mapping, thus enabling wise and timely intervention to avert dys-
functional patterns in their carlicst state of development. Interven-
tion will allow, instead, the growth of the traince’s chosen patterns
of health, well being, and mind giftedness. The process is know-
ing, rather than speculating, about your own mind and your own
awareness.
We may soon have EEG-based operational definitions of
charm, poise, presence, charisma, majesty and leadership, as well
as neurofeedback training programs to increase these highly desir-
able characteristics in anyone willing to devote the time and en-
ergy to Icarning new patterns of neural activity. Prescriptive Brain
Maps, which I have developed, encode the patterns that a
neurofeedback traince would need to produce in his or her brain in
order to enhance or diminish any chosen mind state. This training
can be highly specific and tailored to the unique needs of every
individual, by assisting cach person in making the correct pattern
of brain activity changes that will produce for him or for her any
desired mind state.
150
Students each have individual strengths and weaknesses,

which vary across fields of study. Individual variations in strate-
gies of intuition and cognition, and variations in the visual, ana-
logical, and deductive sub-components of cognitive strategies, are
the rule rather than the exception. Taken together these skills and
strategies constitute the individual’s information processing pro-
file. There is great subtlety and complexity in the neural codes and
great individual differences in how people acquire knowledge.
Our neurofeedback technology can be used for “Super
Learning” because of the Prescriptive Brain Maps that we’ve
developed. Brain archetypes are revealed by the Prescriptive Brain
Maps and this standardizes the Super Learning methodology within
each group or learning style.
The Prescriptive Brain Maps allow Super Learning appli-
cations to proceed simultaneously in two opposite directions: 1)
Matching the information content, the bandwidth or data rates, and
the sensory modalities of the delivery of the information to the
ever-varying, moment-by-moment receptivity of each student, and
2) Changing and shaping the brain activity toward the brain arche-
types of optimal attention, comprehension, and retention, We can
track and train the student’s attention at the same time.
Increased IQ
At the corporate retreat of Precious Moments, a company
whose business revolves around the production of quality artwork,
we performed IQ tests on everyone before the alpha training and
again about four months after the alpha training. We found an av-
erage IQ increase of 11.7 points IQ that was not related to age or to
the initial IQ levels. This meant the alpha training was boosting
essentially everyone’s IQ. The average time between pre- and post-
1Q tests was about four months, and some trainees took a year.
There were no significant correlations between the amount of the
measured IQ boost and how long after the alpha training the post-
151
training IQ was measured. This meant there was no tendency of
1|
the IQ boost to fade over time — at Ieast out to one year after the
Alpha Training. The Biocybernaut alpha training process helped
everyone’s IQ and did not fade over time,
As CEO John Butcher relates, “Many people, including
one of my longtime business partners, had transformational emo-
tional experiences, breaking through and resolving lifelong issues.
Everyone who did the training said that they would highly recom-
mend it to others. This is the first time I’ve seen such a highly
diverse group of people agree on anything, but, surprisingly, they
did all agree that the Biocybernaut Alpha training was something
they would highly recommend to other people. It is a fascinating
and remarkable technology, one that Lam looking forward to expe-
riencing again soon.”
Personality Change
As a rule, psychologists are taught that adult personality
traits are stable over the adult lifespan and very difficult to change,
even by small amounts. Personality therapy through traditional
counseling is often lengthy, expensive, and only partially success-
ful. Pharmaceutical drugs used to treat anxiety, depression and other
mental conditions may suppress symptoms, but side effects are
sometimes worse than the disease, and a cure is not the outcome
when using such drugs. However, my experience with thousands
of trainees and research subjects has shown that when people
achieve the type of emotional or thinking patterns required for sig-
nificant alpha enhancement, this results in normalization of disor-
dered personalities. These brain wave patterns are not temporary;
instead they become the norm and even increase in power and du-
rability over time, even without further training.
In one of my carly research studies (1978) I selected cight
subjects out of 100 volunteers who showed the highest scores re-
lating to anxiety on the MMPI (Minnesota Multiphasic Personal-
152
ity Inventory). These anxious subjects trained for seven consecu-

tive days using a protocol that is the “grandfather” of the one we
use today at the Biocybernaut Institute. After their 7 days of Alpha
Training we re-tested the subjects with the MMPI. We had mea-
sures of daily alpha increases for each subject, and we used the
results of the last four days of training to give a number that re-
flected net alpha increases.
Then we looked at how the changes in personality scores
were related to the increase in alpha. This study showed that the
strongest effect was between alpha enhancement and reduction of
what was at that time called Psychasthenia. Psychasthenia is char-
acterized by phobias, compulsions, obsessions, and the inability to
resolve doubts. Alpha enhancement also increased self control and
abated psychotic tendencies. When alpha increased in the central
region of the brain, we saw reduced Paranoia. When alpha increased
in the occipital region, we saw reduced Schizophrenia.
However, alpha increases do not magically change per-
sonality. The trainee, in order to increase alpha, is required to adopt
different modes and styles of acquiring knowledge and feeling or
emotion. They also must sustain these new patterns for several hours
at least. If these new patterns are experienced as pleasant, useful,
or adaptive by the trainee, they may be adopted by the trainee and
may become habitual, thus becoming part of the individual’s new
self-concept. As Bem (1970) observed, “Changing an individual’s
behavior provides a [new] source [of experiential data] from which
he draws a new set of inferences about what he feels and believes.”
The alpha feedback setting provided the opportunity for the trainee
to change his cognitive, conceptual, and affective behavior. From
such changes, a new personality may evolve rather quickly,
especially if the old personality is uncomfortable or maladaptive.
The results from this study were groundbreaking and con-
troversial, shaking the core of the academic psychiatric world. And
they were largely ignored, since they would have radically shifted
153
the course of psychiatric medicine from the administration of drugs

and long-term talk therapy to a focused short course of alpha feed-
back training! To understand how academic psychiatry viewed
this technology I can tell you a story from my academic career in
the Department of Psychiatry at UCSF, the Medical Center.
When I was awarded my large Federal Grant I was pro-
moted from a Research Psychologist to Assistant Adjunct Profes-
sor of Medical Psychology in the Psychiatry Department. Several
years later the Chairman of the Psychiatry department decreed that
there was to be an annual Faculty retreat, and attendance was man-
datory. Each Professor was allotted 10 minutes to talk about his or
her research. When my turn came, I happily began talking about
my alpha feedback training and results that showed dramatic
changes in core dimensions of personality in just 7 days. I naively
thought the senior Professors would be excited at this news.
About halfway through my 10 minute talk, two senior Pro-
fessors jumped up out of their seats and literally shouted me down,
so that I had to stop talking. No one rose to my defense. Even the
Chairman said nothing about this breach of protocol and violation
of professional courtesy and academic freedom, Later, it dawned
on me that my work threatened careers and a whole profession that
was dedicated to the near impossibility of profound changes in
personality. They were also committed to methods that took years,
cost vast sums of money and produced minimal results. In subse-
quent years, I ignored the Chairman’s invitations to attend the an-
nual Faculty Retreats.
Some years later, a new Chairman came into the depart-
ment and organized the firing of all non-tenured professors who
were not oriented toward biological and drug approaches to
Psychiatry. That is when I Ieft the ivory towers of Higher
Learning and went exclusively into private practice at the
Biocybernaut Institute.
154
Perceptions of Change from Alpha Feedback

Training
Actual change and the perception of change are often very
different. You know the old story of the frog. If you drop him into
boiling water, he will jump out. But, if you put the frog in cool
water and turn a low flame on underneath, the temperature comes
up so gradually that the frog, being cold-blooded, just adjusts
naturally. He eventually boils but never gets to the point of
jumping out.
When people undergo changes induced by outside influ-
ence, they almost always notice the changes, which can be sudden
to the point of abruptness. However, when people are a contribut-
ing part of the change process, particularly when the change is
something that they do from inside, people find it difficult to no-
tice the changes, even when they are profound. This is because
those inner directed changes are organic, and it’s hard to notice the
gradual organic change.
In our personality studies, we followed up with people af-
ter the training and would see profound changes in personality.
These changes depended upon where on the head and how much
the alpha went up. However, people have this remarkable ability to
forget unpleasant things in their past, so if they were deeply de-
pressed or incredibly riddled with anxiety, when it goes away they
don’t have much of a memory of how it was when they had it. It’s
a healing mechanism; that’s how we get past serious emotional
traumas or sadness and grief when a beloved family member dies.
At first, people may be unable to function for a week and then
they start to heal and two years later they might think of it only
occasionally. In this case, forgetfulness is useful.
People who have taken our training often experience pro-
found changes in their personality and in their ways of thinking
and expressing themselves. Sometimes, what we would do is go
back to what friends and family members said about them before they
155
caine in for training. We could then compare a third person’s per-
1]
ception of the profound changes the alpha trainees had made. Nowa-
days, we Videotape all our interviews so we can look at tapes from
the first day and compare them to the last day, and we usually see
very obvious changes in personality. Sometimes people don’t even
recognize or identify with how they used to be before the training.
There is another model of change where the vessel — the
person — remains the same and spiritual experiences — “water” —
are added. You fill up and overflow with the experience, and the
“water” just flows across the table and falls off the edge and gets
your pants wet! In this model, there is a powerful and dramatic
“experience” from the alpha training, and the trainee has recollec-
tions of having experienced deep feelings.
In another model of growth, the new experiences are be-
ing added continuously, but the container, the glass, is being con-
tinuously expanded. This is the case where a person’s capacitics
for experience expand daily through the work of the Alpha Train-
ing. In this model of change the person becomes more powerful,
more calm, more centered, yet there isn’t any real sense that things
have changed. It is only by objective measures or by reports by
people who know you, or your interaction through various kinds
of psychological and perceptual tests that you can measure the ex-
istence and the magnitude of your changes. That’s why it is so
important to be able to do measurements, which has distinguished
the work of the Biocybernaut Institute from a lot of other work that
has been done. Scientific studies with objective measurements
have characterized the development of the Biocybernaut technol-
ogy and training methods.
So the distinction between feeling any different and not
fecling any different is difficult, and we need to distinguish be-
tween the two based on data. There is a very clear natural tendency
for people not to remember how bad it used to be after a change for
the better, and to take the new pleasant situation for granted. It is
156
built into us. We are our own worst evaluators of the degree of
change that we go through, particularly if it is change for the bet-
ter. If the experience is for the better, the memory of how bad it
used to be fades quickly. That’s just how our minds work. This is
why the research base of the Biocybernaut training has always used
objective measures of the changes produced by learning to increase
your alpha brain wave activity with the brain wave feedback
technology and training methods.
Description of the
Biocybernaut Alpha One Training process.
Many people are interested in more detailed information
about the Biocybernaut training programs so that they can begin to
understand how it can deliver such amazing results in just one pow-
erful week of training. So this detailed description is given in sup-
port of this kind of interest in the procedural details and can assist
you in deciding to participate in our introductory Alpha One train-
ing program, At Biocybernaut we have more than two dozen ad-
vanced training programs, and the Alpha One is the entry point to
all of them. There are 9 levels of the Alpha Training, 9 levels of
the Theta Training, 9 levels of the Delta Training and combina-
tions of these, like Alpha One plus Theta One. The Alpha One
Training is the place to start. It is like Brain Wave Training 101,
and in it you will learn amazing things about yourself, your emo-
tions, your personality, your ego, and, of course, your brain waves.
In conversations with people interested in taking the Alpha One
Training we find that they would like to know more about:
(1) The daily training protocol,
(2) The kinds of results achieved, and
(3) Arange of goals toward which people can beneficially and
realistically aim, and
(4) How to decide which of the advanced training programs
to take.
157
1] Training Protocols.
1!
Introduction: The training is conducted on 7 consecutive days,
which are usually long days of 8-12 hours cach. When people first
arrive at the training center, they are given an introduction and a
tour that features the big free-standing training chambers, which
are very dark and quiet inside when the door is closed and the
lights are off. Each chamber is a large free-standing metal cube,
the likes of which you will find in most University Psychology
departments, where they are used for research studies. The metal-
walled interiors are softened with various fabrics. Each chamber
has a thick blue carpet on the floor, soft blue velvet on the walls,
anda shiny blue fabric on the ceiling. In cach chamber there is one
highly adjustable, wheeled, ergonomic chair for comfortable up-
right sitting, a small wheeled table holding one or two computer
monitors and one or two keyboards, and an intercom for instant
communications with the technicians or trainer in the adjacent con-
trol room. There are also small speakers hung from mounts in the
walls or ceiling that can be moved very close to the right and left
cars of the person doing EEG feedback in the chamber. These
suspended speakers offer all the advantages of earphones without
the disadvantages of weight and pressure on the head.
Participants are also shown the control room, where there
are 5 monitors and keyboards to control the main system comput-
ers for cach five person training modules. Then there are 5 printers
for the mood scales and also 5 more, one for each system computer
{10 printers in all]. In the control room there are also 5 sets of
EEG amplifiers, cach having 8 channels of EEG amplification. The
amplified EEG signals from each of the 5 chambers are then pro-
cessed through either analog or digital filters and fed into a system
of 3 powerful computers that process the EEG activity and the
mood data for feedback to the traince in that chamber. The ampli-
ficd raw EEG is also fed to one of three 16-channel polygraphs
158
that write out 8 channels of brain waves for each of the partici-
pants. These polygraphs run during the entire session, whenever
EEG baselines or brain wave feedback are occurring, and the sys-
tem computers are reading and analyzing the brain waves. Each
chamber can be operated independently from its local station us-
ing its local monitor, mouse and keyboard. During calibrations
and targeting each system is operated independently by the
technicians setting up or closing down the system.
There is also a centralized control system within the
Control Room that we call the Bridge or the Main Station. This
Main Station centralizes the control functions of all 5 systems and
has its own separate 5 monitors and keyboards grouped closely
together so that the technicians can quickly and efficiently operate
all 5 chambers simultaneously.
When trainees are in their chambers, switches are thrown
to divert all the local control functions of each individual chamber’s
local control station over to the centralized Main Station. At the
Bridge or this Main Station all 5 chambers can be operated simul-
taneously. Here at the Bridge or the Main Station there is also a
sound system for playing instruction tapes to the trainees to help
guide them through the many stages of a Biocybernaut training
program. The Bridge also has 5 intercoms for communicating with
one or more of the chambers during the times that the trainees are
in the chambers.
Participants are also shown the kitchen and the restrooms
and the canopy room. The canopy room has 5 canopied beds in
which the participants may sit or lie down and stretch out during
their interviews that follow their time in the feedback chambers
each day. As soon as they finish their adventures in the feedback
chambers they come out, maybe stopping first at the restroom and
then they go to their canopied bed and lie down with their soft
blankets and a pile of pillows. Here they will give their reports of
their chamber experiences to the Trainer who will tape record these
159
amazing reports and descriptions of their adventures in the
1
chambers.
Preparation: The Group Room has a big oval conference table

and comfortable, wheeled arm chairs. The table is heaped high
with fresh fruits and a large assortment of nuts for snacking. Feed-
back participants gather around this table cach morning and speak
about their dreams or insights or ask questions or receive oricnta-
tion and coaching from their Trainer while their heads are care-
fully measured for the placement of8 gold electrodes over bi-lat-
cral sites in four regions of the head: Occipital, Central, Temporal,
and Frontal. The placement sites are designated in the Interna-
tional 10-20 system of electrode placement as: O,, O,,C,,C, T,,
T,, F,, F,. Recordings are monopolar and thus are referenced to
linked cars. This means that a gold car clip electrode is placed on
cach car, and a gold ground electrode goes on the forehead, held
on with cloth or paper tape.
After the electrodes are placed and tested for suitably low
impedance, the participants take a bathroom break and then return
to the Group Room fora short video, which is a visually lovely and
often inspiring way to set some themes for the day. For example
there may be some instructions in progressive relaxation, or some
suggestions for ways to practice forgiveness toward one’s self and
one’s parents. And the Day 4 video has Alan Watts speaking about
the nature of mind, against some beautiful images of clouds and
water with a Japanese flute playing softly in the background.
Computerized Mood Scales [1 administration]: After the video,

the participants go into their own private chamber and plug in so
that their brain waves can be recorded. Then the first thing they do
is to take the first of two sets of computerized Mood Scales. In
these Mood Scales hundreds of feeling words, adjectives, appear
one at a time on the computer screen, and the participants respond
160
to them using the keyboard in front of them. What the participants

are doing is rating themselves on each one of the moods indicated
by each of the displayed adjectives. In both the morning and the
afternoon sets of Mood Scales there are three different mood scales,
each with different sets of words and different allowable responses.
The first mood scale allows the responses of 0 — 4 where “0” means
Not at All and “1” means A Little, and “2” means Moderately, and
“3” means Quite a Bit, and “4” means Extremely. The second mood
scale still has a range of 0-4, but it drops out the “2” response which
means “moderately” cannot be used as an answer. And the third
and last mood scale allows only Yes/No answers to each of the
words in the lists of adjectives that are displayed on the screen.
The computer, in addition to scoring these mood scales in
the traditional ways, also does subtle analyses that result in an as-
sessment by the computer of the accuracy of the person’s response
to each of the words. These computerized reports are given to the
Trainer of the group, with the net effect of allowing the Trainer to
function a little bit as though he or she were psychic, i.e. knowing
what the person really is feeling, not just what he or she may be
consciously aware of feeling. The report measures their feeling by
the answer they give to each mood word. The computer identifies
some of the person’s responses as suggestive of latent negative
emotions, of which the participant may be entirely or largely un-
aware. At the end of the day these highlighted moods are reviewed
carefully by the Trainer with each participant. This is usually done
at the end of each day during the Review of Results section, but
then this is getting a little bit ahead of the story.
Initial Baselines: After the 1“ set of mood scales is completed,

each participant is asked if they are comfortable, if they warm
enough, do they want a blanket, do they wish a bottle of water, etc.
Tape-recorded instructions are played into each chamber to an-
nounce, first the Eyes Open Baseline during which people focus
161
on a white circle on the wall in front of them, while the lights are
on and the door is open. After that is over the door of the chamber
is closed and the lights are turned out. Tape-recorded instructions
are played into cach chamber to announce, next the Eyes Closed
Bascline, and then, after that, the White Noise Baseline. During
the White Noise Bascline, the participants listen to a beautiful
sound-scape of White Noise. (Some say it sounds like a downpour
in a rain forest.) From time to time they will hear a lovely “beep”
signal echoing through this forest rainfall. And they will be asked
to count these non-periodic beep signals that are interpolated into
the White Noise. Participants are asked to do the counting purely
in the mind without using their fingers. At the end of the White
Noise, cach participant reports their count to the technician who
calls in on the intercom. The technician reports to the participant
the true number of beeps. Then the brain wave feedback begins.
Alpha Suppression: The first feedback task of cach day is Alpha

Suppression [unless it is one of the advanced trainings, like a Theta
training, in which case it would be Theta Suppression]. The feed-
back is presented in two forms: The first is musical tones [flutes
and oboes] which get louder when alpha amplitudes increase and
get softer when alpha amplitudes decrease. This auditory feed-
back continues for 2 minutes, after which the tones shut down to a
very low resting level and one [or two, in the advanced trainings]
of the computer monitors lights up with the second form of feed-
back: numerical scores, in big BLUE numbers. On the monitor in
front of them, there is a 3-4 digit number displayed for cach of 4
places on the head from which the feedback is derived: O,, O,, C,,
C,. These numbers are proportional to the square root of the en-
ergy in the alpha brain waves at cach head site, The numbers are
illuminated for 8 seconds and then disappear, and the screen goes
black again. Immediately, the musical tones are turned back on
and wax and wane for another 2 minutes in response to the waxing
162
and waning of the person’s alpha activity. At the end of that next 2
minutes of auditory feedback there is another scoring period with
the illuminated numbers being turned on again for 8 seconds. If
one or more of the head sites has produced a new low for that day’s
Alpha Suppression, that entire number turns GREEN to provide
an easy marker of success. This eliminates the need for the partici-
pant to keep close track of his or her scores. After a short sequence
of these 2-minute epochs, the feedback stops and the instruction
tape announces the end of Alpha Suppression. If the scores are
lower (better) than last time, but not quite a new low for the day,
then the scores are dark BLUE in color.
Alpha Enhancement: The second feedback task of each day is

Alpha Enhancement [or Theta enhancement or Delta enhancement
in some of the advanced trainings]. Here the musical and numeri-
cal feedback works almost the same. The only difference is that
now the scores turn GREEN to indicate new HIGH scores for the
day. If the scores are higher (better) than last time, but not quite a
new high for the day, then the scores are dark BLUE in color. The
same flute notes of 4 different pitches are used to indicate alpha
activity at each of the 4 cortical feedback sites: O,, O,, C,, and C,.
If one or more of the sites produces a particularly big burst of al-
pha, the flute notes at that/those sites changes to an oboe note or
oboe notes.
We have found that feedback is effective to the extent that
it is: Accurate, Immediate, and Aesthetic.
Every effort is made to make the feedback all of three of
these properties, including beautiful. And if someone does not
like flutes or oboes, we can give them different instruments for
their feedback.
Mood Scales [2"! administration]:

When the Alpha Enhancement for each day has finished, a soft
clear bell rings out and the instruction tape is played announcing
163
the end of the Alpha Enhancement. This tape also announces that
now is the time for the second Mood Seale of the day. Whereas the
first Mood Scale was done with instructions “How do you feel
right now?”, this second Mood Scale has the instructions to de-
scribe “How did you feel when your alpha was the highest, when
the tones were the loudest and you were getting the highest scores?”
The door is opened slightly and the lights turned on, if the
participant wishes the lights on during the 2™ mood scale.
Final Baselines: Following the 2"! Mood Scale there are three
more short baselines: a White Noise and an Eyes Closed and an
Eyes Open, just like the first 3 basclines. Then the technicians
gently enter cach chamber, remove the electrodes, and the trainees
gather in the canopy room, after a bathroom break, if desired. The
canopy room has 5 comfortable canopied beds with pale blue sheer
curtains that can be drawn for a cozy semi-privacy. There are soft
bluc blankets and almost a dozen blue pillows so the participant
can sit or lie down and stretch out during the tape recorded inter-
views that follow the time in the feedback chambers. There is a lot
of time spent sitting during the training, but this is one of the times
that participants can lie down and stretch out and relax after their
adventures in the chambers.
Subjective Reports: The Traincr looks around and may ask a

particular person to speak first, if that person seems to have had a
particularly moving or inspiring experience. Otherwise the Trainer
asks who wants to go first. And then the participants take turns
describing their experiences, what they tried, what that led to, how
they felt about it, etc. The Trainer does active listening and when
the person has finished, the Trainer asks questions which serve to
Icad the participants to deeper levels and more profound implica-
tions of the experiences they have had and reported. Often details
that were forgotten in the first telling of the chamber report, will
1o4
now be remembered and described in richer detail. Participants

share and takes a turn in telling about their work and their play and
their adventures in the feedback chambers. When everyone has
finished, and before going on to the Reviews of Results, the
trainer rings the Dinner Bell and everyone gets up and goes to the
kitchen for the Dinner Break.
Dinner Break: Healthy fresh salads, breads, and soups from a

nearby Fresh Choice Restaurant are catered in so participants do
not have to leave the building or deal with outside people during
their training process. There is a full kitchen with stove, micro-
wave, sink and refrigerator so people can heat up their soups or get
out of the refrigerator salad dressings that are free of onions and
garlic. And there are always fresh fruits and nuts available for
snacking.
Reviews of Results: The brain wave tracings on the polygraph

paper (measuring about an inch thick pack of paper) for each day
are prepared for each trainee. Each polygraph has 16 channels
[plus a 17" timer channel], so the tracings from the 8 channels of
brain waves from each of two participants are written out by each
polygraph. Up to five people can be in a training group. This
review of the polygraph tracing is done before, or after, or in con-
cert with viewing computerized graphs of their alpha scores
, where each head site is graphed in a different color. There are
also computerized logs of performance for each day that summa-
rize the highs and lows for each of the different baselines and for
the Alpha Suppression And Alpha Enhancement. The computer
prints little pluses or minuses in the training log wherever the per-
son has achieved a new high or a new low, measured across all
prior days of their training. All of this is very fascinating for most
participants, who are delighted to receive accurate information about
formerly hidden parts of themselves. People seem to have an al-
165
most unlimited capacity to pay rapt attention to, and to be absorbed

by, and to remember accurate information about themselves. This
applies to everyone, even to people who might think that they have
trouble paying attention. Even 8 year old children with ADD have
the ability to pay attention to the feedback and to these reviews of
their performance. Children must be at least 8 years old to partici-
pate in the Alpha One Training. It is interesting to note that many
people find that the most powerful part of the reviews of results
ofien involves examination of the Mood Scales. The Mood Scales
are used in three completely different ways.
1] The scores for cach of the Mood Scales are listed for the pre and
post training administrations. These show how remarkably the
moods change as a result of alpha training. If someone came in
angry or sleepy or sad, their moods after alpha training will often
be much improved IF [and this is a significant “IF”] their alpha
scores increased. People begin to learn that their moods are re-
lated to their brain waves, and that if they can change their brain
waves with feedback, then their moods will change also. The com-
puter also tracks these scores across the 7 days of the training,
putting in pluscs or minuses for new highs and new lows. People
love to hear when they have set new highs in Friendly and Vigor
and Clear Thinking and new lows in Anger and Hostility and De-
pression. This helps to confirm their newly awakened abilitics in
accurate self-awareness.
2] The items marked “Extremely” in the 2™ set of Mood Scales,

the Post Alpha Mood Scales, are carefully reviewed to help remind
the participants of the mind states which they themselves have as-
sociated with higher alpha. Words like Friendly, Efficient, Warm-
hearted, and Clear Thinking are commonly linked to the high
alpha state.
166
3] The items which were denied, but which the computer flagged
because the computer program had “doubts” about the accuracy of
the denial are also carefully reviewed. The computer “flags” these
items by assigning a ‘sigma’ score, which is a standard deviation
measure, expressing the computer’s doubts about the accuracy of
the person’s response. A one sigma suggests there is a 68% chance
that answer is wrong. A two sigma suggests there is a 95% chance
that answer is wrong, and a three sigma suggests there is a 99.7%
chance that answer is wrong. Not all items are flagged with a
sigma by the computer, but the ones that are may have special
meaning for that person. The Trainer works individually with each
person on each one of the flagged items. The person is invited to
look to see if there is any of that denied emotion or feeling that is
accessible to their awareness, now that the computer has alerted
them to a problem with their response to that word. Often, after
just a brief introspection, a flash of recognition occurs and the par-
ticipant then tells a little [or sometimes a big] story. There may be
tears that come along with the story, and always an increase in
self-understanding. That story, and the people in it, then become
candidates for forgiveness in the next day’s training. It is quite
amazing that when people authentically experience forgiveness,
their alpha goes way up in a burst. Wanting to forgive does not do
it. Trying to forgive does not do it. But authentic forgiveness
brings wonderful bursts of alpha. So the participants are coached,
on subsequent days, to bring to mind topics that the Mood Scales
have identified as useful targets for forgiveness. Then, during al-
pha feedback, the person runs through different possible ways of
forgiving that person or situation. Participants continue trying
different forgiveness strategies until finally something that they
try gives them a big alpha burst and a correspondingly big increase
in loudness of the feedback tones. Then they know that this par-
ticular thing that they did, or this way that they allowed themselves
to feel, is one of the effective ways that forgiveness works for them.
167
Then, once they have discovered this method, they can use this
method, like a cookie cutter, to forgive dozens or hundreds of other
people or issues, including themselves.
This process produces greater awareness of their uncon-

scious negative emotions, and provides a way to clear the negative
emotion, to forgive it and then to develop non-attachment about
the people or topic that was associated with that negative emotion.
There is a profound cthical cleansing that results from this process.
The process is done by the participant, at their own pace, and in
their own way, using insights suggested by their own mind during
their use of the feedback technology. The Trainer provides sup-
port, encouragement and coaching through this entire process cel-
ebrating cach insight and cach breakthrough by the participant.
And it turns out that the process of having insights occurs prefer-
entially in an alpha state, so the alpha enhancement training offers
each person the opportunity to spend time cach day ina state highly
productive of insights and creativity.
At the end of the day, people are urged to get a good night’s
sleep and the training adjourns for that day.
Each day is quite similar in structure, with some notable
exceptions. Alpha Suppression is much easier to learn, for most
people, since it is closer to focused intellectual awareness. Usu-
ally after4 days, everyone has learned Suppression, so it is dropped
out of the protocol. Also people usually do not find Suppression to
be very much fun. It is hard work, so they are happy to get rid of it
and then they can spend more time in Alpha Enhancement. Sup-
pression is useful in the beginning, and compares to the brakes ina
car when learning to drive. You want gas and steering AND brakes
to drive successfully, even though you may not use the brakes as
much as you usc the gas pedal. But when you want to brake, you
need to know how to do it!
168
Hemicoherence: On Day 4 we begin to phase in the hemicoherence

tones. These are deep rich organ notes that tell the participants
when they are “getting their heads together.” In other words, when
alpha production becomes synchronized in both the left and the
right brain, these organ notes come on as the feedback. There are
also two extra scores which tell people what percentage of the time,
during each 2-minute epoch, that they had their left and right brains
synchronized in simultaneous alpha production. This harmony
between the left and right brain can be increased by attending to
the feelings associated with the occurrence of the organ notes.
Something profoundly healing and unifying seems to oc-
cur during hemicoherence. There is much that could be said about
this, and there is a 20 year story about this phenomenon beginning
with brain wave recordings made of a Zen master, a very famous
Zen Roshi, and 30 of his students, whom he had rated from Begin-
ner to Intermediate to Advanced, based on his perception of their
level of spiritual development. The analysis of their brain wave
records was a major piece of the puzzle.
During those 20 years, in fact 7 years after the Zen brain
wave recordings were made, this famous Roshi died. It was a con-
scious passing in a room filled with friends invited for the occa-
sion, and as he died, the Roshi gave “transmission” to one of those
original 30 students, whose brain waves we had also recorded 7
years before. That man became the new Roshi. People in the
room at the time of the Roshi’s death felt a palpable sense of some-
thing move from the dying Roshi to the new Roshi designate. The
“transmission” was sensed by many.
In our earlier power and coherence spectral analysis of the
tape recorded brain waves of this group, we had found a most un-
usual bi-modal coherence pattern in the Roshi, and in only one
other person. That one other person was the one who, 7 years later,
received “transmission”. At that point we knew this amazing bi-
modal coherence pattern was a marker for Zen Roshi-hood [one
169
out of 30 is statistically significant], but we did not have a clue as

to the deeper meaning.
ook ok ok ok ok
Still more years later, in the Spring of 1991, at a confer-

ence on chaos theory as applied to analysis of brain waves, | fi-
nally discovered that this bi-modal coherence brain wave pattern
may be associated with the spiritual phenomenon known as a halo.
Given that brain wave frequencics follow the mathematics of Fi-
bonacci scaling, a torus is present over the head, in phase space, of
anyone who produces this bi-modal coherence pattern. The size
and orientation of the torus is dependent upon the frequencies and
spatial distribution of the underlying coherent brain waves, so ha-
los will have various orientations. Visionary artists, and those who
see auras, may well sec this torus and paint halos over saints and
sages, or describe seeing a halo. And, even more exciting, this
EEG pattern is entirely trainable. The pattern is complex and it is
likely to take 60-80 days of training to install the halo pattern in
the brain, and thus install the halo over your head. This of course
suggests that the state of awareness associated with a halo is train-
able. Halos are a cross-culturally understood symbol of spiritual
advancement and cthical purity. Halos are seen in paintings and
statues of Jesus and the Apostles in Christianity, and in paintings
and statues of Krishna and Arjuna in Hinduism, and in paintings
and statucs of the Buddha in Buddhism. Using the brain wave
feedback technology such a halo training process could be used, in
consultation and collaboration with spiritual teachers, which would
allow a high proportion of trainces to develop this pattern in two to
three months of intensive training. Can you imagine the benefits
that will flow from having larger numbers of such people on this
planet?
In October of 1995 we began including feedback on a part
of the halo pattern [the alpha hemicoherence portion] in the Intro-
ductory 7-day Alpha One training. That addition caused the rate of
170
profound spiritual experiences to increase dramatically. When I

first began this work in University research I was finding that about
1 person in 20 was having a profound spiritual experience in the
course of their first week of Alpha Training. Then over the course
of 15 years of University research, where I improved both the tech-
nology and the training methodologies (and became a better Trainer
myself) I was able to double that initial rate of profound spiritual
experiences from | person in 20 to about | in 10. But then in
October of 1995, when I first introduced the Alpha Hemicoherence
function into the Alpha One Training there was a huge step func-
tion increase in the rates of profound spiritual experiences from
that 1 person in 10 to about 3 out of 5. So I know we are on the
right track. Additional hardware and software developments will
be required to be able to refine and perfect the training for the full
halo pattern, but we know what to do, and what to implement, and
we will soon be doing it.
2] Results: In the early years of my research, I documented the

beneficial personality changes that occur from learned increases
of EEG alpha. These have subsequently been confirmed by other
researchers, It used to be thought that personality was stable over
the adult life span, and that with extensive counseling or psycho-
therapy one could, at best, tinker at the margins of the personality
dimensions. However, EEG recordings of multiple personalities
showed that when a new personality “clicked in”, in that moment
there were profound changes in the brain waves. Brain wave feed-
back is now a recognized effective treatment for Multiple Person-
ality Disorder [MPD]. If spontaneous changes in personality were
associated with big changes in the brain waves, it becomes more
understandable that learned changes in the brain waves could bring
personality changes. A Science paper that I co-authored in 1978
shows the reduction in Anxiety, both state Anxiety and trait Anxi-
ety that is produced by learned alpha increases. The high Anxiety
participants who increased their alpha above their White Noise
171
basclines, became low Anxiety people. Subsequent studics have

confirmed this benefit of alpha enhancement. A draft of the Sci-
ence paper is available for you to read on the Biocybernaut web
site. In later research I was able to show the relationship between
changes in brain activity across the entire head and across the en-
tire frequency spectrum from delta through beta in relationship to
changes in moods and changes in personality. This work is pres-
ently in patent pending status, and will become the basis of many
different kinds of education and skill training, because there is an
electrophysiological basis for mastery in a wide range of human
endeavors which could make learning and improvement faster and
casicr.
In 1993 | published a paper reviewing work which linked
creativity to increases of naturally occurring alpha activity. This
paper extended that earlier work by testing scientists from Stanford
Research Institute for ercativity, then giving them a week of alpha
training, then re-testing them for creativity. They had, on average,
a 50% increase in their creativity. The control group showed no
change in creativity. A copy of the paper is available on the
Biocybernaut website at the following link:
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/benefits/
creativity.htm##nav | top .
More recently we have donc a study of IQ and alpha train-
ing. The analysis of study is not yet complete, but everyone in the
alpha training group has had increases in one or both of their di-
mensions of IQ [crystallized and fluid], some as large as 39 point
increases! None of the control group subjects has had any increase
in 1Q, so this is quite promising. The IQ boost has averaged 11.7
points of IQ and the gains are stable one year later.
So many of the participants have had profound spiritual
experiences and expansion of the awareness that I have begun to
write a book about these experiences. This is presently in process.
Three of the cases that will be in that book are included in this
book in Chapter 5, Expanded Spiritual Awareness.
172
3] Goals: Each person is invited, early on, to outline their own

goals for their Alpha One Training and then is supported in the
attainment of those goals. The training documents that people fill
out in advance of arriving for their training, asks them to list and
describe in detail the goals they have for their Alpha One Training.
Typical attainable goals include becoming:
More Happy, more Loving, more Aware, more Forgiving,
more Centered, more Motivated, more Enthusiastic, and
Less Anxious, less Depressed, less Angry, less Hostile, less
Unhappy, less Attached.
We have also noted that almost every time when someone
comes in with high blood pressure, when they succeed in raising
their alpha scores, their blood pressure drops. When I ran a Fed-
eral Grant entitled “Anxiety and Aging: Intervention with EEG
Alpha Feedback” for women 60-81 years old, there were remark-
able reversals in many aspects of the aging process. Interviews
after six months revealed women in their 70’s going back to col-
lege, even getting advanced degrees, began new careers, starting
new businesses, and some pursued new personal relationships.
One of my former mentors, and then also a colleague, Dr.
Charles L. Yeager, set up EEG labs in all the state hospitals here in
California in the 1950s. Each year he would travel around the
state and record EEGs on many aged state hospital patients. He
came to learn that when someone had an abundance of alpha in
their EEG record, even if that person were over 100 years old, he
or she would still be there next year when he came to visit again.
However, if someone’s alpha had dropped out or diminished
dramatically, the doctor would say a special “Goodbye” to that
person, knowing that they were unlikely to be still alive when he
returned the following year.
There was a pilot study done in an urban hospital where
everyone who was admitted during a 6-month period was given an
EEG. All those admitted for any reason [elective surgery, preg-
nancy, gunshot, stabbing, auto accident, etc.] were given an EEG,
173
and then followed up six months later. Fully 50% of those with no
alpha in their admission EEG record were dead within 6 months.
Alpha is a profound indicator of health and well-being, and not
just physical well-being. Psychic and emotional well-being are
also indicated by the amount, the changes in, and the distribution
on the head of EEG alpha activity. The range of goals one can set
out and then attain with self-control of this very powerful brain
activity is truly broad (and that may be an understatement.)
4.| Taking advanced training programs: There are three tracks

of advanced Biocybernaut training programs, and they often con-
verge and overlap.
Track One: Alpha Training at Biocybernaut.
Some people concentrate on the alpha track. In the Alpha
Two training they reccive double the number of EEG feedback
channels, compared to the Alpha One Training. In the Alpha One
there are 6 channels of information that are continuously fed back
to the trainees. These are heard as flutes and oboes and deep rich
organ music. There are also 6 numerical scores on screen during
the brief periods of score display at the end of every 2 minute feed-
back epoch. In Alpha Two there are twice as many feedback chan-
nels, a full 12 channels of EEG feedback. The additional 6 chan-
nels are heard as violins, saxophones and a synthesizer voice called
Mystic Choir. With this fuller set of feedback information about
many more locations on their heads, the Alpha Two trainees
expand their awareness of their whole brain activity. With higher
scores indicated by deep Indigo colored numbers and any new High
Scores for the day reflected in brilliant Green colored numbers, the
Alpha Two trainees can see waves of color washing across their
left brains or their right brains depending on which hemisphere
surges into the lead in alpha production.
Sometimes just the front or the back of the head lights up
and the Alpha Two trainees can sce this in their scores and they can
begin to feel it insides their heads as the whole head feedback of
174
the Alpha Two begins to awaken their internal awareness of their

EEG alpha activity. Sometimes, when the two hemispheres coop-
erate and work together in producing alpha the central column of
Hemicoherence scores lights up Indigo or brilliant Green, and in
those magical moments of highest alpha the whole head lights up
in alpha and all 12 scores turn brilliant Green. Some trainees char-
acterize the Alpha One feedback as learning to fly your own plane
and then they describe the Alpha Two as having command of your
own F-16 superplane.
The Alpha Three trainings focuses primarily on integrat-
ing the alpha activity of your left and right hemispheres so that you
can more easily be “of one mind” about everything in your life. It
is challenging to talk about the Alpha Three in any meaningful
way with someone who has not done the Alpha One and Alpha
Two. In the same way it would be difficult to talk about calculus
with someone who had not learned arithmetic and algebra.
Track Two: Theta Training at Biocybernaut: Alpha One is a

prerequisite for doing any advanced trainings at Biocybernaut.
Learning the 9 levels of the Theta brain wave training can be started
any time after learning the Alpha One training program. However
there are several reasons why someone might want to complete
some of the higher levels of the Alpha Track of trainings before
starting the Theta Track of brain wave training:
(1) Theta is deep. Theta is elusive. If a person does not have
much naturally occurring theta in their brain wave records, they
might benefit from doing advanced Alpha Training, which will
gradually increase their theta production abilities while they fur-
ther increase their alpha activity. In the advanced alpha trainings
people learn how to let go and to merge in increasingly deeper
ways, which has the effect of also giving them greater access to the
deeper Theta states.
(2) Unlike alpha, which develops naturally with training by
degrees, Theta is more binary: It is present or it is not present.
175
Theta occurs most readily in arousal states which are quite differ-
ent from normal waking consciousness. Often it can be challeng-
ing to remain conscious of the feedback as one enters the deeper
arousal states that are the natural home to Theta brain activity. With
advanced Alpha trainings it becomes casicr to remain conscious
through even large changes in arousal level.
If there are strong patterns of Theta brain waves in the
EEG record at any point in training, including immediately after
the Alpha Onc training, then it is easier to go into the deeper states
that characterize the Theta brain wave training. In Theta you gain
access to the Akashic records, and all the knowledge that is stored
there, and you can also make deeper changes in your personality
and behavior patterns.
If people have addictive behaviors, such as with drugs,
sex or gambling, they can reprogram themselves most effectively
in a deep theta state. Also Theta gives the person access to arche-
types and powerful and often brilliantly colorful imagery from their
deep unconscious.
The Theta track of brain wave training at Biocybernaut
follows the patterns of EEG channels given as feedback in the al-
pha track, with the big change that the feedback comes from 6 or
12 channels of Theta brain waves instead of 6 or 12 channels of
alpha brain waves.
Track Three: Delta Training at Biocybernaut:

Delta trainings are by invitation only, and are for people
who have demonstrated a profound degree of ethical cleansing with
deep forgiveness work and an opening of their hearts to love so
that they now want to be, and are able to be, kind to themselves
and others. Delta trainings are for the pure of heart and mind who
want to be of great service to humanity by using advanced powers
of the mind to alter events and things (but never other people).
176
Expanded Spiritual Awareness
5
Expanded
Spiritual Awareness
“T want to know God’s thoughts: the rest are details.”

Albert Einstein
Across the nation there is a large and growing interest in

authentic, individual, unique spiritual experiences. Given that al-
pha feedback enhances brain waves, which are known to be re-
lated to meditation and prayer, it is understandable that profound
spiritual experiences are quite common in Biocybernaut trainings.
Indeed, much of the development of Biocybernaut technology and
protocols has been directed toward increasing the opportunities for
trainees to have spiritual experiences and spiritual growth. In this
chapter, I will share with you the spiritual experiences of several
people.
To provide a little context for this work, I would like to
quote from William James’ classic 1902 book, The Varieties of
Religious Experience:
“There can be no doubt that as a matter of fact a religious
life, exclusively pursued, does tend to make the person exceptional
and eccentric. I speak not now of your ordinary religious believer,
who follows the conventional observances of his country, whether
it is Buddhist, Christian, [Jewish], or Mohammedan. His religion
has been made for him by others, communicated to him by tradi-
177
tion, determined to fixed forms by imitation, and retained by habit.

It would profit us little to study this second-hand religious life. We
must make search rather for the original experiences, which were
the pattern-setters to all this mass of suggested fecling and imi-
tated conduct. These experiences we can only find in individuals
for whom religion exists not as a dull habit, but as an acute fever
rather, But such individuals are Geniuses’ in the religious line;
and like many other geniuses that have brought forth fruits effec-
tive enough for commemoration in the pages of biography, such
religious geniuses have often shown symptoms of nervous insta-
bility. Even more perhaps than other kinds of genius, religious lead-
ers have been subject to abnormal psychical visitations. ... frequently
they have fallen into trances, heard voices, seen visions, and pre-
sented all sorts of peculiarities which are ordinarily classified as
pathological. Often, moreover, these pathological features in their
careers have helped to give them their religious authority and in-
fluence.”
With the Biocybernaut Brain Wave Training Process, or-
dinary people who are not isolated by “a religious life, exclusively
pursued” can also have profound spiritual experiences, They can
hear voices and sce visions, and the brain activity underlying these
transcendent experiences can be documented and known, and then
can be uscd to train others. Indeed, these patterns of brain activity
can then be trained in others secking similar spiritual inspiration
and guidance with the result that these remarkable, life-enhancing
and life-transforming experiences can be attained by much greater
numbers of people, including people who thought they could never
dedicate the time and effort to the more traditional methods of
prayer, fasting, chanting, or meditation. Intriguingly, people who
have had these remarkable experiences during brain wave
neurofecdback training often discover an interest in prayer and
meditation, and they begin to make time in their busy lives to
pursuc these disciplines.
178
Brain wave neurofeedback may also have a democratiz-

ing influence on spiritual practice. Instead of simply reading or
hearing stories about the spiritual experiences of others, people
can have their own direct personal experiences of God, of
angels, and of divine love and forgiveness, and of the Peace That
Passeth All Understanding. The mystical experience and the alpha
feedback experience share a number of basic dimensions. For ex-
ample, Dr. Arthur Deikman surveyed the mystical literature and
identified five hallmarks of the mystical experience: (1) Intense
Realness, (2) Unusual Sensations, (3) The Experience of Unity or
Oneness with all things, (4) Trans-Sensate Phenomena, which come
to the person from beyond the realm of the five senses, and (5)
Ineffability, or the difficulty or impossibility of describing the ex-
perience in words. Some or all of these phenomena are reported as
a natural part of the profound alpha and theta EEG feedback train-
ing experiences in Biocybernaut trainings.
Oh RK OR ROKok
My work of the last 30+ years has been fueled by the de-
sire to share the profound experiences that I have had with others.
In a powerful transformational experience described in detail on
the Biocybernaut web site (http://www.biocybernaut.com/about/
discovery/part|.htm#nav top ) I went into a crude basement closet
feedback chamber in Joe Kamiya’s lab at UCSF in San Francisco
as a physics major. At the time, I had had one year of training in
psychology; I was a Protestant Fundamentalist [Lutheran Church,
Missouri Synod] and suddenly I experienced things that cannot be
described in words—it was ineffable. This experience did not fit
into the framework of everything thatI knew and believed. It was
transformational and beyond what I knew and what I understood
and what I believed possible. It’s incredibly beautiful, it’s blissful,
it’s liberating, and it is a heck of a lot of fun.
179
The path of this research has not been easy; there have
been many stumbling blocks and walls and people who hindered
and even tried to impede my progress. But I have persisted be-
cause of the profound experiences this training brought to me and
which I can now bring to other people. Let me give you a brief
example.
On New Years day in 1992 I was at my training center
with a volunteer technician who hooked me up so I could try out a
new technological marvel—the latest enhancement that added feed-
back information on my brain’s hemi-coherence. Simply said, it
allowed me to know when more than one quadrant in my brain
was producing the same type of brain wave simultancously. There
were bugs in the software, as usual with a first release, so knowing
how it was written and how it was supposed to work, we worked
around those bugs, enough so that I could test the new hemi-coher-
ent feedback functions. I then did three 10-minute periods of feed-
back on the hemi-coherence. I had an incredibly profound experi-
ence, which is what is described in the Bible as the Peace that
Passcth All Understanding. This experience produced another pro-
found alteration of my life.
January of 1992 in San Francisco was very rainy, dark,
and dreary. A recession was stalking the land. I didn’t have a job;
my company, MindCenter Corporation, had just folded; I didn’t
know what I was going to do with my life and my life’s mission. It
poured every day; everything was bleak and gloomy. Yet there I
was, standing in the kitchen looking out at this bleak gloomy real-
ity and just bursting into laughter about how incredibly wonderful
I felt inside.
It was an almost complete disconnect between events in
the world and my experience. It completely affirmed the view of
meditative and spiritual traditions that how you fecl is related to
your inner being and NOT to the events of the outside world.
This was a wonderful affirmation of everything I had read in the
spiritual literature.
180
No matter what spiritual tradition you follow, the Biocy-

bernaut Process will deepen the experience and your understand-
ing of your path. Following are several stories I would like to share
with you to illustrate the connection between enhanced alpha waves
and expanded states of awareness and spirituality.
Pregnant 15 Year Old Girl

This trainee was a pregnant teenager who had left the
church and was at odds with her family. She and her family were
battling over her plans to drop out of school and to marry the father
of the unborn child in spite of his ongoing relationships with more
than a dozen other girls. She also was very fearful of dying while
traveling by car, having been a passenger ina girlfriend’s car when
the car narrowly missed a head-on collision while passing another
car at night in the fog.
Day 1. She described her session: “I’d been having lots of
problems with my Mom, so it was great to see that I got 4 greens
(new high alpha scores for the day) when experiencing going to
the park with my Mom and my two little brothers. Then I got 3
greens thinking how cool it was to control music directly with your
head. I felt enjoyment, eagerness, and anticipation, and I thought
ofa career as a famous theatre performer and I got all new highs on
the right side of my head. I felt like a famous performer being able
to control music directly with my head. Good thoughts gave the
prettiest music. I was happy.”
“Then I got greens thinking of my whole family, my aunt,
my uncles, my grandpa, my Mom and Dad. My two little brothers
always make me happy. I was getting high scores just swinging
with them, just being with them. The music (feedback tones) was
so loud when I was happy. It was just there. I could put it all to-
gether and make it sound really pretty.”
Day 2. In her words: “This was not a very good day. I was
angry because my Mom wanted me to use my alpha training to
181
break up with my boyfriend. She thinks he’s so stupid. She’s al-

ways telling me what to do, but she doesn’t know him. He’s really
been there for me. I got angry with my Mom and Dad because they
don’t understand, and they are always trying to tell me what to do.
This is my training and my life and I should be able to think about
what I want.” After this brief report, she would not say much more
about her experiences of that day.
Day 3. She was excited to report: “I had 4 greens from
being aware of or being in “Nothingness.” I was hearing the tones,
but I just did not Ict anything come into my head. It was similar to
being asleep; except for ... | was awake.”
There were other comments about her experience, and we
talked about the experience of “nothingness” in meditation, which
fascinated her. Then we started looking through the polygraph
record, paging through more than 100 pages of brain wave trac-
ings. At one point, there was a particularly big burst of alpha on
both occipitals, and | commented about how lovely they were. She
stared at these big bursts, and it looked like her mind had slipped
out of gear fora moment. Then she pressed her hands to her mouth
and began exclaiming, “Oh my God! Oh my God!” I knew she was
having a powerful experience and waited some moments to ask
her what was happening. She began all in a rush to tell me. She
said that she had had a really powerful experience during the ses-
sion sceing a most beautiful angel and that she had forgotten about
it until she saw those big alpha bursts, and then the whole experi-
ence came tumbling back in on her. It unfolded, in her own words,
as follows:
“Later in the session I was just sitting there and suddenly a
guy about my age was there and he started blecding. His mouth
was blecding. I got really scared. Then an old guy appeared and
said, “It’s up to you.” Then the old guy disappeared, except he was
just a face in the bright light.
182
“Then first I saw a pool of blood. Then a guy with dark

brown hair, it was short and it was fixed nicely. He was tanned
about 15-16 years old and a little taller than me. He was on a play-
ground like a park. He had blood all over his mouth area. I thought
he fell. I was scared. The next thing I knew, the guy was lying on
the ground on his back and he was not breathing.
This old guy appeared again all wrinkly and gray haired.
He had a full head of hair. He had a beard and moustache. He was
lip talking, saying, “It’s up to you.” Then the old guy disappeared.
“Then a bright light appeared. In it was a woman’s face. She was
just so pretty. She was wearing white and I could see she was walk-
ing toward the kid and me on the ground. Then I looked at the kid
and all I saw was blood. I never saw this kid before in my life. I
don’t know why I saw him. When I saw the little boy I knew him.
I didn’t know, I don’t remember knowing him in real life. My body
was all jittery.
I thought the lady was too pretty to be real. I thought she’s
going to help the kid, but she’d get blood all over her white dress.
I saw the kid and the blood and my alpha dropped. Then I saw the
old man again and got scared and my alpha dropped even further.
Then I saw the pretty lady in the light and my alpha went up a
little, and I looked directly at her and my alpha went way up. She
was in her 20’s. She had blond really curly hair, long hair. She was
so pretty. She was the prettiest woman I have ever scen. People in
the park or playground were looking over and not noticing (us) or
the boy on the ground. We were, to them, not even there.
“The little boy reminded me of my Dad. His hair was fixed
the same way, and he was wearing blue jeans and a T-shirt and
brown shoes. It was like I was seeing my Dad as a little kid. This
was very real.”
When asked to quantify how real our conversation was at
the moment, she said we were presently an 8 on a scale of 0-10.
But the scene she was describing was more real, a 9.5-10 because
183
of the intensity of the fear and anxiety and the beauty of the lady in
white.
“The old guy, who scared me, had an old baggy outfit. He
was big boned. When I saw him my alpha dropped a lot. I got
scared. Then he totally vanished. Then a very bright light appeared
to my left and slightly higher than me. It was a perfect circle. It
gave off white light. It was so pretty. It had streamers coming off
it, streamers of light that were white with yellow around them.
The lady appeared first with her face right in the middle of
the white light. She was dressed totally in white. She smiled at me
and my alpha went way up. It was like I was reading her mind,
while I was thinking, Gosh, I wish I could be that pretty. I was in
awe.
The old man’s voice kept coming into my head saying,
“It’s up to you. Now go my child; you know what to do.”
“The boy had been standing up when I first saw him. In
the next second he was lying down on the pavement ... a park or
school playground with so many little kids everywhere. There was
a mother there who’d lost her lithe boy. She was screaming its
name. | couldn’t hear her and she didn’t see me.
“The angel’s voice was so soft and sweet. But I did not
want to hear it. It forced its way into my head. It wasn’t really a
voice. It was more like she was talking directly into my mind, kind
of like telepathy. The feeling of her voice was so soft and sweet
and loving. She thought into my head, “You know what to do my
child. Now go do it.”
“I was so afraid of the blood. I wanted to save the boy so
badly. The angel’s voice was filling my head reassuring me. So I
resolved to do whatever I had to do and I turned to help the boy
and suddenly the whole scene disappeared. I realized I’d already
done everything I needed to do to help. I had made the decision to
ignore my fear and just go help him. The angel was so very beau-
tiful.”
184
Day 4. She began to describe her experiences: “Early in

the session, I got greens, then my scores settled down until I started
thinking about going home. I got 5 greens when I thought about
what I was going to do whenI got home. I got excited about going
home. I want to see friends and my little brothers. But I don’t want
to deal with MOM.” Then she launched into a major discussion
about her Mom and her boyfriend, the father of her unborn child.
She said when she thought about getting married to some-
one (not her boyfriend) she got much higher alpha feedback scores,
and she saw everybody accepting it. When she thought about get-
ting married to her boyfriend, her alpha was not as high, and she
saw the family unhappy. She got really high alpha thinking about
her two baby brothers. She got somewhat high alpha thinking about
her Dad and somewhat high alpha thinking about past times with
her Mom, but low alpha thinking about her Mom in the present in
their state of conflict over the boyfriend and her plans to drop out
of school to marry the boyfriend. She said of her Mom, “I care
about her, but I hate the things she does.” Adding, “I can’t tell
Mom the truth, and I can’t tell my aunt because she talks to Mom.”
Then she began to reflect and added, “They want me to be
happy in their thoughts.” She also confided that, “I rebelled way
more than I should have.” She then willingly accepted coaching in
forgiveness and agreed to try forgiving her parents and herself in
the next day’s session.
Day 5. Her descriptions of her experiences just flowed out
of her: “T did all the forgiveness work today. I felt so full of energy.
As my alpha climbed, I found myself on top of a hill with flowers
all around. I felt like I could fly.”
“When I started the forgiveness workI thought of my Mom
and Dad and how they screwed up and how I screwed up. And then
I thought everybody deserves a second chance. So I started with
my Mom and forgave her and my alpha went up, and then went
back and forgave other people, and my alpha went up. And then I
185
forgave myself for everything I’ve done and haven’t done, and my
alpha went up. After that I felt so free. I thought, now I can fly. 1
felt so light and happy in the chamber; I just wanted to go running.
And I learned how to control my temper today. I was in the booth
wanting forgiveness, and I got all 6 greens!”
“I thought of the baby in me and realized that you can’t be
a good role model for your own daughter when you hate your
mother. And my Mom didn’t do anything to me; and she just wants
the best for me. I hope she can understand my feclings toward my
boyfriend.”
Day 6. In her words: “I was tired today because I stayed
up late last night talking with Mom on the phone. We discussed
our control issues. Mom now agrees with my new plans. There
was a real healing between my Mom and me. We were on the phone
until midnight. In the beginning of the session I did forgiveness
work with Mom and that gave me high scores and 4 greens! It was
a challenge to stay awake because I was so tired.”
“Tam afraid of dying, and today I went into my fear of
dying in the chamber. I did a worst-case scenario and originally
thought I’m not unattached to the idea of dying. But then I thought,
if I did dic I could be an angel and go into people’s minds and
make them feel good, like happened to me.”
“Before this I never really believed in God. I had ques-
tions and I doubted. After I saw the angel, I knew she was an angel
and she talked to me inside my mind and I now believe in God.”
“Also I remember when I did the forgiveness work yester-
day I was so happy and I totally forgot the anger I was fecling
toward my parents, especially my Mom. Now I’m not afraid of
dying. I’m not angry, and I believe in God.”
This 15-year-old girl reconciled with her family and re-
turned to the church, this time with a real belief in God grounded
in her personal experience with an angel. She also realized that the
child’s drug-using, drug-dealing, and philandering father was not
186
a suitable husband for her, to her family’s great relief, and she al-
lowed her mother to care for the baby after it was born so she could
continue her education. She also transcended her fear of dying
during car travel and knew that there was a life for her after death.
Pregnant Mother of Three with Unplanned

Pregnancy
This pregnant mother of 3 children was 5 months into a
pregnancy that was unplanned and strongly unwanted. She re-
ferred to the growing child within her as “the alien” and was re-
sentfully estranged from this child in her womb. She also had an
excessively protective attachment to her 3-year-old child leading
to some neglect of her 10 and 11-year-old children. She had some
deep-seated issues from childhood and family problems but
launched into her training in a very open way.
She began the forgiveness work earlier and more enthusi-
astically than most trainees, and seemed to have fewer excuses
about why she couldn’t or shouldn’t forgive this or that person or
herself. By the third day she was coming in saying that the huge
persistent problems in her life now had become powerless over
her. She looked at them as faded, yellowing photographs in a pic-
ture album. Problems that she recognized as having been domi-
nating her life were now just faded memories in a photo album that
she could easily close and simply put away.
This woman loved whales and had pictures of whales in
her house and tapes of whale songs in her music collection. Near
the end of her 7-day training, on day 5 or 6, she had a profound
experience of swimming with a whale in a warm sca, communicat-
ing with it in complex songs and also having a telepathic experi-
ence of mind-to-mind contact with the whale. When she described
this experience I noted that her unborn child was, right now,
swimming ina sea of amniotic fluid inside her womb, and I gently
asked her if she had been in telepathic contact with this child. The
187
strangest look came over her face as she accessed the memorics of
the experience. Her mind seemed to slip out of gear for a few
moments, and then she burst into a radiant smile of amazement.
She had, indeed, been in deep telepathic contact with her unborn
child, and in those moments of introspection following my ques-
tion she had merged very deeply and thus consciously reestablished
that telepathic connection with the child in her womb. Immedi-
atcly the persistent and restless agitation of the child within her,
ceased. Abruptly the baby was different. She commented, in sur-
prise, that the child’s behavior inside her had suddenly changed,
and that she now had a
She had, indeed, been in telepathic \oving bond with the little
contact with her unborn child, and in boy baby. She was utterly
those moments of introspection she amazed that a change of
merged deeply and thus consciously _ attitude on her part could
so quickly and dramati-
cally affect the behavior of the baby in her womb. Her whole atti-
tude toward the unborn child changed and instead of calling it “the
alicn” she began referring to him by the beautiful name she and her
husband had chosen.
On the last day of her training she came in slightly agi-
tated because she had a design project at work that was duc the
next day, and she had not even started to think about it. She was a
toy designer and was skilled in making computer renditions of the
toys once she had decided upon the kind of toy and the colors and
textures and sizes and other parameters. But coming up with the
ideas and parameters was always a struggle. Before she went into
the chamber she asked to be reminded to start her toy design work
as soon as she was finished with her session.
During her alpha session the toy design was accomplished
with grace and case and entirely without the usual struggle. She
started thinking about a theme for the toy and sorted through doz-
ens of themes until, while considering one particular (heme, her
188
alpha tones increased markedly. She took this as a confirmation of

the wisdom of using that theme on which to base this toy. In the
same way she thought of colors until one particular color combi-
nation increased her alpha tones markedly. In the same way she
determined the textures and fabrics and the sizes of the compo-
nents of the toy. When she came out of the chamber she was calm
and beaming. She asked for a piece of paper and rapidly sketched
the entire toy including the theme or story that would be written to
go along with it. All the colors and textures and fabrics were clear
in her mind, and that night she implemented her vision on the com-
puter, producing a color model of the toy. The next morning she
delivered the completed design to her workplace, for the first time
ever having accomplished a design project without struggle. She
had used the alpha feedback process as a stimulus to and as a guide
of her creative processes. She had established a deeply loving and
accepting relationship with her unborn child. And she had done
powerful forgiveness work, which allowed her to place all her big-
gest problems into faded photographs in an album, which she could
then put away and forget. After her new child was born, it soon
became apparent that the possibly excessive attachment to her 3-
year-old was mellowing into a loving and supportive relationship
with all her four beautiful children.
A Happy Ending (and a Happy Beginning)

About 18 months after the beautiful baby boy was born, I
had the opportunity to visit the mother at her home. The baby
clung to her and would not let go. She told me that her bonding
with the baby was so deep and so remarkable that it would not go
to anyone else. Not even the baby boy’s father was able to hold
him. We had been sitting on the soft, deeply carpeted stairs near
their front door, when almost simultaneously the telephone rang
and the doorbell rang. The mother had to put the baby down in
order to answer the telephone and the door at the same time. In the
189
twinkling of an cye the baby boy clambered up into my arms and

held on to me the way he had been holding on to his mother. I was
delighted with the baby’s warmth and affection and sat quietly with
the baby’s arms wrapped around my neck and with my Ieft arm
supporting the baby’s back for about ten minutes. Then the Mother
came back to sit with me. A look of astonished disbelicf flashed
into her face. She exclaimed, “He has never gone to anyone ex-
cept me! I can’t believe it!” The baby looked at me with a quizzi-
cal look, wordlessly asking if he had done anything wrong, and I
hugged him as I said, “It’s OK. Everything is OK. I love you and
if you want, you can go back to your mommy now.”
The baby reluctantly and slowly left my arms and went
back to his mother who had sat down next to me on the staircase.
The baby continued to look at me with wide-open cyes filled with
love, almost drinking in my presence.
The mother and I then discussed the obvious implications
of this remarkable event. The baby had instantly recognized me as
the agent of his reconciliation with his mother during the time he
was still in the womb, which had been a very difficult time for the
fetus and the mother, who had hated the fetus and kept calling it
“the alien.”
The mother’s hostility toward this baby and her harsh re-
jection of him was magically transformed into acceptance and love
through the mother’s Biocybernaut alpha wave training, and the
baby knew me almost 2 years later as the agent of this powerful
emotional healing. . This was a wonderful blessing and a truly
angelic reward for my role in helping to heal the Mother’s aver-
sion to her fetus and her unwanted pregnancy. It also speaks vol-
umes about how much children still in the womb can know and
remember about the world outside the womb. This child’s amaz-
ing love and trust and recognition continues to magically inspire
the work I do through the Biocybernaut alpha trainings.
190
The Artist Grandfather

This Alpha feedback trainee was a creative artist and a
grandfather that I’ll call “AG.” He was a Christian but his Chris-
tianity had a driven quality, and he was overburdened by guilt. He
also worked excessively, spending little or no time with his family
or grandchildren.
Day 1. During his alpha feedback he experienced a bibli-
cal story of an outcast (money changer/tax collector), with whom
he identified (feeling himself an outcast). As his Alpha increased,
he became aware of a scene in which Jesus came walking along
through a crowd of people happily dancing and being joyful. He
singled out AG and held his hand. AG was feeling unworthy of this
attention. Then Jesus put his hand to AG’s forehead. Jesus used his
other hand to hold AG’s hand and press it to his (Jesus’) heart, and
AG felt deeply healed. Then Jesus and AG walked hand-in-hand
through the dancing throng.
Some people were there who were not dancing. They were
in gray sackcloth, seated on the ground with their heads down and
arms around their legs. Jesus took AG’s hand and used it to touch
each one of these people. As he touched them, he experienced pow-
erful forgiveness energy flowing, and each person arose, was filled
with joy, and began dancing with the others. AG experienced his
lesson as forgiveness guided by Jesus. It was also acceptance of
and healing for AG by Jesus.
Five epochs before the end of the alpha enhancement, AG
had had enough and wanted out of the feedback chamber. I was
called and prepared to go into his chamber. He was standing up
when I went in, but in talking, he recognized his family’s legend-
ary temper and the family members’ characteristic demanding ego,
and he resolved to overcome both of these in his week of training.
He was able to remain in the chamber and complete that session.
Day 2. As AG’s alpha increased, he saw Jesus in the dis-
tance under a rainbow. Jesus started walking toward AG getting
191
bigger and bigger. Then Jesus took the ends of the rainbow in his
hands and bent it into a circle and said, “This is a symbol of my
love for you.” This evoked very powerful emotions in AG, since
he’d never seen anything like this in his entire life. Later that day,
AG and I had a meeting, set up by prior arrangement, where we
reviewed the Biocybernaut Institute’s Zen graphs from a study done
with Zen meditators. There we saw the records of a Zen Roshi
with the bi-modal coherence pattern that may well be the basis of
the spiritual phenomena known as halos. And AG said that he
thought that the rainbow Jesus bent into a circle for him was a
foreshadowing (or “fore-luminining”) of the knowledge of the
brainwave pattern underlying halos.
Also in that session, during one period of high alpha activ-
ity, AG saw a large shallow brass bow] filled with water, with moun-
tains around the edge of the bowl reminding him of Crater Lake.
He described the events as follows: “Then Jesus was suddenly in
the scene carrying the bowl, and the top of my head was open,
actually the top of my head was missing, and the water in the bowl
was suddenly anointing oil. I prayed on my knees and asked the
Lord to ‘fill me with his presence and spirit.’ Compared with the
very personal Jesus of yesterday, today’s Jesus was bigger than
life. Jesus was pouring the anointing oil into my head. The oil turned
into fire on the inside and was burning up all the impurities. The
anointing oil was cleansing, burning up the old dirty wax of past
fears, guilts, and doubts. ... It was profoundly cleansing. My usual
feclings of gloomy, awful, reckless, and angry were replaced by
feclings like: devoted, enthusiastic, timid, powerful, agrecable,
contented.”
Day 3. AG told this story: “As soon as my alpha started to
increase | found myself talking with my deceased son and my de-
ceased Mom and Dad, always in the presence of the Lord, having
His approval. Then I had an experience, which reassured me that
my Dad was with the Lord, something about which I had worried a
192
lot. My Dad had been very harsh with me, and had left my Mother
and taken up with another woman. He had two women to support
and he lost his house and business and went bankrupt, so he came
to live with my wife and me. All his family had turned their backs
on him, and now they shunned my wife and me for taking this man
in. My Father was ill and was in bed most of the time and was very
demanding. One day he called me into his bedroom and said, ‘you
know I'd said if I ever saw a Christian, I’d become one?’ Then he
gave up his rantings about the hypocrisy of Christians because of
the love and Christian charity my wife and I had shown him.
He died two months later, but I always doubted his con-
version to Christianity. Then in alpha, I had an experience that re-
assured me. I saw a huge bronze ring with hundreds of people in it,
including my Mom and Grandmother. But Dad was outside the
ring. Then Jesus appeared and lifted up the ring and brought Dad
inside the circle. This was gratifying and heartwarming.”
“Then I had an experience, which was just the most glori-
ous experience. My scores had been rising steadily and suddenly
when the tones stopped after one epoch and the scores lit up, my
highest score of the 6 scores was 666. As I looked at the three
‘sixes’, the circles in the 6’s opened up into holes into the vacuum.
It was like the movie the Philadelphia Experiment. The vacuum
suction was pulling me in, and I was initially terrified as houses
and cars and trees were being pulled into the awful suction. People
were screaming. There was a lot of noise and chaos. Then I thought,
‘In Him I will overcome.’ and I called the name of Jesus, thinking,
“whosoever calls on the name of the Lord shall be saved.’
Suddenly Jesus was there with his arms wrapped around
me, and I had total peace even as the force was pulling in houses
and rocks and trees and trucks and busses. The fear was instantly
gone. Each hole had the power to destroy everything and to suck
things into it and off into oblivion. It was literally a hopeless situ-
ation for anything caught in that suction, and the more I saw how
193,
destructive it was, the tighter Jesus held me in his arms. And the
more peace I felt in Jesus’ arms, the worse the scene got.
Then I thought of the Song of Solomon 2:6 and remem-
bered, ‘His left hand is under my head, and his right hand doth
embrace me.’ And I thought, ‘I know that I will overcome.’ And I
thought, ‘He is all power, and I am literally saved from the stron-
gest power on carth by Jesus.’ During this intense experience my
scores rose ever higher and for the first time ever, I broke through
the alpha score level of 1,000. I saw that I got to witness the awe-
some power of destruction and utter annihilation while safe in the
arms of the Lord. This experience was just the most glorious expe-
rience.”
“At the peak of my scores, | realized that Jesus has all the
power. Then I rested and my scores dropped back lower. But there
was an encore, a second peak in my scores. It was in realizing that
I had power over alcohol. If the name of Jesus was that powerful
over 666, then that power could help me control my use of alco-
hol.”
“I felt utter ecstasy that the Lord will help me when I call
on his name.”
Day 4. AG spoke freely about his experiences: “In the be-
ginning there were Green scores, indicating I was setting new highs
for the day. I wanted an intense experience like yesterday, but sensed
that it was not yet time. I felt an incredible closeness of the spiri-
tual world. I felt very warm and had a sense that He was there too.
The more I thought about the Lord and sang songs of praise (si-
Iently in my heart) the better | would do ... having higher scores
and louder musical tones. But the intensity of yesterday’s experi-
ence evaded me. It just would not come. I felt demanding and
thought that I really want to leave because | want to Icave. I was
being totally uncooperative. Then this amazing thing happened.”
“I don’t know how I could sec this because I know the
room was completely dark, but all of a sudden it was no longer
194
dark. A fat black lady walked into my room and sat down. For
some reason I asked her if she was an angel. She laughed and said,
“Yes. Why? Do you need one?’ I told her that I always feel like the
musical feedback tones are like angels lifting me up. She said, ‘I’m
Molly. How can I help you?’”
“T told her, ‘I’m not having a very good day here because I
was expecting something spectacular, and nothing spectacular is
happening.”
She said, “Well I’m here and I’m an angel, and I came to
tell you a bedtime story about a little boy who has a name very
similar to yours.” Then she proceeded to tell me a story which was
so magical and heartwarming that I know it will be a best seller as
a children’s book. In fact I knew immediately that this book would
generate a million dollars of income. I knew I had been given a
great gift. Suddenly it did not matter about my expectation for spec-
tacular experiences. “One more thing exciting happened. I saw a
painting. It was very wonderful. I could see the light contrasting
with a color of a medium value. Suddenly I knew that it used tita-
nium oxide white, little slivers of layers looking so shimmering.
I’ve seen that effect in Monet and never knew how to achieve it.
Now I have been shown how it is done.”
Day 5. AG described his day: “As my Alpha increased, I
began having conversations with people; conversations just in my
mind. This was a real revelation. I was thinking about my feelings
of unworthiness. I’d tried to help an in-law. They never communi-
cated with me. I have tried everything, helping put the kids through
school, getting them a car, which they won’t drive, wanting to do
anything to help out. All of a sudden, as I was reviewing all this
disappointment, there was a big alpha burst and I realized in that
moment that my worthiness has nothing to do with the expecta-
tions of others. My worthiness is not lessened by the lack of appre-
ciation of others. The causes of my completeness are inside me,
not in the hands of others. I let go of this. I forgave them for every-
195
thing, and I forgave myself. My worthiness or unworthiness has

nothing to do with the actions or inactions of others.”
“When I started this training I was all logic and thought
and I was trying to avoid feclings because they were often bad
feelings. I’ve always been careful in spending money on myself
and I’m still facing this issuc. But I’ve decided that you should
give it your best. I’m not going to waste good money on bad atti-
tudes. So I have a right to get as much out of this training as I can,
including getting rid of my bad attitudes.”
“The next thing I knew | was walking through this gauzy
curtain, like a wind. I was walking on a cement floor all gray and
cold. Then, suddenly, people from all sides, very sarcastic and cyni-
cal people, very arrogant and sclf-rightcously pious people sur-
rounded me. Then I realized I was naked. The people gave me
looks. They raised their eyebrows. They pointed fingers. I covered
myself with my hands, but their judgment was so strong that this
did not appease them, so | sat down on the cold cement to hide
more of myself. The people just stood there and stared at me.
I was suddenly watching this scene from another perspec-
tive, like from an elevated balcony over a courtyard. | asked for
help, for deliverance, and suddenly Jesus just appeared. He was
wearing only a breechcloth, very simple as if to show the arrogant
people he did not need a lot of clothes, He had a garment in his
hand and he put it over me. I felt tremendous peace, and then power.
When Jesus put the garment over me, I flashed back into myself
from the out-of-body perspective up on the balcony. I was back in
myself again and I felt peace. Then the words came to me, ‘Wis-
dom. Ask God for wisdom.’ And so I did. Then I was flooded with
power and peace and wisdom and more power. Then all the critical
people disappeared. Then Jesus disappeared and suddenly I real-
ized that every attachment in my life is related to fear. Then I saw
myself walking among the peopleI love. I was displaying and fecl-
ing the power of the love that I have for people. I felt worthy. | felt
complete.”
196
Day 6. In AG’s words: “When I got into alpha I started

feeling that the relationship we have with God is one of giving.
Grace is unconditional love. If you really want to see it for what it
is, you must have unconditional love. I started thinking of the po-
tential of a shared fellowship of the mind, connecting my brain
waves with other people who have had these insights, a commun-
ion of the spirit. The closer a man is to God, the more giving he is.
When you look at an apple tree the greatness is in its fruit. I won-
dered, ‘What is Grace?’ I tried to see it from a visual standpoint
and suddenly I saw how I have driven friends away, and how I have
walked away from friends by not understanding, by not seeing.”
“I became inspired by the reality of knowing that we can
truly change our minds. We can have power over even our think-
ing processes. I have the power to bring my scores up. How can I
do that? I realize what has been blocking me has been my fears,
especially my fear of being alone. So I started by looking that fear
Devil in the eye and knowing as I walked away through the door
into the light ... such an incredible light, that God’s promise is real:
I will never leave you or forsake you.”
“Then I saw a happy scene with my Trainer when I was
showing him a funny picture I had made, and the last 5-6 epochs of
the day were so happy. I was getting the giggles. It was just fun. I
don’t think my son would believe how happy I am now and how
much fun J have been having in this tiny little room. He thought I’d
never be able to sit still long enough to do this training, and now
I’ve done it, and I feel so free and so happy. I can see that whatever
is good is God. If we think in those terms we are giving back good-
ness to the world. Each night after training is more significant in
itself. I’m thinking and understanding more about God and
goodness.”
This creative artist had spiritual experiences, which put
his guilt into a more healthy perspective and gave him direct and
personal experiences of God’s love for him. He also did profound
197
forgiveness of himselfand
This creative artist had spiritual ; , ae
others. Following this, his
experiences, which put his guilt creativity exploded. His
into a more healthy perspective and assistant who counted 80
gave him direct and personal significant pieces of art
experiences of God's love for him. produced over more than
10 years of work for his
major client gave one measure of his expanded creativity. In the
two and a half months following his Biocybernaut training he pro-
duced 110 significant pieces of art for the same client. In addition
to this phenomenal creative output, the man was also finding more
time to spend with his grandchildren, taking them to dinner and
telling them stories whenever he was in town.
Merging and Shared Feedback Experience

This story came out of preparation for the Green Beret
project, previously mentioned in Chapter 4. A 3-star General named
Burt Stubblebine, head of Army Intelligence, had foreseen cutbacks
in the budgets and knew that the Army was going to have to do
more with less. He wanted to develop the mental and even psychic
abilities of his troops for intelligence purposes, and he was very
open in that regard. He generated a lot of enemies in the Army
from people who wanted to be more traditional and at one point he
was kind of forced out. However, before that happened this project
involving the Biocybernaut training for US Army Green Berets
was approved. On a secret Army base where Green Berets were
trained, a group of “enhancement programs” were brought in, and
they had six months of contracts to bring advanced technologies to
the Army. The Biocybernaut Institute was one of the subcontrac-
tors, and before the Army project began, I had the opportunity to
train two of the owners—a just married couple — of the prime con-
tractor company.
198
They were both very wide-eyed individuals, having had

many profound experiences with, shall we say, psycho-pharma-
ceuticals. They had also spent almost ten years in Buddhist medi-
tation. They were in a group that was very close to the Dhali Llama,
and so they had lots of profound experiences.
During their Alpha One training there was an amazing ex-
perience of shared consciousness between Joel and his wife
Michelle, who was in a different chamber. During the final White
Noise baseline that follows the alpha feedback training, Joel was
in his chamber when, all of a sudden, his beloved wife Michelle
came spiraling out of the ceiling, tumbling toward him. She liter-
ally entered him and merged with him. He could look out through
her eyes, or through his eyes, and then they became their shared
eyes, It was a very profound experience— this merging of the two
of them. I tape-recorded this report by Joel while I was interview-
ing him. Joel and Michelle had staggered start times so thatI could
do the interview with one person while the other person was still
doing feedback in another chamber.
When Michelle was finished, I went into her chamber to
interview her. She didn’t know about what had happened to Joel.
Astonishingly, she reported an absolutely identical experience. She
had been in the latter stage of her alpha feedback at the time Joel
had his experience of merging with her. Michelle reported that she
went out of body—she went to Joel’s chamber, came at him out of
the upper corner of the room, and went inside of him, merged with
him, and was looking out through what was essentially their shared
eyes.
Another ex- Michelle reported that she went out
tremely interesting expe- of body — she went to Joel’s
rience happened with this chamber, came at him out of the
couple during their sec- upper corner of the room, and went
ond week of training at — inside of him, merged with him, and
Biocybernaut. One type was looking out through what was
199
of advanced training that we do at Biocybernaut is Shared Feed-

back™, Unlike flying, here you solo first. When you are starting
out to learn to control your brain waves, you go into the chamber
by yourself, and you hear beautiful musical sounds, all of them
coming from you. It is very important that you know all the sounds
are coming from you, because you may not have a clue what is
making the volume of the sounds go up and down. But since you
know that they are all coming from you this means that you can
then be motivated to try to learn how to control the tones. And it
means you can be confident that when you tune your awareness to
get in touch with the waxing and waning of the tones, you will
discover the mechanism of your own alpha production, and then
you will know how to control your brain waves. If somebody else
were in the chamber or several other people, so only some of the
tones were yours and some were others, then the complexity of the
learning task would be extraordinary or even overwhelming. It
would take much longer to learn, which is why we do Shared
Feedback™ only as an advanced training.
Jocl and Michelle came for several weeks of training. In
the first week they did their individual training, and then they did
another week that included learning how to put on clectrodes, how
to run the equipment and how to do Shared Feedback™, I was in
the chamber with them at one point doing Shared Feedback™, Joel
wanted to sit by the door, Michelle was in the middle, and I was
against the far wall. The feedback started, and strangely, for me, it
was like trying to run through cold dense molasses! I was getting
these images of heavy dense female sexuality and images of pro-
tection. My alpha was really suppressed, and I was struggling; I
know very well how to make alpha; however, just then I was hav-
ing the hardest time doing it.
After about 15 minutes, all of those images of heavy dense
female sexuality and protection went away, my alpha took off and
I had a perfectly wonderful time in the chamber. At the end of
200
Shared Feedback™, we remained seated in the chamber and dis-

cussed what we had each experienced. When I shared about the
energy I had felt, they both looked at each other in some alarm but
didn’t say anything. I thought that was a bit strange, but I did not
ask them about it. The next day when they came in for their train-
ing, Joel took me aside and told me the following story.
At that time Tibetan Buddhist practice was very secretive.
Not long after the Dhali Llama realized the Tibetan religion was
going to be destroyed by the Chinese, he instructed his followers
to be more open about their spiritual practices, so the outside world
could learn about Tibetan Buddhism before it was destroyed. How-
ever at the time of our Shared Feedback™ experience secrecy was
the order of the day about their practices. What Joel then told me
was fascinating. At the start of our Shared Feedback™ session,
Michelle had invoked a female Tibetan goddess, a deity who has a
conical energy field (like a Christmas tree) with objects of protec-
tion placed very densely all the way around. The whole essence of
this Tibetan deity is powerful female sexuality and protection. As
Michelle invoked that female deity of protection, the dense energy
field overlapped me, since my chair was just an inch to the left of
Michelle’s chair. Not knowing Michelle was doing this I did not
think to put up any of my own energy shields and the powerful
energy field of the Tibetan deity permeated the room and partially
blocked my access to my own alpha, especially the higher levels
of my alpha.
When Michelle stopped drawing in the energy Goddess
and undertook her own work with the feedback that external en-
ergy field no longer interfered with my energy and my alpha took
off and was able to go soaring off into the bliss of high alpha. Joel
and Michelle said that they could not tell me the name of the God-
dess, but since I had experienced her presence, they felt that it was
only fair that they tell me what it was that Michelle had done. Ex-
periences like this are common in Shared Feedback™—you liter-
201
ally tunc in to other people’s experiences. You link minds as you

synchronize your brain waves with the other person, and you then
share experiences with other people.
The Tears of War from a Brave Warrior

In preparation for the training of the US Army Green Be-
rets, which is described in Chapter 4, I first had to train the com-
mand staff, which included the company clerk, the captain of all
24 Green Berets we would train, and the commander of the base
who was a full bird colonel and who was there in the training on
only some of the days. In addition, there was a man who had just
mustered out of the Marine Corps as a colonel aficr 20 years of
distinguished service and who was now part of the primary con-
tracting company.
On days that the base commander colonel was there we
had six in the group, but on the days he was not there I would put
myself into the circle of six stations for alpha feedback trainees as
the sixth person. The first day that I was the sixth person doing
feedback, I noticed several things.
One, I could not get my alpha up more than about half as
high as I knew it would go at that time in my development. In the
back of my mind I was aware of a disturbing undercurrent of vio-
lence. The group we were working with were non-combatants; they
were called Trojan Warriors, and they were being trained for deep
observer missions behind enemy lines. They were of course trained
to kill, but their primary mission was non-violent and even involved
befricnding civilians in the enemy territory. However, elsewhere
on that base other soldiers were being trained to kill in very cre-
ative and violent ways, and in that aura of violence my brain would
not open more than halfway into the alpha state of which I was
capable. I realized later that it was a protection; my higher-self
was saying “No”! It was not going to allow me to expose myself
to any more than half-energy of this background of intentionally
murderous violence.
202
So I was sitting there doing feedback, wondering what is

going on and why I can’t get my alpha to go any higher, when this
tear rolled out of my eye, down my cheek, dropped off and landed
on my tie. Now I’ve done enough Shared Feedback™ and indi-
vidual feedback in groups to know that when this happens that
either (1) I’m starting to get in touch with sadness in myself or (2)
someone else in the group is experiencing sadness. So I did a scan
internally, and I found nothing like sadness in me, so I knew that
one of the people in the group was experiencing sadness.
When the feedback training for that day was over, it was
time for the interview where everyone tells their story, giving their
subjective reports about their experiences. However, during the
interviews, nobody said anything that was in any way related to
sorrow. So I told my story of the tear. I told everyone that I knew
someone in this group was experiencing sorrow, and they needed
to own up to it (I was told to use military discipline with this group).
I slammed my hand down on the table and said that none of us
would leave this room until the person who experienced the sad-
ness owned up to it. I had been given the ability as the leader of the
group on this military base to do this, and my demand was fol-
lowed by about two minutes of really painful silence.
Then this hard-bitten, just-mustered-out-of-the-Marine-
Corps colonel, sheepishly raised his hand to say it probably had
been him. He told us that when he was in the alpha feedback cham-
ber he had gotten in touch with a huge wave of sadness. I asked
what it had been triggered by. He told us that when he was in col-
lege he used to sing in the glee club. He experienced such joy since
he loved both the music and the fellowship. But when he went in to
the Marines as an ROTC officer, he had made a conscious decision
that joy does not belong in the life of a Marine officer and so he
consciously turned off the joy in his life. No joy for 20 years while
in the Marines, because he thought it incompatible with the role of
a Marine officer.
203
So he had awakened there in the alpha chamber, after 20

years of distinguished service in the Marines, to feel the heavy
weight and powerful im-
So he had awakened there in the pact of having lived 20
Alpha chamber, after 20 years of years of his life joylessly.
distinguished service in the Marines, — When he realized that it
to feel the weight and impact of had not been necessary
having lived 20 years of his life to shut off his own joy,
joylessly. When he realized that hadn't he felt a deep and great
been necessary to shut off his own joy, sadness. He wondered if
it brought great sadness. his joylessness might
even have been impli-
cated in his wife’s lym-
phoma—a result of living all those years with a joyless husband.
He did some good work with that discovery, really getting into it.
He made tremendous emotional progress and did a lot of healing.
The next day the base colonel was again not there for the
training, so I sat in the sixth chair and did my own alpha feedback
along with the group. This time floods of tears poured down my
face and splashed onto my tic. Again, I did an internal scan to see
if it was coming from me, but I detected no sorrow of my own.
When the alpha feedback session was over we went again into the
interviews. At the end of that day’s interviews, when no one said
anything about their sorrow, I silently took my tic and wrung it out
so that teardrops dripped out of it onto the table. I did this to show
them how drenched with tears my tic was. Once again, I said, some-
one here is experiencing sorrow and it’s time to come forward and
talk about it. And we are not leaving this room until the truth comes
out.
This time there were maybe more than two minutes of this
painful silence. And then the same guy, the just-mustered-out-of-
the-Marine-Corps colonel sheepishly raised his hand and came
forward with a profoundly saddening story. In 1968 during the TET
offensive he was at a small forward firebase up near the DMZ (the
204
so-called demilitarized zone along the border with North Vietnam),

and during this TET offensive the Viet Cong sent human wave
attacks to try to overwhelm his little firebase. He almost single-
handedly prevented their little base from being overrun by running
the machine gun all night long. Then when dawn came and he
looked out and saw these huge piles of bleeding dead bodies that
he had caused, he had emotions that he could not handle as a sol-
dier or as a man. That was all locked up inside of him with no way
to get out. However, he was able to express it through my eyes,
which cried for him the tears that he as a macho-man Marine of-
ficer could not cry, and in this way, through my eyes, through my
tears he was able to let it go.
Theta Training to Enhance Skills of Reading in

the Akashic Records
One of the Biocybernaut Institute staff members possesses
a previously trained skill at reading in the Akashic Records. When
she first came for her Alpha One Training several years ago, she
had been previously trained to read in the Akashic Records. She
showed increases in theta brain waves in both the frontal and cen-
tral areas when she would access the Akashic Records. After Al-
pha One, she came back for the Alpha Two and then she came
again and participated in our advanced theta training, which led to
large theta increases in the frontal area of the brain. This allowed
her to directly access this universal data base that exists in the quan-
tum field without going through the ritual in which she had been
trained by her teacher and without repeating the sacred prayer. She
was able to simply “go there” and to be in the records with no
preliminary steps. The ritual and the sacred prayer were part of an
induction for enhanced theta, and with the Biocybernaut-trained
ability to increase EEG theta at will, no ritual or prayer were nec-
essary to increase the EEG Theta activity enough to provide her
with access to the Akashic Records.
205
Indeed, as a confirmation that the enhanced theta waves

are what provide the person with the experience known as access
to the Akashic Records, there was an intriguing follow-up to this
study. I trained myself on that very same theta pattern during a 5-
day theta training that allowed me to have experiences similar to
those reported by this person when she was in the Akashic Records.
The experiences included being able to “hear” the voices inter-
nally and even to “see,” with closed cyes, the luminous beings that
are described by practitioners of this tradition as the Masters and
Teachers of the Akashic records. They are somewhat like the li-
brarians of the records, and they assist in accessing the informa-
tion.
According, to the Akashic Records reader, the Akashic
Records are ... “a body of knowledge that records every thought,
word, deed, feeling, and action of every soul that ever lived, a place
where all knowledge of all potentials and possibilities are recorded.
Although seemingly incomprehensible, this is the Akashic Records,
also known in the Bible as “The Book of Life”. Every soul has
information written on the pages of their own Akashic Records
from their inception, and each has the natural born right to access
this information.”
Akasha is a Sanskrit word that means boundless space or
primordial substance. These Records are open to us, as Edgar Cayce
and others have revealed. By accessing the Akashic Records of
thousands of clients, Cayce was able to provide guidance, insight
and hope to individuals based upon their inquiries and needs. The
importance of the Records, according to Cayce, was not so much
to dwell upon the problems of the past, but to find the elements
usable in the present to effect change or transformation through
choices made consciously.
When one comes for an Akashic Record reading it is im-
portant to be willing and ready to go to a deeper level, a soul level
about oneself. Our individual journeys may appear to be similar,
206
but the way we experience that journey is different and unique to

each one of us. The information brought forward is always appro-
priate to one’s level of understanding. The Teachers regard your
space as sacred and operate in a field of unconditional love with-
out judgment.
Like the DNA of the universe, the Akashic Records is en-
coded in a language of vibrations that requires a trained approach
for a clear translation. The communication received by the reader
is energetically received as symbols, words and pictures specifi-
cally fitting the parameters of the question asked. In fact, framing
the question properly is key to receiving the best guidance of the
Masters and Teachers. By using a sacred prayer, the reader attunes
himself or herself to the life energy of the individual being read
and also invokes the protection granted by these high teachers and
guides,
The Akashic Records move and work expansively in all
directions without limitations of time and space, unlike the restric-
tions we must abide by in our daily awareness. Instead they work
in the realm of possibilities and probabilities and assist in the dis-
covery and release of patterns of addiction and other blocks that
keep us from the full expression of our being-ness. Those con-
sulted may ask questions that relate to all life situations including
career, finances, relationships, and health and even past life expe-
riences. Actually, one can take a reading to an even higher level of
inquiry and ask questions that reflect one’s soul’s purpose, poten-
tial and original cause for beliefs and behaviors. The signature of
the truth embodied in these readings is the authenticity you recog-
nize as the message unfolds for you. You simply know it is true in
a way that is direct, relevant and comprehensive.
The Akashic Records is a powerful tool to help one to lift
the veil of one’s consciousness to see below the surface the pure
face of truth at the core of our thoughts and actions.
RRR
ok oe ok
207
The importance of the Biocybernaut Brain Wave Training

Process to expanded spiritual awareness has just begun to be cluci-
dated. After the Alpha Onc training the participant may elect to go
next into the Theta One Training. Since theta brain waves are the
key to opening our access to the Akashic Records it has become
commonplace in Biocybernaut theta trainings to assist people in
doing just exactly that type of accessing. Remember that there are
many different types of theta waves, and only the mystical theta
waves enable the person to access the Akashic Records.
Learning how to turn on your own mystical theta waves
allows cach individual theta trainee to experience his or her own
connection to God in the manner most comfortable and familiar to
them. Advanced training can be done to greatly enhance gifts of
the mind that were thought to be rare or which required prescribed
rituals or prayers to invoke. We are now Icarning, that like the rest
of our conscious reality, these gifts of the mind are a result of a
specific brain wave pattern, one that can be imparted to anyone
with appropriate training. With the Biocybernaut Brain Wave Train-
ing Processes, you can access the mind of God , walk through the
universal library of all history and time, and merge with the
thoughts, emotions and experiences of others.
208
Zen and the Art of Smart Thinking
6
Zen and the
Art of Smart Thinking
Biocybernaut training doubled my understanding
of the dimensionality of consciousness.
Zen Master Ryuho Yamada Roshi
As the individual stories in the previous chapter illustrate,

profound spiritual experiences can occur in the high alpha states
achieved with the Biocybernaut Process. These experiences often
Icad to beneficial personality changes such as decreased anxiety,
which has been shown to be related to the health of the body, and
restoring youthfulness to the brain.
There are also a number of academic studies that have been
conducted with experienced meditators that show health and other
benefits from the practice of meditation. Any such benefits of medi-
tation, which stand up to careful scientific scrutiny, can probably
be explained by and reproduced with the Biocybernaut Process
because of the close similarity of alpha brain wave enhancement
training and meditation.
Both the Biocybernaut Training Process and meditation
encourage the higher cortical activities to intervene in the control
of the autonomic nervous system response. Both are founded on
the understanding of how changes in the body are brought about,
and both realize that the mind and body are intimately intercon-
209
nected. People who have trained to mastery in either of these pro-

cesses experience significant reductions in stress and increased
psychological maturity.
Both processes create the understanding and sense that
peace, tranquility, and calmness come from within. Both processes
lead to another complete level of consciousness, in which aware-
ness is systematically expanded or increased under one’s direct
control. There is a continuous stream of awareness that is one-
pointed; the mind does not wander or shift around to different top-
ics. However, in this one-pointedness of concentration we find major
differences between meditation and the Biocybernaut Training Pro-
cess. In meditation, that which is the subject of attention and con-
centration is not reliably related to one’s mind state or to one’s
consciousness. The reason is that the mind tends to wander. Ifa
meditator tries to attend to his breath or to his thoughts, his mind
will surely wander off, repeatedly, and it may be some minutes or
more before the would-be meditator catches on to this distraction
and brings his attention back on track.
A person in the Biocybernaut training has a huge advan-
tage over the meditator: the éeedback signals. By listening to the
feedback tones, and views g the scores in a dark and soundproof
chamber, the Biocyberna’ t trainee has those tones and scores as
the subject of attention «nd concentration, and they are reliably
related to one’s mind s.ate or to one’s consciousness. It is very
hard to ignore the feedback tones, which are made as loud as is
comfortable, because the soundproof chamber excludes all other
potentially distracting sounds so there is nothing to attend to cx-
cept those feedback tones. The meditator’s subject of attention
and concentration is NOT reliably related to his or her mind state
or consciousness. Conversely, the Biocybernaut traince’s subject
of attention and concentration is HIGHLY reliably related to his or
her mind state or consciousness. This basic difference favors the
Biocybernaut trainee over the meditator and helps explain why 7
210
days of the Biocybernaut Alpha One training produce brain wave

changes comparable to those seen in advanced Zen meditators with
21-40 years of daily practice. Technology speeds things up!
Some meditation methods instruct by directing the student’s
attention to a mantra, a word or phrase that is repeated endlessly.
Alternatively, attention may be directed to the breath, to the sen-
sory impressions, or to one’s thoughts without judgment or emo-
tion, without connotation or emotionalizing. As Eckhart Tolle, au-
thor of The Power of Now explains about meditation, “More and
more, you realize that you are not your thoughts, because they come
and go. They’re all conditioned; they’re all just the contents of
your mind. Instead of deriving a sense of self from those contents,
you realize that you can simply observe the contents. A deeper
sense of self arises then; that is the aware presence, and it feels
very spacious and peaceful, no matter what happens in your mind.”
All meditation methods can be useful, but they are diffi-
cult for most people to master. Mastery in meditation is usually a
very slow processes, requiring long periods of constant mental at-
tention, and the process offers very little internal feedback about
how well one is doing. This lack of internal feedback in meditation
is especially problematic in the important early stages of learning,
when most of what the beginner is doing is wrong and feedback is
so vitally important.
Brain Wave Biofeedback (Neurofeedback)

Enhances Meditation
Feedback is the key! In the Biocybernaut Training Pro-
cess, the trainee, the Biocybernaut (an inner astronaut), concen-
trates on his or her actual brain waves as represented in sensory
reality by the feedback tones. These brain waves underlie all types
of awareness, both those that are conveyed by thoughts and those
non thinking processes of awareness into which meditation is
designed to bring practitioners. With brain wave feedback, the
211
trainee learns not only how to calm the mind, but equally or more
importantly, the trainee also learns how to reduce the brain waves
that do not support the meditative state (e.g. beta waves) and to
enhance those brain waves that Icad to a meditative state of aware-
ness (c.g. alpha and theta). With this deep control of the workings
of your own brain comes the ability to regulate one’s response to
sensory stimulation and stimulation by words, thoughts and con-
cepts, so that the brain wave trainee can defuse a stressor or a stress-
ful situation from the outset, immediately and flowingly. One of
the differences between the two processes is that in meditation one
attempts, without the aid of any feedback, to witness one’s thought
patterns, whereas in the Biocybernaut Process, onc is aided by feed-
back of the exact brain waves that underlie and enable the thought
processes and the thought suspension processes,
Both meditation and brain wave feedback can be usefully
compared using a signal detection analogy. In any signal detection
application, the challenge is one of distinguishing the signal from
the surrounding noise. Experts speak of the signal-to-noise ratio. If
the signal is weak and there is a lot of noise, the signal is very hard
to detect. This is the case in meditation, where the signal is a subtle
mind state—a weak signal—and there is lots of noise. The noise in
meditation can be acoustic noise like telephones ringing; jets fly-
ing overhead; cars, buses, and trucks rumbling by; people talking;
even birds singing;, and wind in the trees.
Noise can also be the chatter of one’s internal dialog; the
urgings of one’s desires or the reactions to one’s aversions or sen-
sory distractions like itching of the skin; aching of a muscle, or
joint, or tooth; or the churning of one’s stomach, All these distrac-
tions, taken together, are the “noise “ which makes it difficult to
pay uninterrupted attention to one’s mind state (or one’s breathing
or mantra).
To assist in the process of meditation, instructions are usu-
ally given to reduce this noise. Mcditation instructions typically
include (especially for beginners) retreating to a quiet place, turn-
212
ing down the lights, turning off the radio or television, and sitting
very still. There are also instructions about how to pay attention to
one’s thoughts and feelings, to try and still these internal sources
of “noise.” But the instructions are often vague and difficult to
follow, even if one understands them.
The mind is extraordinarily elusive, especially when one
tries to pin it down. Try not thinking of a hippopotamus for one
minute. Even though you may not have thought of one for years,
the moment you try not to think of hippos, they stampede or do
ballets through your mind with insuppressible vigor. This is a prob-
lem when trying to still the mind in meditation. Thoughts erupt
like volcanoes belching hot gases and pyroclastic flows. Try to
still the mind and thoughts erupt and flow in unstoppable torrents
of words, concepts, ideas, comparisons, evaluations and judgments.
However, when using the Biocybernaut Training Process of brain
wave feedback, the same subtle signal or state of calm awareness
is electronically detected as the electrical brain activity underlying
the calm mind state. This subtle signal is then electronically ampli-
fied, or boosted, 100,000 to 1,000,000 times and then used to con-
trol the loudness of feedback tones. In the Biocybernaut Process
an effort is also made to reduce the noise by conducting this train-
ing in light controlled and sound proof rooms (Faraday cages de-
signed to exclude electromagnetic fields), so that the signal-to-noise
ratio is enhanced from both ends. Both the signal is boosted and
the noise is reduced.
Every time the mind enters a calm state, even for a frac-
tion ofa second, the technology detects this shift and instantly turns
ona tone. Thus the person is notified of his or her success in THAT
moment by receiving immediate feedback. With such feedback,
there is a rapid increase in the probability of the mind entering, and
staying longer in, the desired state. Since trainees get feedback on
how well they are doing, they rapidly become better at entering the
desired mind state by learning how to control the underlying brain
wave state out of which their experience [the mind state] arises.
213
Unfortunately, in meditation, there is very little feedback. And at

the beginning of meditation there is virtually NO FEEDBACK.
— Only when meditation is
..ordinary people who are not done very well are there
isolated by "a religious life, shifts in one’s subjective
exclusively pursued" can also have experience. These shifts
profound spiritual experiences. are often subtle and are
not noticed until one has
sustained the desired mind state for a long time. This is difficult or
impossible for most beginners.
As any teacher knows, students need the most guidance at
the beginning of their learning. In meditation, one’s guidance (or
subjective feedback) occurs mostly at the end of the process, after
one has become quite skilled at the process. This is one of the
reasons why meditation has such a high drop out rate and why the
learning process can take many decades.
In brain wave feedback, there is immediate and abundant
feedback right at the beginning of the process. The Biocybernaut
Process includes extensive interviews and reviews of results on a
daily basis to make sure that trainees know exactly how well they
are doing and that they fully understand the usefulness of cach of
the many different types of feedback.
Most meditation fails to acknowledge or to assist people
with overcoming the mental and emotional blockages, which pre-
vent the mind from entering into deep states of calmness. It is hoped
that meditation itself will do the necessary mental housecleaning.
And, with 20, 30, or 40 years of regular daily practice, meditation
will sometimes do this.
Many of the people in greatest necd of the benefits will
not persist long cnough to gain these benefits, especially without
much feedback on their progress. Even many normal, well-adjusted,
busy people will not persist in such a slow process with such a
long delayed payoff.
214
Clearing Inner Emotional Obstacles

The mental obstacles that stand between cach of us and a
transcendent consciousness include our attitudes, attachments,
aversions, self conceptions, and thought processes, which have
been trained from childhood to be compulsively active. These
obstacles are hard to overcome by repeating a mantra, attending
to one’s breathing, or even trying to pay attention to one’s ever
shifting thoughts.
The Biocybernaut Process includes assessment of emo-
tions by computerized mood scales and in-depth interviews, on a
daily basis, of those mood scale results to bring the trainee into a
clear awareness of those inner obstacles of anger, fear, guilt, sad-
ness, and all the attachments and aversions and posturing of one’s
ego. This information is then combined with the brain wave feed-
back process to focus the trainee’s efforts in exactly those areas
that are in the greatest need of conscious attention. The feedback
signals are provided on those brain activities that are most inti-
mately related to the thought processes and the attachments, which
must be worked on if one is to move toward discovery of a larger
conscious awareness.
Compulsive thinking, like choppy waves upon a lake, pre-
vents one’s awareness from penetrating into the depths of one’s
mind. Thinking at the level of ego-based conceptual thought is an
antagonist of one’s alpha brain activity and a saboteur of one’s
skills in “Smart Thinking.” This natural antagonism enables brain
wave feedback to provide an accurate assessment through feed-
back of one’s increasing mental calmness and control as one’s al-
pha waves increase in prevalence and strength.
In learning to still the mind, the presentation of feedback
on one’s alpha activity provides an unambiguous record of, and
spur to, one’s progress. In the brain wave feedback situation, the
mind is thrown back in on itself by having its strongest sensory
input—the feedback tones—being controlled by the brain activity
215
itself. All sensory distractions, unrelated to the brain’s own

activity, have been so reduced or eliminated that the only thing
for the mind to attend to is itself, as indexed by the brain waves.
Thus the mind is thrown back in upon itself and becomes
its own object, thereby blurring the line between subject and ob-
ject of consciousness—merging and dissolving the dualistic mind
state which puts people “at the effect of’ events of change or
stress in their lives. By thus freeing the mind, there are no longer
overreactions (sympathetic responses) and under-reactions
(parasympathetic responses) of the central nervous system, and the
person then enjoys the benefits of an uninterrupted natural state of
health and well being (homcostasis). Henry David Thoreau called
this the “state of nature” and held it to be the birthright and the
natural condition of all humans before they undermined
themselves with getting and spending, and having and controlling,
and evaluating and judging.
All of the benefits available to Biocybernaut trainees in
each of the many application areas of their lives come about through
this improvement of mind function and the functioning of the
central nervous system. These improvements of mind function
go beyond incremental change when there is feedback of brain
activity.
Radical and profound change results when there is brain
activity feedback because then the consciousness is getting feed-
back on itself, or on its physiological substrates, which is almost
the same thing. When consciousness becomes the object of con-
sciousness the change is so powerful that it gocs beyond mere
change and becomes TRANSFORMATION. This is precisely what
brain wave feedback does: brings transformation. Dr. Eugene
Taylor eloquently makes this point in the last chapter of his
wonderful book, Shadow Culture.
We have lived in our own time to see science make its way
into the domain of psychology, into the study of the emotions, into
216
neuronal patterns of our thought processes, and into the manipula-

tion of traits of character and temperament once thought to be fixed
by heredity or shaped only at the caprice of the environment. But
the new biology of consciousness has also brought with it a host of
philosophical questions about the relation of the brain to experi-
ence and to the very methods used to study physical phenomena.
The closer we get to the objective study of consciousness,
the closer we get to the very mind that is studying the object —to
the very consciousness that is generating the scientific knowledge
(and the rational awareness), And as everyone knows, here is the
great limitation of that extraordinary enterprise (science and the
rational mind)—its fatal flaw—namely that science (and the ratio-
nal mind) cannot objectively study itself. And when it does (or
when it tries to), at that precise point it becomes something else—
philosophy, metaphysics, religion, or whatever name we give to
the process of the (beyond)-conscious becoming an object of con-
sciousness; (and) whatever it is, the object is always (ALWAYS)
transformed. This is what is meant by the phenomenology of the
science making process (or the phenomenology of consciousness):
Self-observation always leads us to an existential point about the
metaphysics of experience, and it ... always a transforming
moment.
The inability of contemporary science as it is presently
constituted to accommodate such phenomena (of expanded con-
sciousness), however, means that educated and thinking individu-
als who do not find adequate meaning in contemporary scientific
explanations will look elsewhere for ways to understand their per-
sonal reality. Scientific knowledge will then take second place to
other forms of knowing, such as the poetic, the numinous, or the
visionary.” Fortunately Biocybernaut Institute has a well-advanced
program of spiritual science that you can read about on the website:
http:/Awww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/spiritualSci/nxSpiritual.htm
217
At Biocybernaut we have discovered how to read the brain

waves of pocts and visionaries and of saints and sages. We have
discovered that spiritual experiences that transcend rational aware-
ness and are entirely outside the experience of most human beings
do, in fact, have reliable and repeatable patterns of brain waves.
Reliable and repeatable makes for good science, good spiritual sci-
ence. And even better, we have found that when novices who have
never had profound spiritual expericnees learn how to make the
same brain waves as those spiritually gifted folks who do, then the
“novices” begin to have the same kinds of profound experiences.
Dr. Eugene Taylor speaks to us in the quote above about the phe-
nomenology of consciousness, so it would be good to say a little
bit about phenomenology and how it studies, and how it perhaps
could more effectively be studying, the structure of consciousness.
As phenomenologists we are interested in the clucidation of the
structure of consciousness and are interested in understanding how
a person’s reality comes to be constituted. Unfortunately
phenomenologists have shicd away from mysticism for several
reasons, such as:
1) Mystical experiences are usually ineffable, that is they
cannot be adequately described or communicated in words.
2) Mystical experiences often overwhelm those who undergo
them with an irresistible sense of their realness. This makes
it hard to be logical and analytical about these experiences.
But phenomenologists are often unwilling to commit them-
selves to the reality of their experiences of others. For Edmond
Husscrl, the famous French phenomenologist, only the structure
(not the content) of experience could have the true reality of per-
manence. He noted the changes in the contents of normal experi-
ence, realized their limited or relative reality, and looked for his
true reality in the less mutable structure of the ever-varying expe-
riences. Stall (1975) notes phenomenology’s reluctance to ascribe
reality to the content of experience and its insistence on the a
218
prior structure of experience and he concludes: “... the phenom-

enology and history of religion is (1) always unsatisfactory and
insufficient because it does not investigate the validity of the phe-
nomena it studies, and (2) often wrong because of incorrect im-
plicit evaluations.”
What Husserl overlooked in shying away from studying
mystical experiences is that the content of the mystical experiences,
those experiences themselves, transcend relative reality and con-
nect people with that which have ultimate permanence. One of the
central purposes of Biocybernaut is to construct technology and
design brain wave training programs to enable ordinary people to
have direct experiences of the Divine. Methods that take a life-
time and involve rigorous austerities and intense practice are avail-
able in many meditative traditions, but the people who sustain the
self-disciple and dedicate the time to go that very long path are
few in number. Brave souls to be sure. We know that technology
speeds things up, so at Biocybernaut we are creating and applying
brain wave feedback technology to allow people to bring their
awareness into oneness with the ground of being, to have profound
mystical experiences in a matter of days or weeks instead of re-
quiring a long lifetime to have those attainments.
We should note in passing, mystical experiences need not
be religious (as in the nontheistic advaitist school of Yoga and in
Teravadin Buddhism). Mysticism may be simply another way of
constituting reality and so should fall within the scope of phenom-
enology. In fact if phenomenology is to present itself as a method
for discovering the structure of consciousness, it had better not
exclude fundamental forms of consciousness or modes of know-
ing, such as the mystical mode of knowing. If we consider tran-
scendental phenomenology as the study of the normal states of
adult consciousness through the bracketed perspective, that im-
plies consideration of two fundamental forms of consciousness from
which to generalize about the structure of consciousness (the nor-
219
mal states and the bracketed states). The discovery or the investi-
1/
gation of a new form of consciousness, like the mystical form,
would give us the opportunity to increase our knowledge of struc-
tural principles by 1/2 or 50%. Let us consider why this is so from
another example in science.
If physics only knew of two elements, say hydrogen and
helium, it could begin to theorize about the structure of matter. Just
as ordinary consciousness comes in stable and unstable varictics,
hydrogen comes in various isotopes, two of which are stable (pro-
tium and deuterium), and one of which is not: tritium is unstable
and thus radioactive. Comparison of the properties and construc-
tion of the two clements would permit deductions as to the struc-
ture of matter, but how limited those deductions would be! Elec-
trons would be seen with plus and minus spins, but only the “s”
sub shell varicty of electron would be seen. There are none of the
p. d, f, g, h, i, or k electron sub shells in hydrogen and helium, so
those unique structural properties would be missed and maybe not
even be guessed at.
If we add a third element, even a large, complex, and dif-
ficult to understand clement like uranium, our understanding of
structural principle would be cnormously enhanced. We may even
have to abandon our present theories of the a priori nature of the
structure of matter in favor of a new theory of structure implied by
the evidence we find in uranium itself and in the comparisons be-
tween uranium, hydrogen and helium. In this way our understand-
ing will grow. Mystical experiences may be as difficult to under-
stand as the structure of uranium, and may not fit into the structure
of our beliefs about the nature of consciousness, but that merely
means we have some revision and some growing to do.
That revision and growing is both accelerated and made
easier through brain wave feedback. With brain wave feedback
the mind is gently brought into awareness of its subtle and not so
subtle distraction techniques for avoiding the calmness and the
220
transcendence of the one-pointedness-of-mind. Many stories about

the interference of ego with this process are related in Chapter 8,
“Uncovering the Authentic Self.” But there is no requirement or
compulsion to change with the brain wave biofeedback, because
the trainee can chose either to ignore or to develop the insights
thereby obtained. If the trainee chooses to ignore, then the alpha
scores stop increasing, and he or she may give the excuse of being
bored. Boredom is just one of the Five Hindrances that are de-
scribed in ancient Zen teachings: drowsiness, distractibility, doubt,
boredom, and aversion or any form of ill will. Ifany of these mind
states appear and interfere with the training process, you can be
pretty certain that the ego is at work trying to prevent the inevi-
table experience of dissolution of the ego! Even Freud, who was
no friend of mysticism, knew when someone stopped or suspended
the rational and ego-based processes of evaluation and compari-
son that a whole inner world would open to their observation. Freud
did not want to explore that inner world; that difference with Jung,
who was eager to explore inwardly, led to the breach of the once
friendly relationship between the two.
The alpha trainee is not forced by the feedback informa-
tion to adopt the new perspectives that lead to higher alpha and
happiness, calmness and one-pointedness of mind. However, if
the trainee does choose development and growth, then the alpha
continues to increase, and the dualistic state wanes as the trainee
learns the calmness and the one-pointedness of mind that lead to-
ward clear mindedness, ego dissolution and liberation.
Liberation can include freedom from the automatic stress
response. It can also mean liberation from addiction, chronic pain,
eating disorders, high blood pressure, stress and anxiety, psycho-
ses and neuroses, learning disabilities, and age-related limitations
on cognitive and physical functions.
The Biocybernaut Process goes directly to the root of the
automatic stress response that underlies more than 80% of all ill-
221
ness and addictive behavior. It does so by releasing the remem-

bered stresses that trigger a new stress reaction. The process em-
powers individuals to control their brain wave states, which en-
genders feelings of self-control and affiliation, instead of the need
for power and dominion fostered out of fear. Through this pro-
cess, feelings of helplessness are climinated and are replaced by a
non-reactive sense of control. Through the process, one becomes
aware of the habits that have disrupted, altered, and interfered with
one’s natural tendency to be healthy physically, mentally, and spiri-
tually.
The following partial list of immediately available appli-
cations may seem extensive, even overwhelming, but it is only the
beginning of useful applications of brain wave training. It is not
that brain wave training docs so many things; actually brain wave
training just does one simple thing.
Brain Wave Training Improves

The Functioning Of The Central Nervous System.
When central nervous system function is improved, the
experience of life is improved and the person’s brain and body
then function together more harmoniously. As a direct result, the
symptoms of central nervous system dys-function disappear. In
addition, our latent abilities for excellence become actualized, and
we begin to manifest our potentials for peak performance in any
area to which we put our minds.
The items in the first section of the following “applica-
tions list” are representative of symptoms of central nervous sys-
tem dys-function. Such symptoms of dysfunction disappear when
central nervous system function is improved and normalized. For
example, 80% of illnesses and most addictive behavior are symp-
tomatic of an autonomic nervous system stress response. Because
the Biocybernaut Process‘ has a direct effect on the stress response,
its benefits will extend to all those symptomatic illness and addic-
tive behaviors, which result from the stress response. Thus there is
222
a simple organizing theme, which makes the applications in the

first part of the following list just different expressions (or symp-
toms) of underlying malfunctions in the operation of the central
nervous system.
The items in the second section of the following “applica-
tions list” are representative of symptoms of central nervous sys-
tem hyper-function. Brain wave training technology allows one to
go beyond the normalization of central nervous system function
into the area of peak performance or hyper-function. Thus people
can train first for wellness and then they can continue training for
excellence of brain function. Athletic peak performance has al-
ready been shown to have a distinctive brain wave signature char-
acterized by increase alpha wave production in the left hemisphere.
Applications abound in every area of education and skill mastery,
because learning and mastery require specific brain activities, which
are directly trainable through brain wave feedback methods.
Naturally the company that licenses the Biocybernaut tech-
nology and methodology for a given country will not undertake to
enter all of these markets at once, but will prioritize and develop
strategies for its market entries based on its understanding of the
culture and the demographics of its own country. For example, a
geriatric application would likely be a lower priority for an emerg-
ing nation like Mexico, where over half the population is under 15
years of age. On the other hand, a licensee operating in a country
like Japan, which has an aging population and a reverence for
their elders, would place a much higher priority on geriatric appli-
cations.
Some of the Immediately Available Applications for
Biocybernaut Technologies
There are two broad categories of available applications.
These are:
1, Central Nervous System Dysfunction and
2. Central Nervous System Hyperfunction.
223
Applications in cach area are listed below, and this list is followed
by an annotated list that explains the application in a short para-
graph.
Applications to Symptoms of
Central Nervous System Dys-function
Alcohol and drug abuse treatment programs
Chronic pain
Geriatrics: preservation and restoration of cognitive and
w
physical functions.
Diabetes
pS
High blood pressure

Stress reduction and stress management
Personality therapy (phobias, anxicty, depression, paranoia,
a
schizophrenia)
8. Treatment of multiple personality disorder
9. Attitudinal healing and therapy
10. Eating disorders (anorexia, bulimia, weight management)
I. Attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder treatment
12. Corporate health care market
13. Psychoncuroimmunology (improvement of immune func-
tion to fight disease, especially psycho-oncology in asso-
ciation with Dr. Carl Simonton)
Application Areas for
Central Nervous System Hyper-Function
Psychoncuroimmunology (improvement of immune func-
tion for higher levels of vigor, health, and wellness)
Corporate training and wellness market
Human potential movement: Individuals interested in self-
improvement, sclf-actualization, and success
Athletic peak performance, especially for professional and
Olympic athletes
Military applications to training and peak performance
(Green Berets)
224
Meditation acceleration and augmentation

Creativity enhancement
OND
IQ Boosting
Education, acceleration of learning, rapid attainment of
mastery
10. Development of latent mental skills and exceptional mind
abilities
11 Entertainment, brutal reality, truly interactive games, and
inner explorations
12. Research into brain/mind functions
Annotated List of Applications to Symptoms of
Central Nervous System Dys-Function
1. Alcohol and drug abuse treatment programs The customers
will be both individuals with alcohol and/or drug problems and
also psychologists, psychiatrists, nurses, doctors, hospitals, and
clinics (both in-patient and out-patient) that focus on alcohol and
drug abuse patients. Companies and insurance companies that
underwrite those companies will also be customers, especially in
states and countries that mandate drug and alcohol treatment for
employees before considering termination of employment.
2. Chronic pain The pain pattern in the brain, which sustains chro-
nicity, is altered, thus freeing the patient from iatrogenic drug use
and other often ineffective treatments. Seemingly miraculous cases
of reduction or elimination of chronic pain have been observed in
Biocybernaut’s Alpha One trainces. http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/
documentation/cases/chronic.htm
3. Geriatrics: Preservation and restoration of cognitive and physi-
cal functions. The customers will be elderly individuals seeking
mental and physical benefits as well as all the organizations and
institutions interested in mental health care and physical health care
and all the practitioners in the geriatrics fields. Corporate, state,
and national government health and retirement plans will also be
customers because the economics will force them to choose
225
wellness methods over disease treatment methods as the global

population ages. An independent Colorado HMO that instituted a
simple form of EEG feedback and did triage to assign likely
beneficiaries found that 35% of clients were assigned to EEG
feedback and overall costs were dramatically reduced. A quarter
million dollar federal grant from NIMH that was directed by Dr.
Hardt entitled Anxiety and Aging: Intervention with EEG alpha
Feedback, documented remarkable reversals of age-related defi-
cits in cognitive, mental and emotional processes. Improvements
in personality profiles were linked to increased alpha activity, as
were beneficial reductions in high blood pressure levels.
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/cases/depression.htm
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/benefits/agereversal.htm
4. Diabetes Diabctics will be customers, as will their primary care
physicians and the hospitals and clinics that provide services to
diabetic patients. The de-stressing that follows the Biocybernaut
training often substantially reduces a diabetic’s need for insulin,
In 1996 the general manger of Novo Nordsk’s American startup in
North Carolina offered Biocybernaut $1,000,000 for the world-
wide rights to the Biocybernaut technology upon learning of the
reduced need for insulin that follows the Biocybernaut training.
At the time Novo Nordsk, a Danish pharmaccutical giant with over
10,000 employces, was the world’s third largest producer of insu-
lin. The offer was declined, but may have been intended to shelve
the Biocybernaut technology and keep it from ever reaching the
marketplace.
5. High blood pressure Many people with high blood pressure
will want to become graduates of the 7-day Alpha One Training.
In addition many hospitals and clinics will want to have our feed-
back-training units because of the benefits in lowered blood pres-
sure and stress reduction which so assists in the process of prepar-
ing for and recovering from surgeries. In the Anxiety and Aging:
Intervention with EEG alpha Feedback grant, the trainees who had
high blood pressure [trainees were women 60-81 years of age] found
226
that their blood pressure went down when their EEG alpha activity
went up.
6. Stress reduction and stress management This process of learn-
ing control of alpha brain activity is the most effective means of
reducing and managing stress. Unlike educational programs and
talking exhortations, the clients simply learn the brain waves of
low stress states and maintain them at will.
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/cases/anxiety.htm
7. Personality therapy (phobias, anxiety, depression, paranoia,
schizophrenia) All forms of psychological counseling and psy-
chotherapy will be profoundly modified or replaced by brain wave
feedback training, which allows people to make large and rapid
shifts in core dimensions of personality. In the Anxiety and Aging
grant, there were 6 and 12-month follow-ups. Trainees had im-
provements in their personality structures from before to after the
training as a function of where on the head (and how much) their
alpha increased. Surprisingly at 6-month follow-ups, there were
further improvements in personality structures and still further
improvements at 12 months. One way to understand this remark-
able result is to note that meta-analyses of various types of thera-
pics find that “insight-based” therapies are the most long lasting in
results. Teaching people how to have more alpha is teaching them
to have the brain wave basis of insights. Alpha spawns insights.
To teach alpha is to give the trainee lifetime access to greater in-
sights. A famous adage would seem to apply: “Give a man a fish
and he eats for a day. Teach him to fish and he eats for the rest of
his life AND he can feed his whole village.” Teach someone in-
creased alpha and they have the means to continually transform
themselves in very insightful ways. This leads to better mental
health (among many other benefits).
http://www.biocybernaut.com/documentation/benefits/personality.htm
http:/Avww. biocybernaut.com/documentation/technical/science1978.htm
http//www.biocybernaut.com/documentation/cases/anxiety.htm
227
http:/Awww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/cases/panic.htm
http:/www.biocybernaut.com/documentation/spiritualSci/e-of-conscious2.htm
8. Treatment of multiple personality disorder (MPD) Just as
learning changes in the brain waves produces changes in the per-
sonality, so it has been shown that when a person with MPD spon-
tancously shifts their personality, there is, in that moment, a dra-
matic shift in their brain wave activity. These two findings, taken
together, allow us to look at personality in the same way as we
look at a computer’s operating system. The computer is not its
operating system, and we are not our personalities. A personality
is loaded in our brains in a way analogous to the way an operating
system is loaded into a computer, and both can be easily changed.
Teaching brain wave control to people with multiple personality
disorder gives them the means to maintain an optimal and stable
personality that is not subject to untimely, inappropriate, and in-
voluntary shifts. Thus Bob is no longer in danger of becoming Suc
at inappropriate moments. People can now choose their personali-
tics and tailor them to their values, needs, and preferences through
learned control of their brain waves. No longer will a kind-hearted
person suffer through (and after) outbursts of inappropriate anger,
since they can now change their personalities and their emotional
expressions,
9. Attitudinal healing and therapy A popular alternative to tradi-
tional psychotherapy, attitudinal healing will be supplanted by our
process, which allowed clicnts to quickly and easily learn to adopt
whatever attitudes they wish, through the Brain Activity Mapping
and Training Process.
10. Eating disorders (anorexia, bulimia, weight management) Just
as brain activity training can alleviate drug and alcohol abuse, so
can the eating disorders. The brain activity training climinates the
underlying psychological disturbances and gives the clients more
awareness and control of their actions.
11. Attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder treatment Brain
activity training is developing to be the treatment of choice for
228
children and adults with attention deficit (ADD) and hyperactivity

disorder (ADHD). The clients will be ADD and ADHD people
and the health care professionals who treat them. Most of the
neurofeedback work with ADD and ADHD to date has used beta
EEG training, however case studies at Biocybernaut Institute have
shown alpha training to be possibly more effective in that it will
reduce or eliminate the need for Ritalin, like beta training, but al-
pha training also has led to the spontaneous adoption of meditative
practices by children following their Biocybernaut alpha training.
This is something quite unlikely to happen after beta training.
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/benefits/add.htm
12. Corporate health care market Arthur D. Little, Inc. did a
1987 marketing study for me and my company. This study identi-
fied the corporate health care market as a multi-billion dollar mar-
ket, annually. The profits of all corporations were being devoured
by health care costs and by the year 2000 were expected to equal
the corporate profits for the Fortune 1000 companies. Brain wave
feedback is one of the few programs to intervene effectively to
actually make people well, as opposed to reducing costs by reduc-
ing health care services and limiting access to effective health care
(which has been the strategy of most HMOs). Instead of adopting
brain wave feedback training programs, the corporations deferred
this health care problem by turning to HMOs with volume buying
power and by reducing their employees’ access to medical care.
That bought them some time. But now the wolf is once again at
the door, and this time it would be better to actually solve the prob-
lem. Solving this problem will require that employees are actually
provided with better care and thus made more healthy, which is
possible and cost effective by incorporating neurofeedback into
the health care delivery system.
13. Psychoneuroimmunology (improvement of immune function
to fight disease) The new field of psychoneuroimmunology has
arisen because of new knowledge that one’s mind state has both
positive and negative influences on the effectiveness of our im-
229
mune systems. With proper mind training people will be able to

boost the effectiveness of their immune systems, especially in cir-
cumstances which would normally impair immune function, such
as stress, injury, gricf, depression, etc. A recent alliance between
Biocybernaut Institute and Dr. Carl Simonton provides the oppor-
tunity to tailor the training processes for maximum effectiveness
in Psycho oncology. Dr. Simonton’s counseling programs
DOUBLE the median survival time in people with advanced me-
tastasis cancers. Following his Biocybernaut training, Dr. Simonton
estimated that the present form of this Alpha One training would
TRIPLE median survival times in this group, and he further stated
that the combination of his work with the Biocybernaut Alpha One
training would have an even stronger effect that would be more
than the additive results of the programs done separately.
Annotated List of Applications to Symptoms of
Central Nervous System Hyper-Function
1. Psychoneuroimmunology (improvement of immune function
for higher levels of vigor, health, and wellness) Just as people can
Iearn to regulate their immune system to fight discase, so will people
be able to regulate their internal biochemistry for the highest lev-
els of well being, including the voluntary production of states of
ecstasy, cuphoria, and transcendence. It is known that there is an
endogenous opiate system in the body functioning through pro-
duction of endorphins and encephalins. Learned and voluntary
regulation of these natural substances can be readily achieved
through application of the Hardt Principles of Internal Feedback.
2.) Corporate Training and Wellness Market Corporations have
continuous needs for training their personnel in skills and knowl-
edge specific to the corporation’s missions. Typically training ex-
penditures fluctuate with the economic cycle, but with the current
emphasis on “down sizing,” corporations have urgent needs to do
more with fewer personnel, who now work under conditions of
greater stress than ever. Stress reduction through brain wave train-
230
ing is a goal easily achieved. In addition there are applications of

the Brain Energy Map training methods to teaching all of the highly
specialized skills required in modern corporations. Combining the
documented increases in creativity with the now documented in-
creases in IQ following the Biocybernaut training, there are com-
pelling reasons for corporations to routinely employ the
Biocybernaut training. Just as no modern business would attempt
to function without a computer system, in the very near future, the
Biocybernaut training will be viewed as an essential cost of doing
business because it will be impossible to compete with another
company whose employees have benefited from a 50% creativity
boost and 11.7 points of added IQ, unless one’s own company has
also had these brain and mind boosting results. In addition there
are improvements in emotional self control and bonding among
team members that will allow fuller use of emotional intelligence
(EQ) in groups, organizations, companies, countries that imple-
ment rapidly and broadly effective programs of brain wave feed-
back training like the Biocybernaut Institute Alpha One training.
3. Human potential movement: Individuals interested in self-
improvement, self-actualization, and success. A 1987 Arthur D.
Little marketing study identified a large market for the company’s
products and services among individuals interested in wellness and
self-improvement. Defined in terms of age, income, and use of
existing health maintaining products and services, this market is a
natural for our brain wave feedback training. All organizations
teaching success orientation, the power of positive thinking, en-
hanced spiritual awareness, motivational improvements, and health
spas are natural allies of Biocybernaut Institute and its licensees,
and mutually beneficial strategic alliances and partnerships with
such organizations will help the many markets for this technology
to grow very rapidly. By sharing marketing strategies among the
international licensees, each licensee can develop markets closest
to the expertise of its core team, knowing that other teams in other
countries are developing other markets with other strategies, which
231
will be shared among the international licensees.

http:/Awww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/benefits/expand.htm
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/spiritualSci/e-of-conscious.htm
http:/www.biocybernaut.com/documentation/spiritualSci/e-of-consciouss.htm
4. Athletic peak performance, especially for professional and
Olympic Athletes
Unique brain wave changes have now been demonstrated to occur
in clite athletes just prior to their best performances. These brain
wave changes are readily trainable with our technology and meth-
ods. With very large salarics dependent upon their performance,
professional athletes will cagerly pay large sums for any training
method proven to increase their performance and reduce their
chances of injury, especially since injuries often prematurely end
an athIcte’s career.
We have convincing published scientific evidence that
stress can double (for high school athletes) or triple (for college
athletes) the chances of injury for football players; and since we
can reduce stress with the Biocybernaut Process™, we can surely
reduce football injury rates with this brain activity training. Just as
year round physical training and conditioning has become neces-
sary for those athletes desiring to compete at the highest levels of
their sports, so will mind training and conditioning with the
Biocybernaut Process soon become an essential part of the train-
ing for Olympic and professional athletes. In many cultures, clite
athletes are held in high esteem and have a very high profile.
Clearly, documented improvements in athletic performance, which
are linked to learned changes in the brain waves, will be instant
news to millions of people and will motivate many people, cur-
rently uninterested in “consciousness” or “awareness,” to expend
the effort needed for inner mastery of their own brain waves. Given
the high visibility and public profile of athIctic heroes, we are as-
sured abundant free publicity about the benefits of the Biocybernaut
Process and its Biocybernaut training programs.
232
“Peak performance requires a special state of intense con-

centration or absorption. This state of unusually intense absorp-
tion requires increased EEG alpha activity.”(Allman, 1992) Allman
reports that just before an athlete’s best shots the athlete has a big
burst of alpha brain wave activity. This increased alpha before
peak athletic performance has been measured in basketball players
before free throws, golfers before they putt, and archers and marks-
men before they shoot.
Alpha brain wave feedback training can teach athletes how
to enter this state of intense absorption or concentration, and this
ability can then enhance their athletic performance. Ina 16-week
college archery course students had their brain waves measured
before and after the course. Those students who became good ar-
chers developed the ability to produce big bursts of alpha brain
waves just before their shots. With alpha feedback training, this
naturally developed ability can be developed much further to pro-
duce Olympic quality performances. In addition the feedback-as-
sisted development of alpha wave activity can support and enable
improved performance in athletes who somehow fail to develop
the increased alpha through their normal training exercises.
Learning to extend one’s moments of peak performance
(staying in the “Zone”) through properly designed programs of EEG
feedback training is now a realistic goal. Slightly more difficult is
the goal of learning how to enter the “Zone” whenever peak per-
formance is required. Attainment of these goals is possible through
intensive alpha brain wave feedback training, which promises the
rewards of peak performance for athletics, business, science, edu-
cation, government, the arts, and perhaps in every area of human
endeavor where people are in search of excellence.
http://www.biocybernaut.com/documentation/benefits/peak-meditate.htm
5. Military applications to training and peak performance
(Green Berets) In 1985 U.S. Army Special Forces personnel (Green
Berets) were trained in the Biocybernaut Process‘. This study, con-
233
ducted on a secret Army base demonstrated that this training was

highly suited to the most demanding applications of peak perfor-
mance training. The soldiers were demonstrated to have major
improvements in many mission-critical skills and abilities after their
brain wave feedback training. The soldiers valued the Biocybernaut
Process‘ training so highly that two thirds of them used their “vol-
untary days” to do additional optional brain wave feedback train-
ing. They found that in their system of values, which prized peak
performance above almost everything else, that the Biocybernaut
Process delivered the performance boosts they were secking,
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/bencfits/
performance.htm
6. Meditation acceleration and augmentation Recent
published studics (Hardt, 1993) have shown that the 7-day
Introductory alpha training produces the same patterns of brain
wave changes seen in the most advanced Zen mediators, those with
21 to 40 years of experience. Profound subjective changes also
result. Many people who now struggle for years in meditation
practice will choose to accelerate their progress by brain activity
training. In February of 2000, a Japanese roshi (Zen master) visit-
ing from his large temple in Japan did the 7-day Alpha One train-
ing. He reported that this training “doubled [his] understanding of
the dimensionality of consciousness.” He added that the Biocy-
bernaut technology helped him to “correct” aspects of his practice
of Zen. He said that it also “confirmed” other aspects of his Zen
practice, and overall “refined and deepened [his] practice of Zen.”
He shared his experiences with his close friend, another Japanese
roshi, whose name was Cobin Roshi. Cobin Roshi was then the
abbot of the Jikoji Zen Center in Los Gatos, California, in the US.
After these two Zen masters had talked together in detail
about Yamada Roshi’s experiences in his Biocybernaut Alpha One
training, both of these Zen masters, independently, declared their
desire to work with the Biocybernaut consciousness expansion tech-
nology was so great that if they had to give up their formal affilia-
234
tion with Zen in order to do this, they were prepared to do it! In

this remarkable way they were acknowledging the power of the
Biocybernaut technology to enhance the development conscious-
ness. They were declaring their own remarkable commitment to
the work of developing and expanding consciousness, which tran-
scends their commitments to a very ancient and honorable lineage
and tradition. I assured them that it would be a high honor for me
and for Biocybernaut for them to come to work at Biocybernaut
with their titles and their lineages as Zen roshis. I assured them
that it was not necessary to give up their association with Zen in
order to become a Biocybernaut. They laughed and smiled and
were very pleased. Obviously this is potentially incendiary mate-
rial given that there are Buddhist politics just as there are Christian
politics, and Jewish politics, and Hindu politics, and Islamic poli-
tics. The Biocybernaut Brain Science and the Biocybernaut Train-
ing Process transcend ideologies and religions and politics. Ev-
eryone who values happiness above unhappiness can benefit from
Biocybernaut training. The one belief that seems to be challenged
and undermined by the experiences in the Biocybernaut training
process is atheism. Many atheists who have done the Biocybernaut
Alpha One training have subsequently adopted a belief in God or
Source or Creator during or after their alpha training. And out of
more than 4,000 people who have done the Alpha One training,
none, to my knowledge, have ever adopted atheism as a result of
their experiences and insights in the alpha training. As Peter Russell
says in quoting a poem as he concludes his Global Brain video:
“The enterprise is exploration into God.”
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/benefits/peak-meditate.htm
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/spiritualSci/compareMed.htm
http://www.biocybernaut.com/documentation/spiritualSci/yoga.htm
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/spiritualSci/halo.htm
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/spiritualSci/eeg-zen.htm
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/technical/explore.htm
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/spiritualSci/e-of-conscious5.htm
235
http:/www.biocybernaut.com/documentation/spiritualSci/e-of-conscious2.htm
7. Creativity enhancement Onc of the very exciting areas of ap-
plication of this technology is in the enhancement of creativity.
The research has shown that even with people who are already
highly creative, there can still be large and useful increases in cre-
ativity. A group of scientists from Stanford Research Institute were
given a one-week program of this training and this produced an
average 50% increase in their creativity. The control group showed
no creativity increases. In the mid 1980’s Colin Martindale stud-
ied the alpha differences between highly creative people and
matched groups of normal people. He found that the creative people
had the ability (lacking in the normal people) to quickly turn on
higher levels of alpha activity when faced with a creative problem.
Martindale concluded, “Creativity is simply a matter of having the
right brain waves.” Biocybernaut has patented technology and
methods that optimize this training of alpha.
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/future/implications.htm
http://www.biocybernaut.com/documentation/benefits/creativity.htm
8.1Q boosting In 1998 Biocybernaut Institute established a 7-month
dedicated installation for Precious Moments ina retreat location in
Illinois. The Alpha One training was provided for all of the share-
holders, top people in the company, family members, associates,
and friends. Everyone who trained there was given an IQ test be-
fore and after their Alpha One training. The post-tests were taken
an average of 4 months after the pre tests, and some were a year
later. Statistical testing showed no tendency of the IQ boost to
fade over the one-year period after the alpha training. The IQ boost
was stable even onc year later. There was a statistically significant
incrcasc in the composite IQ that averaged 11.7 points. Some people
increased more in their fluid IQ (mathematical and logical) while
others increased more in their crystallized IQ (verbal) scores, and
further research will identify the brain regions responsible for this
differential responsivity of IQ to regional changes in alpha brain
activity. The IQ boosting worked equally well for participants rang-
236
ing in age from 10 to 64 and helped low IQ people as well as it

helped the geniuses.
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/benefits/iq.htm
http://www.biocybernaut.com/documentation/future/implications.htm
9. Education, acceleration of learning, rapid attainment of
mastery One of the most powerful applications of this technology
is in the area of education. The brain activity training systems can
detect when the brain is receptive to learning and can determine
the topics of receptivity and can also provide training to increase
learning abilities. It will soon be possible to learn dozens or
hundreds of different knowledge areas simultancously with our
training systems. Learning can be assessed with advanced MEG
technologies, which can measure activity in the hippocampus, which
only occurs when presented material has been learned. There are
discrete brain activity criteria to determine when a lesson has been
learned and the student should go on to the next level of difficulty,
In addition, the computer can determine which sensory modalities
are best at any moment for teaching a given student the lesson of
that moment. Brain distractibility can be detected before the atten-
tion wanders so the lesson can be instantly modified for novelty
and interest. In addition, there are specific training methods to
reduce each person’s distractibility and increase their abilities of
concentration.
http://www.biocybernaut.com/documentation/future/implications.htm
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/benefits/prescr-maps.htm
10. Development of latent mental skills and exceptional mind
abilities It is possible to describe ESP as a profound degree of
rapport. The brain activity states underlying rapport are now well
characterized and easily trainable with our methods. Professional
psychics have shown radically altered brain activity as they acti-
vate their intuitive abilities. As we develop catalogues of excep-
tional mind abilities and their associated brain activity states using
the Prescriptive Brain Mapping technology, we will rapidly have
the ability to train normal people to manifest the mind skills of the
237
most gifted individuals. In addition we will develop a “Library of

Alexandria” of gifted individuals and spiritual masters so that mas-
ters in one tradition can, within a few weeks, experience some of
the essence of other traditions and become truly ecumenical. This
will profoundly contribute to world peace, as spiritual leaders of
different traditions come to know in direct and personal ways, the
essence of other spiritual traditions. All forms of mind-giftedness
will be mapped and catalogued and thus will be available for trans-
mission to others with access to this technology who are willing to
apply themselves to the disciplines of mind training with the Bio-
cybernaut technologies.
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/benefits/expand.htm
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/technical/surfaces.htm
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/future/nxFuture.htm
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/future/implications.htm
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/spiritualSci/e-of-consciouss.htm
11, Entertainment, virtual reality, truly interactive games, and
inner explorations Brain activity training is above all else FUN!
The current excitement for video games and virtual reality is but a
prologue for the excitement (and the demand), which will attend
our 3 or more sensory modality brain activity feedback. When
feedback involves 3 or more sensory modalities, the virtual reality
very quickly jumps into place and becomes experienced as
“THE reality.” People will quickly and casily experience a brand
new holographic reality in which their brain activity is featured
front and center. This will be the ultimate video game, the defin-
ing experience of virtual reality. The Lebanese poet Khalil Gibran
wrote, “What man would not burn his heart as incense before a
God that listened to his prayers and granted him his desires?” At
Ieast in virtual reality (the Holodcck of Star Trek) this situation is
attainable with Biocybernaut technology. We will need the entire
creativity enhancement possible with our own ongoing alpha train-
ing to keep up with THIS area of demand.
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/future/nxFuture.htm
http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/future/virtual.htm
12. Research into brain/mind functions Our own research
laboratories around the world will work continuously to develop
new applications of this technology in every area of human en-
deavor. We may also wish to license the technology to allied re-
search laboratories of other corporations who will become our stra-
tegic partners in strategic alliances.
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/spiritualSci/e-of-conscious5.htm
http://www.biocybernaut.com/documentation/technical/dual.htm
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/technical/surfaces.htm
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/technical/channel4.htm
http:/Awww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/technical/explore.htm
http:/Awww.biocybernaut.com/documentation/future/nxFuture.htm
http://www. biocybernaut.com/documentation/future/implications.htm
All of these more than two-dozen benefits are found in the

many different application areas of the Biocybernaut Process and
they are really byproducts of learned improvements in central ner-
vous system functioning. All of the benefits shown by scientifi-
cally accepted meditation studies are also likely to be available
through the Biocybernaut Process; however, they are likely to be
available faster and easier and for a much greater range of people
who would never try or persist long enough at meditation.
Comparison of the Biocybernaut Process to Meditation
Any comparison of alpha feedback training results to medi-
tation results must take note of the differences between Zen and
yoga meditation. Yoga meditation has long been known to increase
alpha activity, and the same is true of Zen meditation. The
superconscious states in both Zen (satori) and in yoga (samadhi)
are both characterized by very strong alpha activity. In studies of
Zen meditators, beginners showed increases of alpha activity, pri-
marily at the back of the head. Intermediate meditators showed the
beginners’ alpha increases at the back of the head plus a spreading
239
of alpha from the back of the head forward toward the frontal ar-
cas. Advanced meditators showed the patterns of beginners and
intermediate meditators but also showed a third pattern, which ap-
peared in the deepest portion of their meditations: a slowing of the
alpha frequencies (moving toward the bottom range of the 8 - 13
Hz alpha range) and also the emergence of rhythmic theta waves at
the frontal locations of the brain. These rhythmic theta waves,
which are unlike the theta of drowsiness, we call “mystical theta”
because they are so often associated with mystical experiences. In
the advanced Zen meditators these rhythmic theta waves alternated
with the slowed down alpha waves.
It was as though the slow alpha had slowed in frequency
sufficiently to be considered theta activity (which is 4-7 Hz). The
rhythmic theta waves looked like alpha waves: they occurred in
spindles with connected groups of successive waves, and they
waxed and waned in amplitude just like the spindles or wave pack-
ets of alpha waves. These are referred to as”mystical theta” in the
Biocybernaut Process training sessions to distinguish them from
the wicket-shaped theta waves of drowsiness.
One important insight into differences between Zen and
yoga meditation is what happens to the alpha waves in the brain of
the meditator when you disturb them. In a non meditator with al-
pha present, a disturbance causes the alpha to”“block” or to disap-
pear. After a short while the alpha comes back. If you make the
same disturbance (say a click sound) again and again, eventually
the alpha of the non-meditator docs not block any more. It has
adapted or habituated to that particular disturbance.
There are substantial differences between Zen and yoga in
the alpha blocking response to stimulation, which have been known
for a long time. Studics show no blocking by external stimulation
in yogic samadhi, while there is continued blocking without adap-
tation or habituation in Zen meditation (zazen). These results sug-
gest comparisons with differences in Zen and yoga philosophies.
Yoga philosophy is more likely to deny or devalue external reality
240
in favor of the “real” or superior reality within. When absorbed in

the samadhi of Yoga meditation, external stimulation was
ineffective in blocking alpha. The external world had little or no
effect on the yogi’s EEG. This is consistent with the beliefs of yo-
gic philosophy, in which the external world is held to be mere illu-
sion or maya in Sanskrit.
Zen philosophy, on the other hand, seeks to bridge the in-
ner and outer worlds, neither denying nor asserting the reality of
either the inner or outer worlds. Yoga meditation is done with eyes
closed in most traditions, and the mind is fully absorbed with inner
events, to the exclusion of the outer world of the senses. On the
other hand, Zen is typically done with the eyes half open, down-
cast, with soft focus (i.e. blurred or defocused vision). This visual
strategy could help Zen bridge the gulf between inner and outer
worlds.
These are important clues in determining which of these
two meditation traditions is more like alpha feedback training. The
yogic absorption into inner experience would tend to ignore stimuli
from the world of the senses, including even feedback sounds (and
scores), which are used to signal or give feedback about presence
of alpha waves. On the other hand, the Zen acceptance of sensory
input (even as distractions), and their integration into a steady in-
ner awareness, would seem more compatible with the sensory pro-
cessing requirements of the alpha feedback setting. Indeed, the
requirement of the alpha trainee to open his or her eyes for several
seconds every two minutes to view the digital feedback scores may
be more similar to and compatible with Zen than with yoga prac-
tice. Therefore it is more suitable to compare the alpha feedback
changes to those seen in Zen mediation.
Instant Zen
Based on a number of studies, including those done by
Kasamatsu and Hirai in Japan, members of both Soto and Rinzai
sects of Zen, and other studies done at the Biocybernaut Institute
241
(which can be found on our web site), there are four significant
features of Zen EEG changes: http:/Avww.biocybernaut.com/docu-
mentation/spiritualSci/ecg-zen.htm
1. Control subjects show no alpha increases when sitting as
though in meditation.
2. Beginner Zen subjects show increased alpha amplitude
mainly at the back of the head (in the Occipital region of the
brain),
3. Intermediate Zen subjects show increased alpha amplitudes
in the occipital lobes of the brain, which spread forward on
their heads as they go deeper into meditation,
4. Advanced Zen subjects show the above changes, but in ad-
dition also show alpha spindles which slow in frequency as
they too spread forward on the head. This is an increase of
slow alpha and a spreading forward on the head of that slow
alpha. In addition, the advanced Zen meditators show, at
the frontal sites of the brain, rhythmic trains—spindles—of
theta EEG, which are morphologically different from the
individual wicket-shaped theta waves seen in drowsiness.
The frontal theta wave criterion of advanced Zen is a strin-
gent one for alpha feedback trainees to meet, since only the
most advanced Zen meditators with 21-40 ycars of medita-
tion practice showed these frontal theta waves.
Afier secing Zen-like changes in the brain waves of my
Alpha One trainees and hearing them speak of their alpha experi-
ences in ways that echoed Sengstan, the third Chinese Patriarch of
Zen (Chien-chih Seng-ts’an, circa 600 AD), 1 decided to compare
the results of seven-day Alpha One feedback training to the EEGs
of Zen masters and long-term advanced practitioners of Zen medi-
tation.
For the comparison, I randomly sclected records of 17
alpha feedback subjects from my university database of EEG Al-
pha One feedback training. These American men and women cho-
sen from my database were right handed and had completed all
242
seven days of the Alpha One feedback training. They were all
volunteers who did not have any prior meditative practice, Zen,
yoga, or otherwise.
All eight head sites where EEG measurements were re-
corded showed significant increases of both broadband alpha and
slow alpha, just like in the most advanced group of Zen medita-
tors. In addition, the Alpha One feedback trainees showed signifi-
cant increases of both fast theta and slow theta at the two frontal
sites: F3 and F4. This amazing Zen-like pattern of brain waves
changes of the Alpha One feedback trainees is shown in the fol-
lowing Excel chart:
Microvolts
(Summed
over 7 days)
s
A
i)
It is quite remarkable that all eight head sites showed sig-

nificant increases of both broadband alpha and of slow alpha ac-
tivity. Remarkable for two reasons:
1. Only four of the eight sites were feedback sites, so only half of
the head sites provided feedback signals to the subjects, suggest-
ing extensive generalization of the feedback increases of alpha and
showing that the use of four channel feedback was preventing the
243
development of localization-of-control to those head sites near the

feedback sites.
2. In Zen meditation it took 6 to 20 years of practice to reach the
stage of increases in slow alpha and of the alpha spreading forward
toward the frontals. Zen beginners with zero to five years of expe-
rience did not show cither the slowing or anterior spreading alpha
activity.
We know that technology speeds things up, and EEG feed-
back may accelerate the processes of intense concentration, inner
focus, and self control scen in Zen meditation. EEG feedback am-
plifies the subtle internal signals to make it casier to master the
subtletics of one’s own brain activity. Amplifying the tiny signals
of the brain so that they can be easily perceived (seen, heard, or
felt) makes it so much easicr to learn the implications of our brain
waves in every area of our lives.
There is yet one further consideration: the frontal theta in-
creases. Only those advanced Zen meditators with 21 to 40 years
of experience showed theta activity in their meditation records (this
theta alternated with their slowed alpha activity), and yet the 7-day
alpha feedback trainees showed this same result. The alpha train-
ces had highly significant increases of both fast theta and slow
theta activity at both the left and right frontal sites. It is especially
interesting to see that alpha feedback training done according to
the guidelines of the Biocybernaut Process also produces increases
of theta EEG activity, and that it docs so in the patterns seen only
among the most advanced Zen meditators.
Future alpha and theta feedback studies may well see ben-
efits in design, execution, interpretation, and application from
greater understanding of Zen philosophy, Zen practice, and the Zen
progression of mind states from beginner’s mind, through kensho
(initial, brief experience of awakening or enlightenment, a flash of
insight) culminating in satori (a deeper experience of enlighten-
ment, a feeling of infinite space).
There are many practical applications of such skillful con-
244
trol of one’s mind. We’ve already covered how peak performance

in sports is preceded by an increase in alpha brain waves, espe-
cially in the left hemisphere. Learning to extend one’s moments of
peak performance—what athletes call staying in “the Zone”—
through properly designed programs of EEG feedback training is
now a realistic goal of alpha feedback training. Slightly more dif-
ficult is the goal of learning how to enter—“the Zone” whenever
peak performance is required. Attainment of these goals promises
the rewards of peak performance for athletics, business, science,
education, the arts, and perhaps in every area of human ende
avor where people are in search of excellence and are striving for
mastery.
Experience of Zen Masters

We had the privilege of training a Zen Master from Japan,
Ryuho Yamada Roshi, who had a temple in Japan and a large fol-
lowing. “Biocybernaut training doubled my understanding of the
dimensionality of consciousness,” he told us in an interview eight
months later. It wasn’t that his consciousness became twice as big,
but the number of dimensions of his awareness had doubled. If
you go from a plane to three dimensions, the increase is more than
50% by adding the extra dimension. He also said, “Biocybernaut
Alpha One training corrected aspects of my practice of Zen. It con-
firmed other aspects, and overall deepened my practice of Zazen.”
We already know that feedback is effective to the extent
that it is accurate, immediate, and reasonably aesthetic. In any
meditation practice, even under the tutelage and guidance of a
master, feedback is never accurate or immediate and is rarely ob-
vious. With the Biocybernaut Process, feedback is always there.
As Yamada Roshi explains, “For me, Biocybernaut technology is
better than having your own Zen Master, because it is always there
and checks your meditation every second. Any Zen Master is busy
with many students, and only if you have major attainment you
get, maybe, a smile or a nod of the head from the Master, and that
245
may be hours later, long after attainment. Biocybernaut’s brain wave

feedback training is better meditation teacher than working directly
with Zen Master.”
Yamada Roshi related to us his experience with the train-
ing, which is quite interesting. On his first day, he was starting to
meditate and he heard the tones going louder and louder. He told
us, “I was hearing lots of alpha! Oh! I was thinking, maybe I’m
great Zen master! Ohhhh. ... then all alpha come down!” As soon
as he took pride in the fact that he was making this entire alpha and
how it reflected on his Zen abilities, alpha immediately and dra-
matically diminished. This is a lesson he would have known intel-
lectually—any amount of pride would interfere in his spiritual prac-
tice—but even the most advanced person might be subject, from
time to time, to a little pride. Pride gocth before a fall, especially a
fall in alpha!
Brain Wave Patterns Predict Zen Roshi

Attainment
Many pcople will be very excited to learn there is a brain
wave pattern that may be a marker for the state of consciousness of
a Zen master, a Zen roshi. I first found that pattern on Christmas
day in 1974, though I did not know at the time what it was. Here’s
how it happened. I was working on a study of 31 Zen meditators,
including a very famous Zen master. They had come to Dr. Charles
Yeager’s EEG laboratory at Langley Porter Neuropsychiatric In-
stitute, which was a part of the University of California at San
Francisco (UCSF). As cach of them had sat for EEG recordings
while doing zazen meditation in a sound proof chamber in the lab,
we had tape recorded their brain waves: Left and right occipital,
temporal and central referred, not to linked cars, but to ipsilateral
centrals. This variant montage was used to enable the calculation
of true coherence measures along with the EEG amplitude
measures because we were going to perform power and coherence
spectral analysis on the EEG data from these meditation sessions.
246
My first job after taking my Ph.D. in 1974 was to read and

write documentation on the DEC PDP-15 assembly code of a power
and coherence spectral analysis program that had just been written
by Alan Gevins, who worked in Dr. Yeager’s lab. Once I had read
the assembly code and written the documentation I knew the op-
erations of the program as well the guy who had written it. I was in
a perfect position to run all these meditation tapes through the analy-
sis program, but I would need a lot of time, about 36 hours, and the
machine was in heavy demand, both day and night.
On Christmas Day 1974, with most of UCSF shut down, I
went into the lab and began this analysis. I tried many different
analysis parameters and finally settled on a threshold coherence
measure and a power spectrum analysis. In a threshold coherence
spectrum, the coherence measures are set to zero unless the ampli-
tudes of the underlying pairs of EEG power scores both exceed a
set percentage of those same power scores in an appropriate baseline
condition. And I had to discover, by trial and error, what the ideal
percent was to use in thresholding the coherence measures. Hav-
ing this cutoff threshold in the amplitudes underlying the coher-
ence measure means a lot of the visual “noise” of coherence mea-
sures was suppressed. Then the coherence spectral graphs only
showed the coherence scores when there was meaningful ampli-
tude in the underlying EEG activity. In other words I wanted to
ignore any coherence that was based on “noise” in the EEG. That
way I could more easily learn what was really going on in the
coherence spectral data.
Once I had the analysis parameters set to deliver what I
thought was the most useful data, I systematically ran all 31 of the
tape-recorded meditation sessions through the computer. I started
very early on Christmas morning and mounted, played, and de-
mounted the FM tapes all of Christmas Day and into the next night
and the next morning and well into the next day. When I was
playing a tape into the computer for the power and coherence spec-
tral analysis, I printed out the graphs of the multi-channel data for
247
each of the 30 meditators plus the Zen Roshi, who had rated each
of his people as beginner, intermediate and advanced. When I had
generated graphs for cach one of the meditators I packed up this
treasure trove of data and took all the tapes and the entire graphs
home with me (and then I slept for over 15 hours).
Later, after organizing the graphs I put them into poster
format for cach of the meditators. Each poster had the power spec-
tral graphs for left (O1) and right occipital (02), temporal (T3 &
T4) and frontal sites (F3 & F4). And there were also the coherence
spectral graphs for the following pairs of power channels: O1 vs
02, T3 vs T4, F3 vs F4, O1 vs T3, T3 vs F3, O2 vs T4, T4 vs F4,
and OI vs F3. An example of one of the posters is given below:
»Coherence ¥
BEGINNER
ZENIT
Coherence
Graphs
Coherence
Specral
Graph
(F3 vs 01)
Coherence
Graphs
248
When I had completed the posters there was suddenly an

enormous amount of data displayed graphically in a very orga-
nized way, and I began to study the 31 posters to see what patterns
Icould discover, First I put all the beginner posters together sepa-
rately from the intermediate and separate from the advanced Zen
meditators. With this grouping, I could immediately see the same
patterns in the power scores that had been reported by Kasamatsu
and Hirai in their study of Zen meditators in Japan. But they did
not have coherence measures and that made a huge difference in
what I was able to see. Some of the coherence results were per-
haps predictable. For example, the beginner Zen had less coher-
ence than the intermediates had less than the advanced Zen medi-
tators. There were interesting patterns. Coherence, like power,
began to develop at the back of the head, and as the monks became
more advanced, the coherence also spread forward on the head.
It was fascinating to see that in the most advanced Zen monks;
there was coherence in the alpha range all the way from the back
of the head to the front of the head. And the left side alpha was
coherent with the right side alpha. In advanced Zen the alpha in
the whole head was oscillating together in huge (wow, wow, wow)
pulses of coherent alpha waves.
But some of what I saw was absolutely unexpected and
absolutely incredible. In this famous Zen master there was a bi-
modal coherence pattern in alpha and theta frequencies all over the
back of his head. So there were simultaneous alpha and theta
coherences between the occipitals: O1 and O2, and there were
simultaneous alpha and theta coherences between the temporals:
T3 and T4, And there were even simultaneous alpha and theta
coherences between the temporals and occipitals on both sides of
his head: O1 and T3 showed this pattern, as did O02 and T4, Noth-
ing I had ever heard or read in the literature suggested such a si-
multaneous coherence was possible. I was amazed. But then I
was even more amazed to discover that one of advanced medita-
249
tors, and only onc of them, showed a little bit of this same bimodal
coherence pattern, but only between his two occipitals: O1 and
O2. I knew this was statistically significant because it was only |
out of 30 who showed this pattern, and you only need | out of 20 to
reach statistical significance. So it was highly significant, but 1
wondered, “What does this mean?”
I asked everyone I knew for their insights and even for
their guesses. I presented these results at a scientific conference
and asked the audience for their guesses as to the meaning. But it
remained a mystery as before. So I carefully put the data into
secure storage and went on with my work of designing and build-
ing technology for doing brain wave feedback training and contin-
ued my university rescarch work building toward my large federal
grant, Anxiety and Aging: Intervention with EEG alpha Feedback.
Seven years went by and then I heard from my dear friend and
advisor, Dr. Rolf von Eckartsburg that the famous Zen master had
died. Rolf had been a graduate student at Harvard under Timothy
Leary, who had been on Rolf’s dissertation committee, and then
Rolf had lived at the community at Millbrook and had been very
involved with the consciousness exploration community and he
was now a professor of Phenomenological Psychology at Duquesne
University. He was very connected with all aspects of conscious-
ness expansion movements in the US.
Rolf said that a large number of people had been present
when the famous Zen master died and had actually been invited
for the event of his passing. Rolf said that people in the room
could feel a palpable sense of something leaving the dying Zen
master and going to the Roshi designate. This is called ‘giving
transmission.’ That man who was given “transmission” by the
dying Roshi was the very same man who, 7 years carlier, had been
the only one out of 30 monks to show a little bit of the bimodal
coherence pattern that predominated in the famous Roshi. So now
I was really excited. I had found a marker for Zen roshi-hood. But
250
deep in my heart I was still questioning, because I still did not

know, “What does this mean?”
Now there were Zen political issues related to this “trans-
mission” especially as the years passed, because some of the Roshi’s
followers thought that the Roshi designate was not worthy of this
gift. There were scandals and more Zen politics. But to my way of
thinking the famous Zen master may not have had much ofa choice.
Out of all of the monks around him, there was only that one man
who had even a little bit of the bi-modal coherence pattern that
was so strongly characteristic of the famous Zen master.
Perhaps a metaphor would help: If you and your baby are
ina sinking ship you are more likely to throw your baby to a nearby
leaky lifeboat rather than to let the baby go down with you in the
big ship. The famous Zen master was on his way out of his body,
and of the many monks around him there was only that one who
had any chance of being able to receive and maybe, hopefully, to
sustain the consciousness, the energy that he was generating in his
remarkable brain. Statues of him that were later placed in Zen
centers were to depict him wearing a halo.
Deep in my heart I was still questioning, because I still did
not know, “What does this bi-modal coherence pattern mean?” That
questioning went on for another 10 years, until I found myself at a
conference in Florida on “Chaos Theory” as applied to the analysis
of brain waves. Many of the papers presented were morasses of
mathematical equations. Geeks vied with wonks to see who could
be more abstruse and opaque in their presentations. I loved it,
enthralled with the mathematical extravaganzas. Then a remark-
able man stood up to speak. His name is Dr. Arnold Mandel. He
was quite a Renaissance man, having been the Chairman of the
Department of Psychiatry at UC Davis, only to retire in order to
become a mathematician.
This talk by Dr. Mandel was going to lead to an explosion
in my brain as I was shortly to discover that I knew the brain wave
251
patterns underlying halos, one of the most powerful symbols of

ethical purity and spiritual advancement. But I did not know this
was coming when Dr Mandel started to talk.
He began by saying that brain waves follow Fibonacci scal-
ing. I knew that Fibonacci numbers are an intriguing infinite se-
rics of numbers in which the next one is calculated by adding to-
gether the previous two. And except for the first few, 0,1,1, and 2,
the ratios of all the other adjacent Fibonacci numbers are always
irrational, That is they never resolve to a whole number when you
divide one by the other for adjacent Fibonacci numbers. And Fi-
bonacci numbers are deeply embedded in nature. For example
when a little plant sprouts with just one Icaf there is no guarantee
that plant is going to make it. It has to capture sunlight, perform
photosynthesis, make its own food, draw up water through its roots
and try to grow. When it has grown enough to be able to put out its
second leaf, the little plant is “smart” cnough not to put the second
leaf directly above its first leaf. That would be dumb, because the
second leaf would shade the first leaf. Instead of having two leaves
to capture sunlight and make its food, the resources invested in the
first leaf would be wasted if the second leaf were directly overhead
shading that first leaf. So the plant is “smart” enough to have the
second leaf offset around the stem by a certain number of angular
degrees. And Fibonacci numbers tell us how many leaves up the
stem you have to go to find one Icaf directly above one below. So
plants know Fibonacci numbers. Very cool!
But here was Dr. Mandel saying brain waves follow Fi-
bonacci scaling, meaning the center frequency of two adjacent brain
wave bands could be added together to give the center frequency
of the next higher up brain wave band. Now from what I knew
about brain waves this was not truc. So I was a little on edge as Dr.
Mandel spoke. But then he delivered, what for me was, a mind-
boggling piece of news. Delta waves are not a monolith. I knew
delta to be 0-4 cycles per second, but Dr. Mandel said, NO. There
are two different species of brain wave in that delta range, and for
convenience he called one low delta and the other he called high
delta. They can overlap in their ranges. They had different gen-
erators in the brain he said and they should not be confused as
being parts of the same thing. They were as different as alpha
waves and beta waves.
All ofa sudden his claim that brain wave follow Fibonacci
scaling started to make a little more sense. If you add the center
frequency of low delta plus the center frequency of high delta, you
would get the center frequency of theta. Then if you add the center
frequency of high delta and the center frequency of theta you get
the center frequency of alpha. And if you take the center frequen-
cies of theta and alpha you get the center frequency of beta, and so
brain waves follow Fibonacci scaling.
Why is this important and how does it related to halos?
That comes in just a moment, further into his talk. For starters this
means that the center frequencies of adjacent brain wave bands
would have irrational ratios, just as ratios of adjacent Fibonacci
numbers have irrational ratios.
Then Dr. Mandel drew a sketch of a monkey brain on his
overhead transparency and began to talk about having coherent
brain waves, with center frequencies ...1 and ...2, which could be
the center frequencies of theta and alpha. Then he drew a little
circle with radius ...1 and then revolved that little circle around an
external point, which was distance ...2 away from the center of the
first little circle. Revolving a circle around a point outside the
circle sweeps out a volume that is called a torus. You might de-
scribe it as a donut or a bagel, but the mathematical name for that
volume is a torus. All of a sudden I froze in my seat. Dr. Mandel
was talking on, but I was hardly listening. I was seeing astonish-
ing pictures in my mind. Mind-boggling pictures.
Dr. Mandel was saying that if these two frequencies ...1
and ...2 were brain wave center frequencies of adjacent bands of
253
brain waves they would, of course, create this torus in phase space
over the monkey’s head and further that, because the brain wave
center frequencies follow Fibonacci scaling, the ratios of these two
frequencies would, of course, be irrational, and that would mean
that the torus would resist mode locking at the borders of chaos
and so it could actually be a stable feature in phase space. A stable
torus over the head in phase space?!?
The second I heard that news I could keep quite no longer.
I had never before in my life done this in a professional talk, but I
leaped up out of my seat and waved both arms and shouted loudly
to Dr. Mandel,’“I’ve got two people in my database that show that
pattern, and one of them was a Zen master who gave transmission
to the other person when the Zen master was dying.”
Of course what I had seen was the bi-modal coherence
patterns in the famous Zen master and the advanced monk to whom
he gave transmission 7 years after the brain wave recordings were
made that showed that one monk out of 30 had a little bit of the
famous Zen master’s bi-modal coherence pattern. What rocketed
me up out of my scat and into a fit of shouting to the speaker was a
vision of luminous halos rocking gently over the heads of these
two Zen meditators. Halos! A torus in shape with the size and
orientation of the halo being, determined by the underlying pattern
of brain waves in the meditator’s head. As those bi-modal coher-
ence patterns ebbed and flowed as I had seen them do in my data
the halos would have gently rocked back and forth and from side
to side and they would even have expanded into larger sizes and
then shrunk back to smaller sizes as the underlying brain wave
patterns changed. And looking at my data in my mind, I realize
that there were times during the meditations where the halos would
have briefly disappeared and the reappeared as the underlying al-
pha and theta coherence patterns formed, changed, disappeared and
then reformed. It was a shocking, exciting, and exhilarating mo-
ment as nearly 20 years of work came together into one moment of
254
super high alpha illumination, my alpha was sky high as this hap-
pened, and I was flying.
Dr. Mandel was most gracious in the face of this sudden
outburst from someone in his audience. He expressed genuine in-
terest and asked me to come up after his talk so we could further
explore this revelation. He and I talked for about 4 hours, and the
first thing he said to me as I walked up after his talk ended was
this: “You must be a physicist and a psychologist.” And indeed, I
confessed that I was both. We smiled and laughed and then talked
for 4 hours with excitement and animation.
That conversation took place in April of 1991 and I was
high for months at having discovered the brain wave patterns of
halos. Of course it became my immediate objective to incorporate
some aspects of the halo pattern into my brain wave feedback train-
ing programs. But my company, MindCenter, was going under (a
long story there for another time) and the staff, including my tech-
nical staff, was disbursing. MindCenter closed its doors July 31,
1991 and I worked weekends with my favorite computer program-
mer to try to implement elements of the hemicoherence measures
in my brain wave feedback algorithms and computer codes. As I
have described elsewhere, it was not until New Year’s day 1992
that I had an early crude and buggy version of the software to try
out the hemicoherence feedback. Thirty minutes of that feedback
was enough to rocket me into the Peace That Passeth All Under-
standing so that I was feeling blissed out and outrageously happy
for months thereafter; even though my company, MindCenter, had
just folded, and I had neither a job nor any tangible prospects for
the future. Happiness is an internal state and need not be related at
all to what is going on in the world around you.
I then went three years with all my technology in storage
living on credit cards and help from friends like Rick Odell. Fi-
nally in October of 1995 I once again had a lab and place to do my
brain wave training, again back at Agnew State Hospital. In the
255
first training there I introduced the alpha hemicoherence feedback,

which is an approximation to half of the halo pattern. The other
half would be theta coherence feedback. As noted previously in
this book the hemicoherence feedback produced an astonishing
increase in the rate of profound spiritual experiences, When I first
began this work at Carnegie-Mellon University I was getting about
one person in 20 to have profound spiritual experiences. In 15
years of university research where I improved the quality of the
feedback and the training protocols and during which I became
more skilled in leading the alpha training, I succeeded in doubling
that | in 20 rate of profound spiritual experiences to about | in 10.
But then when I was able to introduce the hemi-coherence feed-
back in October of 1995, there was a huge step-function increase
in that rate to about 3 people out of every 5 who were having pro-
found spiritual experiences.
So I KNEW | was on the right track. If this bi-modal co-
herence pattern I had scen along with big alpha waves spreading
forward on the head and slowing in frequency had anything to do
with spiritual advancement, then training people to reproduce it
should rocket them into advanced spiritual states. And that is ex-
actly what was happening as I introduced the bi-modal coherence
pattern into the Alpha Onc training.
Neurofeedback Democratizes Spiritual Discovery
It’s important to understand that the Biocybernaut Process puts con-
trol into the hands of the trainee, which is very different from the
experience many people
«lt is still remarkable that these have had with gurus or
advanced Zen brain patterns can be spiritual teachers. One
achieved by non-meditators in just time we hada woman in
seven consecutive days using our the Alpha One training
neurofeedback technology and methods! that was a devotee of
Swami Muktananda,
who had recently died. When Muktananda was alive, she had lived
256
at his ashrams in India and also in the US. Swami Muktananda was
a yogi who had “shaktipat”; this meant he had “powers,” and he
could make a gesture and “throw” energy to people who would put
them into various profound altered states of consciousness. She
had had many of these experiences from him personally, and she
had witnessed other experiences that he had given to other people
but not to her. However, once Muktananda died, she explained that
she and his followers had no further access to these altered states
of consciousness. Her yoga meditation practice did not allow her
to reach those states on her own—Muktananda had transmitted
those experiences to her using his power, his shakti.
The good news is that in the course of the standard 7-day
Alpha One training she was able to give herself every single one of
those experiences that Muktananda had given to her plus every
additional experience she had seen him give others but that he had
not given to her. This is why I say Neurofeedback profoundly de-
mocratizes the process of spiritual discovery. You no longer have
to depend upon a guru or a priest or someone to be an intermediary
between you and the Divine source. You get to establish your own
personal link to the divine.
More Powerful than TM

There can be aspects of meditative spiritual practice that
are dreary and life suppressing as people shut themselves down in
an effort to appear calm, centered and holy. Here’s an example of
what I am talking about. Around 1991, my business partner and I
were meeting someone for a business discussion at a big conven-
tion center in Santa Clara. It was a huge building, and we didn’t
know where we we’re going so we became lost and were bumbling
around. We noticed a set of double doors just off the hallway and
we opened them.
We almost fell forward on our faces; it was like a vacuum
in there. There were probably 5,000 people in the room and it was
257
the deadest space I have ever encountered. There were some people
up on the stage, and there were all these people in there wearing
reasonably colorful things, but it was a dead space. It was lacking
life energy. We backed out and closed the doors, and we asked an
attendant what was going on in there.
It turned out that we had stumbled upon a conference of
TM people (Transcendental Meditators) and it felt like they had
literally suppressed their energy! It was as though their life energy
had been turned off. Now this is not the stated goal of TM, but
absent any accurate feedback, many people trying to meditate will
shut themselves down into the egoic illusion of emptiness, rather
than discovering “the alive cmptiness.” At one point in the late
1970s or carly 1980s there was an EEG study of TM done by a TM
meditator who found that 60% of those who thought they were
doing TM meditation were actually in stage I or stage II of sleep;
they were taking a nap. There are very real benefits to naps, but
napping is not meditating. The problem is a common one for any-
one who meditates in any tradition: No feedback! If you are get-
ting feedback on your brain activity you know what you are doing,
and if you do actually fall asleep in a Biocybernaut feedback cham-
ber, the technicians will sce the sleepy theta waves and will call in
to wake you up. Or if you miss opening your cyes to view your
scores at the end of any of the 2 minutes epochs with the feedback
tones, then again the technicians will call in on the intercom to
wake you up.
We had an Alpha Once trainee one time who had been a 20-
year TM meditator, and he left the TM organization in disappoint-
ment or maybe something stronger than that about unfulfilled prom-
ises they had made to him about states of consciousness that he
would attain if he did their advanced TM programs. Because the
promises had not been fulfilled, (for example he had been told to
do certain things to achieve a particular level of consciousness)
and the results he was secking hadn’t happened, he began the search
for other methods.
258
After several years of searching he showed up at the Bio-

cybernaut Institute. On the third or fourth day of his training he
came out of the chamber with this big glow and a huge smile, and
he said, “What happened to me today was more powerful than any-
thing that happened in 20 years of TM.” Then you could see a
little shiver run through him and he kind of smirked a little and
then revised what he had just said, “No! Even if you added up
everything that happened in my 20 years of TM, it wouldn’t equal
what happened here today.”
Such reports are heartwarming and mind expanding! If you
are a gardener, you take endless delight in seeing the flowers bloom.
When people come in here for Biocybernaut training they are func-
tioning at far below their potentials, and here they just open and
open, and they become these radiant beings, and this transforma-
tion always warms my heart and brings smiles of joy.
Reuniting the Heart and the Mind

There is an ancient split, with roots that go all the way
back to ancient Greece, between Apollonian and Dionysian cults.
The god Apollo was the god of the intellect and mind, and Dionysus
was the god of feelings, also wine, women, and song. The
Dionysians were into sexual debauchery, orgies, getting drunk,
having a good time, lots of feasts, whereas the Apollonians were
more into cerebral pursuits.
Even today there is a clash between spiritual paths over
whether they focus on the mind or the heart. Some people today
who advocate a focus on the heart, like the Heart Math organiza-
tion, go so far as to say things like “bad old brain” versus the “good
heart”, making the brain itself, as an organ, bad, and making the
heart out to be not only good, but also superior to the brain. They
get very excited about tens of thousands of neurons around the
heart, but are completely uninterested in tens of billions of neurons
in the brain. Making the heart good and the brain bad, or vice
versa, is an example of dualism that we would be wise to avoid.
259
The truth is, the two are united. Brain and heart must work
together. You cannot enhance your alpha brain waves unless you
open your heart, and opening your heart is one of the most impor-
tant things we teach in our alpha brain wave training. Forgiveness
training is a key part of this heart opening, and forgiveness helps to
foster this ability to open the heart. Yamada Roshi told us that the
Biocybernaut forgiveness work required him to open, and indeed
taught him how to open, his heart chakra. He said the states of
compassion that he then experienced in his forgiveness work in his
Biocybernaut alpha Training were closer to Buddha’s original con-
ception of compassion than was modern Zen as taught and prac-
ticed in Japan today. Awesome stuff!
Buddha is famous for his incredible compassion, which is
acentral teaching in Buddhism, and yet Ryuho Yamada Roshi said
there is no compassion in Zen. Yamada Roshi described Zen as
very lean, very austere, very militaristic, and even slightly cruel
and he said he had scen a lot of damage done to people because
they are so strict and militaristic in some Zen trainings in Japan.
He said this Biocybernaut training combined with Zen restores Zen
closer to Buddha’s original idea where you have the high-
mindedness but you also have the compassion, the open heart.
You can’t be anti-brain and be a whole person with any self-cs-
teem or self worth. You can’t value wholeness and integration in
your life and be anti-brain—you can’t even be anti-little finger.
Pcople who hate any part of themselves begin to experience prob-
lems with that arca of the body. You can’t hate any part of yourself
and be a whole and a happy person. We are one — the brain and the
heart are one. The mind and the compassion are one.
ok kK ok KK
The Biocybernaut Process enables very rapid attainment

of expanded states of awareness that are similar to 20 plus years of
meditation practice. Even busy, bottom-line oriented CEOs have
260
been impressed with the results, as the following from Eric Barnes,
President of Capital Funds Group, relates:
“I’ve had much interest in the workings of the brain and
what the potential might be if I could in some way expand this
blessed engine of potential. For me personally, that potential lies
more in the area of spiritual awareness, a greater connection to
whatever the ‘thing’ is, the’ ‘intelligence’ which permeates the en-
tire universe (pick your own word/name). Others seek other goals,
all of which are personal to them.”
“While doing the alpha training, I began to realize that
my ability to ‘be’ in alpha, at will, rapidly improved. It took much
less time, each session, to get into it, based on the evaluations af-
terwards. I also began having ideas or visions, later shown to be
spikes on the graphs, which increased as we went along. That abil-
ity to be in alpha has continued to improve, even five years later. I
am far more calm, more at peace, able to look at’ ‘problems’ with
ease and ‘permit’ answers and solutions to come to me without
effort or strain.”
“Tt also was the Biocyb . bined witl
release of a greater iocybernaut training combined with
sense of self love, then Zen restores Zen closer to Buddha’s
out of that (came) a original idea where you have the
higher loving of others, high-mindedness but you also have
along with far less judg- the compassion, the open heart.
ment.
“What I have realized about the Biocybernaut process is
that what is being provided are tools for the greater expansion of
awareness of our consciousness, a larger use of our brains (exer-
cising them, if you will) in ways we’ve never done before. (As an
aside, my hat size used to be 7’... its now 7 3/8! So some growing
has taken place. Go figure!) Dr. Hardt’s intention is to make these
abilities and heightened awareness available to many ‘opinion lead-
ers’in the societies around the world. As that happens, such people
261
will resonate differently with those around them, causing still wider
ripples of peace, tranquility, greater creativity and conscious aware-
ness. | recommend this process with my highest endorsement!”
Egoism and Mysticism

Ego dissolution is the goal of mystical practices in all cul-
tures and leads reliably to mystical experiences. We are interested
in such mystical experiences for many reasons. In some spiritual
traditions there is a priest or guru who acts as a conduit to altered
reality (mystical expericnces) for his or her followers. The pricst
or guru sometimes requires that the followers surrender their per-
sonal will to his will, and then he provides transcendent experi-
ences in return. As history has shown, there is much mischief that
can accompany the follower’s submission to the will of the pricst
or guru including psychological, sexual, and financial exploitation
of the followers by the leader (c.g. Reverend Jim Jones, ctc.). In
addition, once the leader dies and is gone, the followers often have
no further access to the higher states they craved and which the
leader provided (e.g. Swami Muktananda).
The Biocybernaut Training Process is a profoundly
democratizing influence in spiritual discovery, since cach trainee
discovers and develops
“The true self grows in inverse his or her own personal
proportion to the growth of egoism.” connection to the Divine,
Teilhard de Chardin to the desired states of
altered awareness, to
mystical experiences. With neurofeedback training, each trainee
allows his or her ego to dissolve in order to open more fully to his
or her higher-selfand to the Divine Will. In Hymn of the Universe
(1961) by Teilhard de Chardin, we sce that:
“The true self grows in inverse proportion to

the growth of egoism.”
262
Surrendering one’s own ego to the ego of another person

(the spiritual leader) actually limits the growth of the individual, in
part, because the leader’s ego grows and the total system of leader
plus follower does not diminish in total egoism. While the initial
surrender by the “follower” to the leader’s ego may lead to some
growth of awareness in the follower relative to the follower’s origi-
nal egoic state, this growth is limited by the inherent limitations of
the leader and the leader’s ego.
The Biocybernaut Training Process offers a better way. If,
instead, the Biocybernaut trainee diminishes his or her own ego in
favor of his or her own higher-self, then the trainer who assists this
process has successfully functioned as an assistant coach, whose
primary mission is to establish effective communication between
the trainee and the trainee’s higher-self, which is the head coach.
This head coach can best connect the individual with the Divine
awareness.
There is still a role for leadership in spiritual exploration
with the Biocybernaut Process, but this role becomes one of orga-
nizing and optimizing the spiritual experiences of an individual or
ofa group rather than, as in the past, the leader being the source of
the spiritual experiences. In addition, the requirements for leader-
ship change, and rather than being based on power in evoking
mystical experiences in their followers (like Muktananda’s
shaktipat), leadership now requires wisdom and compassion in
guiding the mystical experiences which the “followers” now have
the full ability to evoke on their own with the Biocybernaut tech-
nology. This also means that the leader must lead with love rather
than discipline, penalties, or punishment. These latter negatives
may have been useful, in a less enlightened past, with some spiri-
tual children, but not now. The radiant beings awakening through
the Biocybernaut Training Process into fuller understanding of the
Divine source of the universe will only respect and gather around
leaders whose central premise is Love.
263
Again from Chardin: “Reflecting ... on the state of affairs

which might evoke this new universal love in the human heart, a
love so often vainly dreamed of, but which now Icaves the fields of
Utopia (meaning it ceases to be an unattainable utopian ideal) to
reveal itself as both possible and necessary, we are brought to the
following conclusion: that for men upon the earth, all the carth, to
learn to love one another, it is not enough that they should know
themselves to be members of one and the same thing; in planetizing
themselves they must acquire the (larger collective) consciousness,
without losing themselves (or their individual consciousness), of
becoming one and the same person. For there is no total love that
does not proceed from, and exist within, that which is personal.”
And from Chardin’s, Hymn of the Universe: “The true self grows
in inverse proportion to the growth of egoism. The clement be-
comes personal only in so far as it becomes universal. ... If the
human particles are to become truly personalized under the cre-
ative influence of union (ina higher order collective awareness), it
is not enough for them to be joined together, no matter how (hap-
hazardly). Since what is in question is the achieving ofa synthesis
of centers, it must be centre to centre (heart to heart, mind to mind,
brain to brain, and through love) and in no other way that they
establish (this deep) contact with one another. . In other words the
[issue] to which all this leads is the [issue] of love.
“To be pure of heart means to love God above all things,
and at the same time to see him everywhere in all things. Who then
could fail to sce that the effect of this contact with God must be to
unify it to the innermost core of its being?
“Given a really deep insight into the concept of collectiv-
ity, we are bound to understand the term (collective conscious-
ness) without any attenuation of meaning. ... The stuff of the uni-
verse does not achieve its full evolutionary cycle when it achieves
[merely] consciousness; ... we are therefore moving on towards
some new critical point (the Omega point, Christ said, “I am the
264
alpha and the omega,” the beginning and the end, so the Omega
point is the end point of individual human evolution and the begin-
ning of the evolution of the human collective consciousness). ...
The noosphere (the envelope of consciousness around our planet)
becomes a single closed system in which each element individu-
ally sees, feels, desires, and suffers the same things as all the rest
together with them.
“Thus we have a harmonized collectivity of conscious-
nesses which together make up a sort of super-consciousness; the
earth is covered by myriads of grains of thought but enclosed in
one single (vast) enveloping consciousness so that it forms, func-
tionally, a single vast grain of thought on a sidereal scale of im-
mensity, (in which) the plurality of individual acts of reflective
consciousness (are) coming together and reinforcing one another
in a single unanimous act.
“Such is the general form in which, by analogy and in symmetry
with the past, we are led scientifically to envisage that humanity of
the future in which alone the terrestrial drives implicit in our activ-
ity can find a terrestrial fulfillment.”
Father Pierre Teilhard de Chardin, a gifted Jesuit scholar,
foresaw the coming awakening of the collective superconsciousness
of humanity. And even though he wrote of this coming awakening
in very highly Christian terms, he so frightened and scandalized
the Catholic Church by his prescient vision of the future of human-
ity that he was locked up in virtual house arrest for the rest of his
life. He was held under interdict, forbidden to speak publicly, and
he was only able to write letters to pre-existing friends outside his
confinement to continue to share his ideas. In an earlier age he
would have been burned to death by the Holy Office of the Inqui-
sition, even though he wrote with such faith and devotion, i.e. “To
be pure of heart means to love God above all things, and to see
Him everywhere in all things.” After his death, those precious
letters were published, so we have a little glimpse into his vision of
265
the future of the human collective consciousness. Sometimes it is

not an casy life when you can see into the future.
Those who hold power, in this case the Catholic Church,
do not welcome a future in which their power is reduced. As you
can see in Al Gore’s film, An Inconvenient Truth, the oil compa-
nics and those who profit from them suppressed the electric car to
ensure they could continue to sell oil even while the CO2 levels in
our atmosphere are melting the icecaps, raising the ocean levels,
and ushering more and bigger hurricanes, droughts and floods. Even
though GMs beautiful electric car could beat a BMW and a Porsche
in the quarter mile had no emissions, and cost much less to run
than the gasoline cars, they were all destroyed, sent to the shred-
der, and no more are being made. Why? There is money to be
made from the oil still in the ground, so those who hold power
ignore the blight they bring upon the Earth and the suffering they
cause. Suppress the electric car. Let us sell oil.
Drug companies do the same thing, but sometimes they
get caught, as they did with Saw Palmetto (Serenoa repens). This
plant has berries that can reduce the swelling of the prostate, which
often occurs in older men. Berries and teas of the leaves, these
have been known and used in folk medicine for a long time to
reduce swelling of the prostate and the attending urinary difficul-
ties. Then a drug company came up with a prescription drug that
did the same thing, except it was only about 30% as effective as
Saw Palmetto berries, plus it was more expensive. So the drug
company did the usual thing to try to climinate the competition for
their product. They got one of their congressional supporters to
introduce a bill to ban Saw Palmetto.
Lucky for us, and unfortunately for the drug company,
many of the 60, 70 and 80 year old men in the Congress knew
about and even depended upon Saw Palmetto and they were not
about to Ict the drug company get away with this, at least on this
issue. So they not only pushed back on the anti-Saw Palmetto
266
legislation, but then they went further and wrote into the law pro-
tections for other natural herbs and supplements.
In almost every instance power centers will resist even the
most beneficial changes if it lessens their power and reduces their
income. Indeed the history of humanity is replete with the sup-
pression of those brighter futures and the silencing of those who
see and who dare to speak of the coming changes. Brain wave
feedback went through such a “silencing” period from 1972 — 1989,
but that is the topic of a different book.
The good news is that the genie got out of the bottle again
in 1989 and brain wave feedback is once again generally available.
So we find ourselves here on the threshold of a Golden Age of
Humanity that is being prepared and launched by consciously self-
regulating human beings, and none too soon, given the enormous
problems we are facing in the world. Remember the Einstein quote:
“Problems cannot be solved
at the same level of awareness that created them.”
267
"We talk of attaining the Self or of reaching God, in time.

But there is nothing to attain.
We are already Self-existent,
nor will there ever be a time when we shall be nearer to
God than now. We are ever-blissful, Self-existent, the
infinite now. Our consciousness is unbroken, continuous
and eternal. It is all maya (illusion), self-hypnotism, to
imagine that now we are otherwise. Dehypnotize yourself!
It is ego which deludes itself that there are two selves, one
which we are conscious of now (the person), and the
other— the higher, the divine — of which we shall one day
become conscious. This is false. There is only one Self
and it is fully conscious now and forever: there is neither
past, present nor future for It, since It is out of time."
Ramana Maharshi
268
Extreme Forgiveness
7
Extreme
Forgiveness
“The man who opts for revenge should dig two graves.”
Chinese Proverb
Psychological research and my own research and obser-

vations of over 4,000 trainees show that forgiveness, true, heart-
centered forgiveness, leads to happier and healthier people, as well
as the ability to achieve high levels of alpha. Do you think there
might be a connection? There is a heavy emotional cost of holding
a grudge and refusing to forgive. Every time you have contact with
someone who has done you wrong, upset feelings arise anew.
Continuing to feel angry and holding a grudge only hurts
the person holding on to the anger. The person with whom you are
angry may be dead or far away, or the event at which you are angry
may be long ago, but if you generate and harbor anger and resent-
ment you are continuing to suffer. Your anger harms you physi-
cally with release of toxic stress chemicals into your blood stream
and elevation of your blood pressure, and it harms you mentally,
emotionally and spiritually too. Anger is a death trap for the one
who is angry. On the other hand forgiveness releases you from
victim-hood.
269
We once had a client, an adult woman, who had been re-

peatedly raped as a child by her father, who was a KKK clan leader.
The rapes began when she was 3 years old. She had also been
repeatedly raped and beaten by her father and by members of his
clan, in “rituals” that her father designed. The abuse was so con-
stant and so severe that she had fractionated into a multiple per-
sonality with 12 alters, some of them male. When she was being
prepared for the rapes and beatings the male personalitics would
show up to “take” the abuse and the female personalities would
run away and hide. This abuse started when she was 3 years old
and continued until she was 15, at which time some of the male
personalitics got together and helped her run away from home.
But her father pursued her, finding out through relatives where she
had gone and would continue to threaten her with more abuse.
When the details of this intense abuse came out I immedi-
ately suggested that she needed to forgive him. She leaped up out
of her chair and started hollering and yelling, turning beet red as
her blood pressure skyrocketed and she was waving her fists and
shouting. “That @X*%@!&! doesn’t deserve my forgiveness!” I
waited until she calmed down and then smilingly said, “Well I didn’t
say you should tell him.” She looked relieved. I added, “1 want
you to forgive him for you, not for him. In fact don’t even tell him
because he’ll take it as a sign of weakness.” She was in the midst
of lawsuit against him, and he was completely unrepentant, and
was in fact still threatening her with kidnapping and more rapes.
I told her that the forgiveness process was for her benefit,
not his. | also told her that he would be quite happy if he knew how
much damage he was still able to be doing to her, if he knew how
just the mention of his name could make her angry and afraid. The
refusal to forgive, holding on to a past hurt, is extremely damaging
to one’s psyche, emotional and physical health, and puts a lid on
the ability to produce alpha waves.
270
Extreme Forgiveness
According to Richard Fitzgibbons, author of Anger and

the Healing Power of Forgiveness: A Psychiatrist’s View,” forgive-
ness works directly on the emotion of anger (and related constructs
such as resentment, hostility, or hatred) by diminishing its inten-
sity or level within the mind and heart.” Researchers at University
of Michigan’s Institute for Social Research found that forgiveness
was linked with better self-reported mental and physical health,
especially for adults over 45. Subjects who reported high levels of
forgiveness were more satisfied with their lives and less likely to
experience symptoms of psychological distress, such as nervous-
ness, restlessness and sadness.
A team of researchers at the University of Wisconsin found
that letting go of anger and forgiving others benefits the heart. They
studied 36 men with coronary artery disease who had unresolved
psychological stress related to experiences from childhood, war,
domestic conflicts, and work problems. Those who were trained in
how to sincerely forgive these past hurts showed improvements in
the blood flow to their hearts.
Psychiatrist Fitzgibbons cites the following benefits to the
one who forgives:
° Decreased levels of anger and hostility
¢ Increased feelings of love
¢ Improved ability to control anger
¢ Enhanced capacity to trust
¢ Freedom from the control of events of the past
* No longer repeating negative behaviors
¢ Improved physical health
¢ Significant improvement in psychiatric disorders
Colin Tipping, author of Radical Forgiveness, notes that
repressed emotional baggage can literally show up as physical bag-
gage—excess body fat. According to Tipping, body fat provides
protection from generalized hurt and rejection, but most frequently
271
it is used to protect the individual from imagined or real sexual

attack. “The sexual abuse of children by their parents, grandpar-
ents, stepparents, mother’s boyfriends, siblings, baby-sitters and
others is rampant in our society. It is estimated that one in five
adults were sexually molested in their childhood years,” Tipping
says. Forgiveness is necessary to neutralize and dissolve the en-
ergy pattern that keeps guilt, shame and fear frozen in the body
and surrounded by fat.
It’s not just the horrific experience of sexual abuse that

can lead to emotionally caused obesity. A very large (tall and heavy)
woman, who would could have played Brunhilda in a Wagnerian
opera, was in training with us and in working the mood scales, she
denied every single item that was flagged with sigmas. When a
word, an emotion would come up flagged with a sigma, suggest-
ing a buried emotional trauma, she would never own the item. Each
and every time she would dismiss the computer’s finding by say-
ing the same thing, “My finger slipped.” It is not uncommon for
people to be out of touch with their suppressed feelings and emo-
tions. People routinely engage in various levels of evasion in work-
ing with the mood scales, and this woman would use the excuse
that her finger slipped, or she made an error. For a number of days
every single item I asked her about she would not take responsibil-
ity for that emotion. And, naturally, she was not making much
progress in the chamber increasing her alpha scores. So it went
day after day. Finally at the end of Day 5 as I was going through
her mood scales, rapidly because for every item I mentioned she
would say her finger slipped, and then I came to one of the last
items on the mood scale. It only had a one sigma and I almost
didn’t even ask her about it because it seemed likely that she was
going to deny responsibility, but I was diligent and I asked any-
way. The phrase was “sick to the stomach”.
272,
Extreme Forgiveness
She actually stopped breathing, and looked at me. Her face

started to change color, then her breathing changed to shallow rapid
breathing. Fear flooded into her face. She stammered a little and
said, “You, you wouldn’t, you wouldn’t expect me to tell you my
worst fear, would you?” I said of course I would, and I went on to
tell her how lucky she was to have identified her worst fear, and
having done this she would find her best work in the chamber was
yet to come. So she told me her greatest fear.
Her worst fear was of throwing up in public. As a child she
had done this a few times, and her mother had made a huge embar-
rassing spectacle of it and then continued to harp on it, seemingly
forever! So whenever she felt the slightest stomach motility, any-
thing at all, she was so afraid that she would throw up that she’d
calm herself down by stuffing food in her mouth. In this way, and
for this reason, she had ballooned up to become a huge, obese
woman, not because she was driven to overeat, or liked food too
much, or couldn’t control her eating, it was because she was avoid-
ing this fear.
Tasked her to go into the chamber the next day and forgive
herself for vomiting in public as a child and forgive the reactions
of her mother. I told her to also imagine all the people most impor-
tant to her surrounding her in public, with her vomiting volumi-
nously and repeatedly in front of them, and then forgiving herself
for that and being OK with it. Gasping at the prospect, she reluc-
tantly agreed to try this the next day. And she did it; and she was
transformed. She lost her reason to be eating all the time and her
weight normalized.
Forgiveness and the Biocybernaut Process

Forgiveness work is a very major part of the Biocybernaut
Process today; however, it wasn’t always that way. Over the de-
cades of doing this work I actually discovered that forgiveness was
a critical key to the process of enhancing the alpha state. How this
273
discovery happened is an interesting story. At one point in the 1980s

my business partner asked me to work with a friend of his, a woman
who was having migraines that lasted seven days. She would ex-
perience maybe three of those per month, and during each one she
couldn’t get out of bed because of the pain. She was a very dear
lady, part of the Beyond War organization. Her life was dedicated
to service, and her pattern was to overdo in the service of others;
following these humanitarian service efforts she would go down
with a migraine.
She was making some progress with the training, so I was
quite surprised to sce that when I went in to the chamber at the end
of the third day to do the interview she was hopping mad! I had
never seen her mad, and she was actually fuming. She snapped at
me, “I thought you said this alpha was good!” I just nodded and
asked her to say more. She said, “When I did bad things my alpha
went up!” So I asked what bad things that she did. She replied, “I
thought about all the people who ever did me dirty in my life.”
She said that during her alpha suppression session she had brought
these bad people into her awareness thinking that would suppress
her alpha. Instead her alpha went up and she was confused at this
and then became cross and then even angry. So I asked her to say
more about the “bad people” she thought of who made her alpha
goup. She huffed and fumed and then consented to talk about this.
She said that she would think about a bad person, one at a time,
and bring them to mind, and then she added that she forgave them.
I stopped her and asked her to check me as I restated what
she had just said to make sure I understood her. Slowly I spoke:
“OK you are doing forgiveness and you think that is a bad thing? I
paused and looked at her, and suddenly her lights went on and her
expression changed as she realized why her alpha was going up
when she thought about “bad people.” She was such a dear person
that she was only willing to think good things for enhancement. In
alpha enhancement she would only think large good thoughts like,
274
Extreme Forgiveness
“world peace” and “ending hunger,” but for alpha suppression she
was a bit bolder. She would never think about anything bad her-
self, but she was willing to go outside of her goody-two-shoes
boundary to think of other people who were bad and who had done
her dirty. However, she was so sweet that even when she did think
of bad people who had done bad things to her, she moved very
quickly into forgiveness. And now she, and I, were discovering
that forgiveness actually worked to enhance her alpha.
In the weeks, months, and years that followed I gradually
brought the forgiveness process more and more into the training,
and now it is a very major component of the Biocybernaut work.
Sometimes when people are slow to begin their forgiveness work,
and it gets to Day 5 or 6 and they have not yet “gotten to it” I tell
the trainees that I have this big imaginary forgiveness drum and I
beat on it chanting, “Do the forgiveness work! Do the forgiveness
work!” I emphasize the importance of forgiveness work because
many people will put this off, and putting it off delays their progress
and allows their egos to remain in control of them.
The way we work with the forgiveness theme involves
several different tracks. One track is to learn to just “do alpha” and
to “get into” the feedback—the musical sounds, the colored
scores—and to simply enjoy it, get into the fun of hearing your
own brain waves and, in the process, get your alpha up somewhat
during the first couple of training days.
A second track involves the work with the computerized
mood scales. The operation of these mood scales is described in
detail in chapter 4, so we will just briefly describe the actual pro-
cess of how we help people come up with compelling forgiveness
candidates for their forgiveness work in the alpha chamber. At the
end of each day the trainer works individually with each of the
trainees to review all of their results with each of them. In this
review, the trainer tells the trainee/client each of the mood words
from the mood scales that the computer flagged with a “sigma” to
275
indicate that the computer did not think the trainee had answered
accurately. Each one of these mood words that gets a sigma is
likely to be related to some trauma or painful experience and to be
connected to one or more people in the traince’s past. When the
trainer asks the trainee about one of those flagged words, those
people and those traumatic experiences are encouraged to come
back up into conscious memory. Those experiences and those
people then become grist for the forgiveness mill the next day.
Those people and those painful events are the forgiveness targets,
and the trainer will hold the traince’s feet to the fire to make sure
that they actually do the forgiveness work on those “forgiveness
candidates.” There is no compulsion, but the trainer will keep re-
questing that the traince do the forgiveness work and will offer
many helpful suggestions of how to do this.
The mood scales allow the trainer to function as though he
or she were psychic because they identify latent negative emotions
that are present in a person that the person is unaware of, and thus
the person cannot even try to work on those emotions and on those
issues. The work with the Biocybernaut mood scales brings these
emotions and these issues to the surface, up into consciousness.
The work with the computerized Biocybernaut mood scales
will cause the unconscious hidden emotions to rise to the surface
so the trainees will be able to recognize what their core issues are.
These emotions might be fear, sorrow, anger, guilt, unworthiness,
depression or all of the above. While doing forgiveness work in
the chamber, the traince brings one of those flagged “sigma” is-
sues, people, or storics to mind and then begins to delve into it
with an intention to forgive. However, wanting to forgive docsn’t
do it.
Trying to forgive also fails in achieving forgiveness. Only
authentic forgiveness works; only real forgiveness does it. It has to
be “effective forgiveness.” But, the problem for people is, “How
do you do that?” It is not casy. In fact there was a Gallup Poll
276
Extreme Forgiveness
done in America on the topic of forgiveness. They found 80% of

Americans felt forgiveness was important. But of those who re-
ally felt it was important, a full 85% said they could not do for-
giveness on their own. They needed some outside help, God’s
help or something, but they could not do it on their own. And
amazingly, given the large Christian representation in the 80% who
felt forgiveness was important, Gallup found that even “prayer”
did not correlate with effective forgiveness. Of the things that
Gallup asked about only one thing correlated with effective for-
giveness. That was “meditative prayer.” Well hello! That means
alpha waves. Anytime I hear meditative anything I see alpha waves.
For example meditative walking or meditative gardening or medi-
tative swimming or meditative anything means more alpha waves
in that practice than the non-meditative practice of the very same
thing. So even good old George Gallup is helping us come to the
conclusion that to do effective forgiveness we have to have more
alpha waves.
So how do you do meditative prayer, or meditative for-
giveness, or meditative alpha training? It is different for different
people. IfI were to tell you what five different people did to achieve
effective forgiveness, you would find that none of them did the
same thing. They all did something that falls under that heading of
forgiveness, and for each one of them it worked. So the theme
must be forgiveness, and there must be an intention to do forgive-
ness, and then people search, with the help of the alpha feedback,
for their personal effective forgiveness method. When they hit even
momentarily on something that works, they are rewarded in that
moment with a brief surge in feedback tones. This serves to point
them unerringly toward the appropriate forgiveness tool or method
for them.
Once they discover a strategy that works for a moment by
generating a brief increase in the feedback tones, then that strategy
can be applied for two full minute epoch. At the end of that epoch
277
when the scores come on, if all the scores light up green, meaning
new high scores for the day, then they know they have found their
personal forgiveness tool.
Now they’re superhuman because they can go through an
entire lifetime of grievances, grudges, withholds, fears, and quickly
and easily forgive them. The meditation traditions all teach non-
attachment—lctting go. But what we’ve learned in the Biocybernaut
training is that unless someone first forgives, they cannot truly let
go. We tell people to include themselves in their list of people to
forgive, because it is just as important to the entire process. And
people have so many judgments against themselves.
Denied Anger and Forgiveness

Here’s a good example of how the forgiveness process
works. We were doing a training with four people, including the
CEO of a billion dollar corporation. He walked in with his hair
sprayed back, wearing a three-piece suit and his white shirt was a
little choking at the collar. At the end of the day he wanted to go
first in his mood scale review. At the top of the list, and denied
with “five sigmas,” was the word anger. The big sigma meant
anger was highly likely to be an emotion that was really present in
him, even though he had completely denied it by giving a “0” re-
sponse, meaning “Not at all.” He had answered the mood scale
question on anger in a way that denied he had any anger, but the
computer didn’t buy it. It reported five standard deviations (5 sig-
mas) of doubt. You only need three sigmas to be statistically sig-
nificant and even a one sigma can sometimes be very powerful,
and he had five sigmas, strongly indicating denial of the emotion
of anger.
Since he was the first person on the first day in the mood
scale interview to go over the mood scale results, he hadn’t seen
anybody else work with the mood scales. I began gently by ex-
plaining that the mood scales sometimes indicate an emotion is
278
Extreme Forgiveness
present that the person is not consciously aware of, but which may
be there. I asked him if there was anything he was angry about, and
loudly and angrily yelled “NO!!!” Everyone in the room jumped
at this outburst.
OK, so now everybody knew he was angry and still he
was denying it. So I tried a different approach. He was married, so
I started to praise women’s intuition, saying it was sometimes bet-
ter than men’s hunches. I was intending to lead the conversation
around to the point where I could ask: “If 1 were to ask your wife
if there is anything you are angry about, what would she say?” But
he was a smart guy and he was able to figure out where I was going
and so I did not even get to ask the question before he again loudly
and angrily yelled, “NO!!!” This time everyone really jumped,
because his outburst came without me even having had a chance to
ask a question.
The Biocybernaut training is gentle and non-confronta-
tional, so I dropped the issue for the moment and went on to asking
him about other denied words with sigmas. He was in total denial
about anything and everything, and he was totally unwilling to do
any inner work or to talk about any of his feelings. So we finished
his mood scales very quickly, making no apparent progress at un-
covering the issues we usually uncover by going over the mood
scales.
But there were three other people in the training and each
of them did some serious, deep work with the denied words that
received sigmas on their mood scales. When they would get in
touch with the underlying event there would be a very obvious
emotional release. They were able to sigh and let down an appar-
ently heavy weight they had been carrying, sometimes for a long
time. This CEO might have been blocked about his own emotions,
but he was a keen observer of people, so he saw what the others
had done, and he secretly took it to heart.
279
When he walked into the Training Center on day two, he

still was in the three-piece suit, but sat down and then he opened
his jacket and took out a long folded piece of paper, and he un-
folded it. It was a long list of everyone with whom he was angry.
With traditional psychotherapy, this might have happened in year
two or maybe year 20, but in the Biocybernaut training this was
just day two. Now I had an opportunity to coach him on forgive-
ness work and encouraged him to go into the chamber and get his
alpha going as best he could considering it was only his second
day. 1 told him that when he got his alpha going that he should
bring to mind someone from his angry list and then do forgiveness
work on that person.
He resolved to do this. While in the chamber, he brought
to mind a person from his angry list. Naturally he got angry and
then he watched his alpha scores plummet. Perplexed he wondered
what had gone wrong with his alpha. Then he remembered that he
was supposed to now begin to forgive this person. But he was
angry and his ego was running his mind, so he had a further blow
up of anger. NO WAY WAS HE GOING TO FORGIVE THAT
ROTTEN @#%™!&*@!!! Of course this further anger outburst
further depressed his alpha. The tones went almost silent and the
scores dropped down into double digits. He was failing big time!
Now he was really in a dilemma. He was a performance-oriented
competitive guy, running a billion dollar corporation after all, and
here he was failing at alpha feedback. He was getting almost no
feedback tones. To him, this was an unacceptable failure. It’s cer-
tainly not what a CEO of a billion dollar corporation expected of
himself! So he got angricr, but quickly realized that was not the
way to go. So he began to think about forgiveness, angrily. But of
course angry thinking about forgiveness doesn’t do it. He discov-
ered that very quickly. So then he tried reluctantly to forgive. And
of course that did not do it cither; the tones stayed very quict and
the low scores seemed mocking as they flashed every two minutes
280
Extreme Forgiveness
before his eyes. So he was in a muddle, not knowing what to do.

As he sat there with his mind spinning, unexpectedly there was a
moment where he heard a little bit of increase in the tones. He
wondered what had happened and then realized that he must have
done something during those few moments that took him in the
direction of forgiveness and its higher alpha. So he thought back
and recovered the feeling he had had during that brief increase of
the tones. And then he generated that feeling all during the next
two minute epoch. The tones were noticeably louder and when the
epoch ended, he was rewarded by all the scores setting new highs.
He was elated and now he was like Superman. He had his lifetime
angry list, and he had a new method, actually a tool crafted out of
his existing behavioral repertoire through use of the alpha feed-
back that told him when he actually authentically forgave some-
one. So now he was able to go through his entire lifetime of grudges,
grievances, withholds, poutings, furies, and rages and simply elimi-
nate them with authentic forgiveness. His rewards were big surges
in the feedback tones and ever higher scores and a rapidly spread-
ing sense of peace and wellbeing and wonder. He was opening his
heart and forgiving deeply and his alpha soared ever higher.
True Forgiveness Requires an Alpha High

People often tell me, well I’ve already done the forgive-
ness work, This is not a new concept. Many people have written
about the importance of forgiveness in spiritual growth and psy-
chological health. But if you haven’t done it in a high alpha state,
you haven’t completely erased the emotional charge from the situ-
ation. Our process creates a cybernetic feedback loop: Increased
alpha helps the forgiveness process, and forgiveness helps increase
alpha ... so it spirals up and up and you feel more and more saintly.
When a person has a traumatic event in their life, this cre-
ates dysfunctional thought patterns—or samskaras as we discussed
in Chapter 3. Once these events can be brought into awareness by
281
the computerized mood scale program, these events then can be-
come forgiveness targets for work in the chamber. Most of these
dysfunctional coping patterns were formed in a state of anxicty,
fear, anger, stress, or sadness. Especially fear. To help people as-
cend into joy, we show them a scale of emotions that goes like this:
JOY
FEAR
ANGER
SADNESS AND DEPRESSION
APATHY
Joy of course is at the top where we all want to be. But if

we are not there it could be that we are sad or depressed. But what
this emotional hierarchy teaches us is that when we are actually in
touch with fecling sadness, that means there is unacknowledged
and unexpressed anger. On the other hand when someone is rag-
ing, obviously filled with anger, this emotional hicrarchy teaches
us that they are really afraid. The underlying emotion is fear. And
when a Biocybernaut trainee gets in touch with what they are re-
ally afraid of, I tell them they are really lucky. First of all because
they are just one step below joy, but also because if they explore,
in the safety of the chamber, directly into the face of their fears,
this is always their fastest growth path!
And if someone is lost into apathy, we know they have
been sad and depressed for so long that their system has just bro-
ken down and they have given up. It is easier to get to joy from
fear or anger or sadness than from apathy.
In each case ofa sigma item on the mood scale, identify-
ing the fear that was at the root of the event is very important.
Those dysfunctional patterns, the samskaras, were formed ina state
that is characterized mostly by beta. So not clearing out those cob-
webs with effective forgiveness keeps you in more of that state in
282
Extreme Forgiveness
your brain. When you go into a Biocybernaut chamber and you’re

training yourself to produce more alpha, and you bring those trau-
matic events forward to deal with them, you can forgive them and
you can even rescript them. You can rescript them at a higher state
of alpha, replacing a beta state. You’re rescripting them at a level
of love, compassion and forgiveness, not at a level of anxiety, an-
ger or fear. In some ways the brain does not know the difference
between actual and imagined events, so what we are doing with
this process is giving people an opportunity to rescript their lives.
Or at least get a start in rescripting their lives. In this way when
their mind reaches down to the historical events to come up with a
context and a precedent to give guidance in how to feel at this
moment, if that context is a happy precedent, the person is much
more likely to interpret the present moment’s events in a happy
way. All of this goes on all the time automatically and very rap-
idly, so installing some happier referential data goes a long way
toward increasing your ability to be happy in every moment. At
the same time we train people to bring their brain into a natural
state of higher alpha, which continues after the training, and it has
lasting power to continue to change their lives for the better.
The Forgiveness Process

Sometimes people say to me. “Why should I forgive? They
deserve to have me angry at them!” Well, your anger hurts you far
more than it hurts those with whom you are angry. Remember the
Chinese proverb from the beginning of this Chapter: The man
who opts for revenge should dig two graves. Forgiveness allows
you to unhook from the negativity you carry with you about an
event in the past. Forgiveness gets rid of the negative emotional
charge you are carrying.
It’s important to understand what forgiveness is not. For-
giveness does not require reconciliation between the two parties.
The other person does not have to forgive you. The other person
283
does not have to agree to be forgiven and does not even need to
know about your forgiving them. Forgiveness is not an obligation
that you fulfill. Forgiveness is not something you believe you should
do. Forgiveness is not something you say. Forgiveness is not some-
thing you think. Remember, alpha isn’t what you think.
Forgiveness is done from the heart of the forgiver in order
to release the negative charge of the event in questions. Forgive-
ness then allows the forgiver to move on and release the toxic emo-
tions that are created and sustained by holding on to that negative
emotion. Forgiveness is also not pardoning the other person for
what they did. Sometimes Spanish speaking people balk at the first
suggestion of forgiveness because the word “forgiveness” in Span-
ish is often translated “perdonar” “pardonare,” which means to them
pardoning, which they may not wish to do, And if may not be wise
to pardon the offending party, even though it is always wise to
forgive them. Pardoning releases the injuring person from the con-
sequences of his or her injurious actions.
You can forgive someone in your heart and at the same
time pursue justice, even prosccuting a law suit against them, so
that the person still experiences, in an appropriate way, the conse-
quences of their wrong action. But you pursue this justice without
malice and without anger, and you do it to support and to sustain
that which is good and fair and truc and beautiful. Forgiveness is
not condoning, for it docs not excuse harmful behavior, It just deals
with it, dispassionatcly. Forgiveness is not forgetting, but when
you have truly forgiven, the forgetting happens in a natural and a
peaceful and a healing way. That way you can truly be at peace
after having done effective forgiveness. Both your heart and your
mind will be untroubled by the person or the event that you have
now forgiven.
Once a person has identified, with the help of the comput-
erized mood scales and the gentle guidance of their Biocybernaut
trainer, those incidents and those people that require forgiveness,
284
Extreme Forgiveness
the process can be done a variety of ways that include many of the
following elements.
¢ Make a decision that you are going to forgive
¢ Bring to mind the person or situation
° Create a loving space in your heart
¢ Feel the hurt and the pain of that time and of that event;
make it real again
° Come back into the present moment and become aware of
something good that resulted from that event.
¢ Based on this good result, change your attitude about that
past event.
° Forgive the other person—and yourself using the alpha tones
as your guide as to whether you are doing forgiveness
correctly.
° See the event again, but this time see it through their eyes.
° Feel love in your heart for the other person, even if that is a
cosmic love.
Once you have run this scenario for several days in the
alpha chamber and you have been successful in experiencing ef-
fective forgiveness, there are other deeper levels to which you can
take the forgiveness. In the process your spiritual growth will ac-
celerate and you will experience deeper levels of love and com-
passion; you will come to know God’s love more deeply and you
will come to express and to exemplify God’s love here on Earth.
The next deeper level of forgiveness involves creating a
courtroom setting in your mind. You empanel a group of judges
before whom you will prosecute your case against the agrieving
party. And before this panel of judges you will act out your for-
giveness. On the panel of judges you might place Jesus, Moses,
Buddah, Mohammed, Confusius, Lao Tsu, Quan Yin, Mother
Theresa, Solomon, anyone you wish. Then you bring up the ac-
cused, your tormenter, your enemy, the person who harmed you.
285
You then slowly and carefully read the list of charges, the griev-
ances you have against this person. You omit nothing. All the
charges are read before the judges. And then you forgive this per-
son under the penetrating and watchful eyes of your panel of high
beings, your judges. And you do this forgiveness with the intent to
so thoroughly forgive this person that none of these high beings
will be able to find within you even a trace of anything that was not
forgiven.
Once you have done this, you are then ready for the next
step. In this step you ask each of the empanclled judges to fully
forgive this person. Here is where you might find some resistance
within you to the forgiveness process. It would be almost like the
hypocritical Christian who might say, “Oh yes, I forgive you, but
Jesus will get you in the end, ha ha.” So by asking cach of your
high beings to forgive this person, you are surrendering any judg-
ment against this person that could be held by anyone anywhere.
You are asking God and the forces of the universe to forgive this
person. When you have mastered this, you will be well along your
path of effective forgiveness.
Create A Loving Space in Your Heart

In my experience, the forgiveness process only works when
alpha is high, which is why the Biocybernaut Process is so effec-
tive in nurturing forgiveness. As mention carlicr, in the Gallup Poll
on forgiveness, people reported that meditative prayer was the only
effective method of forgiveness, among the items in the survey.
Meditation done correctly is a high alpha state. It is also important
to create a loving space in your heart. You can do this by thinking
of something you have loving feclings about. This might be a pet,
a child, or even yourself as a child.
Bring to Mind the Person and Situation

Once you have your heart open, you bring to mind the
286
Extreme Forgiveness
incident or situation where someone hurt you—physically or ver-

bally—as an adult or a child. Childhood memories are the most
useful in the beginning because that’s where most of the pain starts.
When you speak to yourself about these issues, always do it with a
kind, loving and gentle heart. Think about the person that hurt you
in whatever way they did, physically or emotionally, and start by
going into the open heart space. Then bring up the memory of the
person you want to forgive and of what happened to you; some-
thing visual, a feeling, or the sound of their voice. Relive the
memory by feeling how you felt then, bringing up as much as you
can ina way that is not too overwhelming for you.
Read the Charges

Be specific about what was done to you and how it hurt
you, physically or emotionally. Feel the emotions that you felt at
the time of the incident. People sometimes find it useful to create a
courtroom scene in their mind’s eye where the defendant is on trial
and they are the prosecutor. In your mind, tell the person how you
felt. For example, “You really hurt me when you said I was stupid.
You made me feel bad about myself; the things you said to me
really upset me, and I’ve carried the memory of what you said and
did for a long time in my life.” Go into as much detail as possible
about the incident so you can fully address it. It’s best to do it with
eyes closed, as you are in the alpha chamber. Some people try to
visualize the person sitting in a chair in front of them or standing in
front of them.
In reliving the event and conversing in your mind with the
offender about what happened, sometimes you will hear them say-
ing something back, like “I didn’t realize I did that to you,” or “I’m
really sorry that I hurt you.” One alpha trainee who had multiple
issues with his mother thought he was finished reading the charges
when unexpectedly his mother showed up in his mind’s eye with a
list of her own—she didn’t want him to forget certain incidents
287
where she had donc or said things that had hurt him! He was aston-
ished and overwhelmed with gratitude that his inner mother would
come to remind him of bad things she had done to him, in order to
help him to be more thorough in his forgiveness process. Some-
times you will get a direct response like this and sometimes you
won’t. You have to go with whatever is going on in your head, be it
a fecling, a thought, a visual image or a sound.
Here’s an example from a trainee: “When I was in grade
school, I had a third grade teacher who was really mean. She was
always in a bad mood, and she would not tolerate any spontancity
or boisterous activity from the class. Being a precocious, active,
imaginative child, | was her worst nightmare. I could not recall
exactly what she did, but something greatly affected me because |
started making myself sick (faking a fever, calling up a deep, hack-
ing bronchial cough) in order to stay home from school. During
my third grade ycar, I missed at least of third of school.”
“Even though I could not recall a specific incident, | as-
sume she shamed me in front of the class for something I did or
said. During the Alpha One feedback training, she was one of my
primary forgiveness targets. At first I just forgave her generically...
but the next day or so I realized that she needed more attention. So
I created a long list of charges, marched her to the front of the
class, read them to her one by one, and made her bend over so the
entire class could spank her with balloons. Then we all went out-
side for perpetual recess!”
Forgive the Other Person—and Yourself

Once you have released your anger and hurt and you feel
compassion in your heart for the other person, forgive them from
the heart. A lot of people say they don’t know how to really forgive
and mean it. It’s easy enough to say the words, but really hard to
feel it. I suggest you keep your hand on your heart and say the
words “I forgive you” over and over until you really feel it in your
288
Extreme Forgiveness
heart. It often helps to have some token of forgiveness, like a flame

from your heart, a rose, or other token representing your forgive-
ness to offer to the other person in your mind’s eye. Say the words
to yourself with your hand on your heart until you feel it, and you’ll
know you feel it if you start to get teary-eyed or you feel shifts in
your body. You may even feel an ache in your heart. Don’t worry,
it’s not your heart breaking! It’s your heart filling with love and
expanding.
It’s even more crucial that you use this technique when
working on self-forgiveness. You are your own harshest critic. It’s
important to be especially kind and loving to yourself, because
that will allow you to let go of the pain and the hurt. It’s often hard
to forgive yourself for believing what that person said to you, or
believing you did something wrong that caused it to happen, or
believing that you are not loved or are not the perfect human being
that you are. Acknowledge what beliefs you adopted about your-
self and the world because of the incident and forgive yourself for
believing that which was untrue. Also forgive yourself for any role
you may have had in the incident, especially if you have been blam-
ing yourself for the event.
Here’s an example from a trainee who adopted certain
beliefs because of something that happened even before birth.
“When I was in the womb, at six months gestation, my father left
Cleveland, Ohio, for work in California. I was born into the chaos
of my mother and grandmother readying us to move out there to
join him. Furthermore, in the 40s among German Jewish families,
it was generally accepted that babies should cry until they quieted
themselves, and it wasn’t that common to be picked up, cuddled
and held. I realized that I concluded that I was an unwelcome nui-
sance and that my father did not care enough about me to be there
for my birth. After forgiving my parents for doing the best they
could, I forgave myself for adopting these beliefs, which were
untrue.”
289
And another trainee, who acknowledged the role she played

in the incident: “I had a major forgiveness target which involved
the loss of my entire life savings. A man who represented himself
as something other than he was and the investment as something
other than it was essentially stole my savings. I had to own my role
in the incident because I did not do ‘due diligence’ and check into
his credentials, background, and research the investment. | forgave
him for misleading me, and forgave myself for my role in making
the decision that caused me to lose my money.”
See it With Their Eyes

If at all possible, put yourself in their shoes and see the
incident from their perspective. Acknowledge that they were do-
ing the best they could given their own circumstances. Realize that
in most cases, the person did the best they could at the time with
what they knew. Each individual has their own conditioning and
life experiences that determine how they act. We don’t know the
details of what made them the way they are. It’s important that we
look at that person through loving, compassionate cycs.
When it comes to self-forgiveness, you have to be even
more gentle and loving by acknowledging that you did the best
you could at the time. You may have been only a child, probably
didn’t know any better, or behaved in the way you had been taught
to behave. Your reaction was the only one you knew, the only way
you knew how to behave. And that’s OK because it is part of the
perfect being that you are.
Here’s an example from a trainee: “It has always haunted
me that my sister, who was born 18 months before me, was born
deaf and blind and with a heart defect that, in 1951, was not some-
thing that was generally repaired. The baby was put into an incu-
bator and not treated. Though it was fed, it was not touched or
cared for and was basically left to dic. It always hurt my heart that
my mother was not allowed to sce her, and that no one even touched
290
Extreme Forgiveness
her, loved her, or acknowledged her existence. I used that as a for-

giveness target during the Biocybernaut Process. I had to put my-
self in the shoes of the nurses, the doctor, the hospital administra-
tor, and my parents, and forgive them for doing what society and
medicine dictated—forgive them for believing that a deformed
newborn baby had no awareness or feelings. I had to put myself in
their shoes and realize that they were all doing the best they could
under the circumstances.”
Rescript the Event

Tell the offender how you would have liked the incident to
have happened and imagine it happening that way. If this is done
in a high alpha state of mind, new neural connections are created
that resonate with the emotions characterized by the alpha frequency
instead of the less desirable states of anxiety, fear or anger sur-
rounding the event you are forgiving.
The following story from one of our trainees illustrates
much of the forgiveness process. “When I was a little girl about six
years old, one Sunday afternoon my mother and father and I were
going to some sort of social event. I had gotten dressed up in a
cute, frilly pink dress, white socks and Maryjane shoes. I thought I
looked really good and awfully cute! As I came happily bouncing
down the stairs, my mother was waiting at the bottom. She grabbed
my arm, jerked me down the last two stairs, shook me violently
and yelled ‘A young lady always wears a slip when she goes out! If
you want to dress like a whore, we’ll drop you off on Bourbon
street and leave you there so you can hang out with all the other
hookers.’ Then she spanked me real hard and harshly told me to go
back upstairs and put on a slip.
“Needless to say, her reaction put me in shock. I was in
such a happy mood, thinking I looked great, and when she said
that to me I really felt bad about myself. I didn’t realize until later
in life when I started to do forgiveness work what an impact that
291
had on me. It affected even the way I would dress; I became a very
conservative dresser as I got older and was uncomfortable wearing
anything cute, sexy or any clothes that made me feel good about
myself. It always felt wrong if my clothes were attractive, and 1
felt like a bad person when I dressed that way.
“So I did the forgiveness process while in a high alpha
state on the incident. I recalled how I felt, how my mother scared
me and made me conclude that there was something terribly wrong
with me. Some of the things I said were; ‘I forgive myself for judg-
ing myself as being wrong or bad for not wearing a slip. I forgive
myself for judging mysclf as being a whore. I forgive myself for
believing that I was a bad girl because I forgot to put on a slip. I
forgive myself for judging my mother as being a mean, crucl, an-
gry tyrant and for being afraid of her. I forgive my mother for treat-
ing me like dirt, for spanking me so hard, for jerking my arm and
treating me roughly. I forgive myself for believing that she didn’t
love me.’ That last one was a revelation as I realized that part of the
pain of this incident was I had concluded that my mother didn’t
love me. For the truth is, she loved me very much; she just wasn’t
able to act in a loving way at that time.
“After I did the forgiveness process, I rescripted the scene
to make it more loving and accepting of me as a six year old girl
who was actually quite adorable and innocent. I saw myself com-
ing down the stairs in the same little pink dress, exactly the same
way as I was before, with no slip on. I was feeling happy, skipping
down the stairs again. This time, | envisioned my Mom watching
me come down the stairs with a big smile on her face. She took my
hand as I came down the last few steps, then took my other hand,
smiling. She twirled me around as she said, ‘You just look so beau-
tiful, you look like a little princess!’
“This alpha trainee then added something to the mind scene
that had not actually happened. She had an MS in psychology and
knew that it’s important to add details that support a happier memory
292
Extreme Forgiveness
as it gives one a new frame of reference and takes the heavy charge
off the old memory.” She continued, “I had my mother pick me up
in her arms and give me three kisses. She said. ‘That’s for the beau-
tiful little girl on the outside.’ Then she gave me three more kisses
and said, ‘That’s for the beautiful little girl on the inside.’ Then she
hugged me tightly and said, ‘Honey, I love you so much!’ She put
me down, told me to go outside where my daddy was waiting for
us in the car.” She added more detail to the rescripting by seeing
herself go out of the house skipping down the sidewalk towards
the car where her daddy was sitting in the driver’s seat, smiling. “I
got into the back seat, and my Daddy told me how beautiful I was.
Then Mom got into the car and said, ‘Don’t you think our daughter
looks beautiful today?’ Then we drove off to the party.”
Forgiveness can have awesome results

Think of your body as an air filter that needs to periodi-
cally be cleaned in order to work efficiently—life force (air) needs
to flow freely. Whenever we judge, make someone wrong, blame,
project, repress anger, hold on to resentment or berate ourselves
and others for something not done “right,” we create blocks in our
air filter. Forgiveness cleans out the filter. And it can have awe-
some results.
The following experience is from a person who later be-
came a Biocybernaut trainer. At the time of this person’s alpha
training they had just completed a Masters Degree in counseling
that had included a great deal of personal forgiveness work. In this
person’s own words the story is told:
“My intention was to continue to do deep emotional clear-
ing work, which would give me more clarity of focus, and to in-
crease my creativity, as well as to continue to heal emotional wounds
from my past.”
“I thought I had worked through a lot of my ‘stuff’ in my
two years of grad school. During the various trainings, I realized
293
there where many more layers to attack deep down inside. | found
myself going to places I never thought I would go, nor was I aware
of the depth of the negative influences of my past and how strongly
they had influenced me as a person. | now understand what has
kept me from fulfilling my dreams.”
“Training in alpha was not easy. It’s difficult to work on
deep heartfelt issues. You have to be willing to go there. It takes a
certain level of courage to look deeply at our life. Throughout the
training Dr. Hardt was lovingly aggressive at pushing me to look
deeper and go further with the work involved. He was also very
encouraging, supportive, and nonjudgmental towards whatever
came up. I felt safe to be completely honest with not only what I
had experienced but what I have done as well. The technicians and
other staff people are very gentle and supportive as well.
“Don’t be afraid to go deep. This is truly a rare opportu-
nity to go very deep in working on and releasing negative influ-
ences from your life. It’s a very safe, confidential and supportive
environment. The results are so worth it. What you get in return for
all your hard, courageous work is a mental and emotional state that
is very freeing, happy and peaccful. For me it was about finally
being able to get rid ofa lot of my ‘mind chatter.’ It gets you more
into your heart but makes you a much more confident and happy
person. Life just begins to turn in your favor when you are willing
to take a leap of faith to make your life better for yourself.
“I highly recommend Biocybernaut to anyone. | think all
people, no matter what level you are at in your personal growth,
can benefit form the alpha training. It’s such a personalized pro-
gram that you get out of it what you are willing to put into it ‘en-
ergy-wise.’ The results are ‘life enhancing.’ It changes you defi-
nitcly for the better!”
294
Uncovering the Authentic Self
8
Uncovering the
Authentic Self
“The snow goose need not bathe itself to make itself
white.
Neither need you do anything but be yourself.”
Lao-Tse
There is nothing more powerful and empowering than hon-

oring your true nature, standing in your truth, becoming your au-
thentic self. When you uncover and express your authentic self,
you allow your inner light to shine. You are in touch with your
higher guidance, truth, and wisdom and can live your highest pur-
pose with joyful creativity.
Valerie Rickel, founder of Soulful Living, says “When you
are living an authentic life, you are contributing your soulful na-
ture and gifts to the world and thus creating a better, more authen-
tic and soulful life experience for us all.”
Just as children are naturally creative, they have no trouble
being authentic. Think back to how you were when no one sup-
pressed or controlled your natural joy, your blunt truthfulness, and
your curiosity and joi de vivre. At some point, however, we are
taught to suppress the true self. We have to “behave,” “act like a
lady,” “be a gentleman,” “act grown up,” stop jumping in the
puddles and playing in the mud, keep our clothes clean—and with-
hold our truths and deny what we see and hear in order to “fit in”
and meet the expectations of our parents, teachers, and society. We
295
create a cellar in our soul for all the stuff that’s not allowed—be-
liefs, opinions, authentic feclings of anger, disappointment, sclf-
criticism, pain, fear, humiliation, shame, abandonment, and dis-
trust.
“When you fashion a life where the decisions you make
and the actions you take are considered, deliberate, and in har-
mony with what’s important to you, you are living an authentic
life,” says Suzanne Zuglio, Ph.D. author and consultant. “It is not
necessarily a life others admire or think is right for you, but a life
that you know in your heart is right for you. It may not be a life that
has been your habit, but it is a life that makes you greet cach day
with enthusiasm and slecp peacefully at night.”
Living authentically comes from remembering that we are
powerful spiritual beings, and remembering requires us to quict
the “monkey mind” and its constant chatter of evaluations, judg-
ments and thoughts. (Remember, alpha isn’t what you think.) The
alpha mind and the open heart are the quict home of the truc self,
and it is in the high alpha open-heart space that we can align our-
selves with the mind and the heart of God. We can sce ourselves in
our perfection, without the critical judgment of the ego or “au-
thoritics.” We are inherently powerful when we are standing in
our truth, living as our authentic self.
As Maryann Williamson wrote, “Our deepest fear is not
that we are inadequate. Our deepest fear is that we are powerful
beyond measure. It is our light, not our darkness, that most fright-
ens us. We ask ourselves, who ain I to be brilliant, gorgeous, tal-
ented and fabulous? Actually, who are you NOT to be? You are a
child of God. Your playing small doesn’t serve the world. There’s
nothing enlightened about shrinking so that other people won’t fecl
insecure around you.
We were born to make manifest the glory of God that is
within us. It’s not just in some of us; it’s in everyone. And as we let
our own light shine, we unconsciously give other people permis-
296
sion to do the same. As we are liberated from our own fear, our
presence automatically liberates others.”
Stuffed Emotions Bury the Authentic Self

When you are living a life where your authentic emotions
have been buried, you are not living a full life—you’re living a lic.
You’re living someone else’s idea of what your life should look
like. What gets lost is your own sense of truth, your own sense of
who you are. Then, because you don’t know who you are, it’s dif-
ficult to make a decision that comes from your truth because you
don’t really know what your truth is. You’re so shut down emo-
tionally that you don’t know what you’re feeling, so you end up
relying on what other people tell you you’re supposed to feel or
what you are supposed to be doing. After awhile, you get so shut
down that you’re an emotional zombie.
You can still function physically; you can still socialize,
and you can still be a good intellect and a smart person and do your
work, but you’re constantly stuffing your true emotions, and you
feel that something is missing in your life—and it truly is missing.
This constant stuffing of your authentic emotions, burying
the authentic self, ends up disrupting the emotional landscape of
the brain. What little alpha activity you have is going to become
smaller. Also you might not sleep as deeply or as long as you re-
quire, which in turn leads to dampening the production of your
alpha even further. :
Some people who are emotionally shut down automati-
cally go into theta states. Because they feel they are not allowed to
feel or to express their feelings, they end up going inside them-
selves more often, internalizing their emotions, leading to day-
dreaming and zoning out. When you internalize your emotions and
don’t allow yourself to feel them or to express them outwardly, it
also affects the immune system. When you hold onto to anger and
resentment, major diseases like cancer and heart disease result.
297
Deepak Chopra showed in various studies that your emo-

tions affect your brain. When you have a lot of emotional busy-
ness going on in your head all the time that you are not expressing,
it blocks the neural pathways for new connections to be made. When
people have a hard time grasping new concepts or learning on the
job, quite often it’s not that they are not smart. It may be that they
are blocked and stressed because they are holding on to all that
unexpressed emotion. When you have an lot of mind chatter going
on in your brain, it’s hard to stay focused because you are expend-
ing so much energy keeping all that stuff in because you don’t feel
free to express your true feelings.
Letting go mentally allows your alpha to increase. Letting
go emotionally has the same effect. However, most people don’t
know how to let go of emotions. Their emotions come tumbling
out at the wrong time as inappropriate anger or a tearful break-
down over a minor incident.
At the Biocybernaut Institute we create a safe space for
people to be able to express what they are fecling. And with the
mood scales and “psychic” mood scale computers, they can’t hide
their true feelings from themselves or from us. We lovingly and
gently dig them out! We also give people a great deal of highly
accurate information about themselves, and besides being absorb-
ingly fascinating to everyone, including young children, this abun-
dance of information also has the effect of overloading the rational
mind. This is extremely effective in helping people to get out of
their own way and allowing them to Iet go and relax into higher
alpha states.
During the alpha training, people may experience strong
emotions that come to the surface. The process can be very cathar-
tic, and crying is both allowed and encouraged. It’s not like you’re
baring your soul in front of a bunch of strangers. Our trainings
involve small groups of up to five people, and everyone is together
during the post-feedback interview. By the second or third day,
298
when the deep emotional stuff comes up, there occurs an amazing
bonding between the people in the group. The Alpha One gradu-
ates tell me that they feel closer to these people in their alpha train-
ing group in terms of emotional trust and closeness than they do
with members of their own family that they might have known for
decades.
According to one of our famous alpha trainees, Bill Har-
ris, of Centerpointe Research Institute, “People developed a pow-
erful trust and support for each other. There was nothing that hap-
pened that we felt uncomfortable sharing. People revealed things
that were startling; traumatic events that they had in their life;,
things that many times we are reluctant to share with people. Yet it
seemed very easy to do that in this supportive environment. Every-
one had just finished making lots of alpha and was in very loving
states, so the support they got from the trainer and people in the
group, in addition to what they got from the alpha training, was
very healing. It all happens in an easy and effortless way and is
very spontaneous. When you see other people opening up, you
open up. Many times people who have never opened up to anyone
about anything in their life ever before, find out that there is a big
benefit to doing so in the right context.
“Compassion is also a great benefit of the training. As
people shared what was going on with them when they were mak-
ing more alpha in the chambers or as we discussed mood scales,
they began to understand that these other peoples were, in so many
ways, just like them. As you go through life, shopping in the super-
market, riding the bus, etc., it’s easy to think that other people aren’t
like you. ‘My problems are unique to me, they’re mine.’ The alpha
feedback experience allows you to begin to notice how much alike
everyone is, that we’ve all suffered from sorrow in our lives. An
intimacy is created where you begin to realize how alike you are,
which causes you to feel compassion and love for other people. In
my training, there was a woman in her 70s, a cocktail waitress
299
from Las Vegas, whom I would have thought would have been
totally foreign to me. But we all came to feel so close to her and
really care about her. People leave looking and feeling radiant and
alive.”
Brain wave neurofeedback training at the Biocybernaut
Institute results in profound, lasting, beneficial, transformative
change as a result of opening up and releasing blocked or buried
emotions. A Greek philosopher, Heroclites (or is it Heraclites) of
Ephesus, said that, “Nature loves to hide and rests by changing.”
So if people are unwilling or unable to change, ultimately they
never find rest. They live under increasing amounts of stress. For-
tunately the technology and means to change rapidly and casily
are now available at Biocybernaut. When you change your brain
waves, you change fundamentally who you are—you change how
you experience your world. Your personality and your view of
yourself and of others and of the world are all functions of your
brain waves, and when you change your brain waves, you will
change yourself, how you sce yourself, and how you sce others
and the whole world.
In physical fitness, we look for three things; strength, flex-
ibility and endurance. In brain wave training we look for the same
three things: strength of brain waves means ability to create larger
amplitudes, more microvolts of energy, and ultimately more brain
power; flexibility of brain waves means the ability to shift from
alpha to theta or to beta or to delta as needed in the moment for
maximum effectiveness and resourcefulness; and endurance of brain
waves means the ability to hold any given state for longer and longer
periods of time. If you walk into a forest and sit down and remain
motionless, it may take quite some time for the birds to resume
singing and the rabbits and the deer to wander by where you are
sitting. Some interesting experiences in consciousness do not
emerge until you have held a given brain wave state for an ex-
tended period of time. When you have alpha endurance and you
hold the high alpha state for a long period of time, there is the
opportunity for the brain to set up long distance coherence rela-
tionships between widely separated regions of the brain, which
then give rise to higher order mind phenomena. The skill of endur-
ance and the ability to persist in any given set of brain waves is a
powerful training for the brain, and it leads to advanced powers of
the mind. Changing a brain wave pattern changes everything those
brain waves are related to. If you have the brain wave pattern of
fear (low alpha, persistent beta) you will have the experience of
fear and negative mind chatter about the fear. When you increase
your alpha and reduce your beta, the fear is gone and replaced by
happiness, joy, love, enthusiasm, compassion, exhilaration—all
those wonderful feelings that are a part of the alpha brain wave
patterns. So people who change their brain waves can expect change
in their minds and in their lives, and they can even focus on the
kinds of change they want.
Many people have issues with forgiveness, anger, fear, un-
happiness, depression, and lack of meaningful connection with other
people. As they change and become more open, more loving, and
more compassionate, they will experience themselves more richly
and fully and joyfully, and their own moments of heightened aware-
ness and increased happiness will profoundly improve. Their rela-
tionships with other people in their lives will also profoundly im-
prove.
Your Ego is Not You

Who are you, anyway? Because we have such a difficult
time uncovering the authentic self, we often identify with the
egomind or the inauthentic self. Here are some red flags that tell us
when the egomind is in charge.
The inauthentic self:
— Feels anxious or worried.
— Makes decisions based on whether it will please others.
301
— Creates doubt about our decisions.

— Thinks rigidly, not creatively.
— Wants to impress others.
— Says or does things we regret.
— Causes us to have low expectations of ourselves and our lives.
— Placates other people.
— Hides or denies our true feelings.
—Feels like a victim of life’s circumstances.
— Is alternatively paralyzed or hyperactive.
— Uses addictive behaviors and substances.
— Feels confused and overwhelmed.
— Becomes depressed or angry.
— Gets trapped in endless mind chatter, mostly negative.
Too often your authentic self is overshadowed by the

egomind, the inauthentic self, As author Roy Masters explains, “The
real identity of cach of us exists as a potential not yet realized,
buricd somewhere within us, but prevented from expressing itself
and unfolding... your soul is under a prison of conditioning.” As
you begin to awaken into awareness of your authentic self, the ego
will seck to oppose this process in every way it can, because the
ego becomes diminished as this awakening happens. Father Pierre
Teilhard de Chardin said, “The true self grows in inverse propor-
tion to the growth of egoism.”
One of the valuable and important processes of the seven-
day Biocybernaut Alpha Onc training is the coaching that we give
trainees using the computerized mood scales. This coaching and
their work with the computerized mood scales lead to an exceed-
ingly important result: They are able to discover more of who they
really are, and they begin to learn how to control their ego mind,
And without fail whenever anyone moves in the direction of learn-
ing to control their ego, the ego rises up in rebellion one way or
another and seeks to sabotage their work in the brain wave training
302
processes! This topic will be discussed in greater depth shortly
So how do you know you are in touch with your authentic

self? The following characteristics are more prevalent.
The authentic self:
— Feels optimistic most of the time.
— Experiences trust.
“The trusting mind is one with the non-dual.”
— Thinks for itself and stands in its truth.
— Goes with the flow and is open to change.
—Is able to accept itself without judgment.
— Takes responsibility for its actions and decisions.
— Does not project its feelings onto others or blame others.
— Knows how to accept and how to receive.
— Listens to and acknowledges feelings.
— Knows how to ask for help.
— Feels happy, content and fulfilled.
— Is tuned into a larger intelligence for creativity and
inspiration.
— Is attuned to the Divine seeks to know God.
How Do We Know There’s an Ego?

How do we know there is anything that cannot be seen
with the naked eye, like an atom, electrons, protons, and neutrons
or radio waves or cosmic rays? Let me give you a metaphor for
gaining knowledge of the structure of the mind that is based on
Ernest Rutherford’s 1911 experiment to understand the structure
of the atom.
In the last years of the 19th century, scientists were trying
to discover what was inside an atom. This wasn’t an casy task since
atoms were too small to see in a microscope, and too tiny to probe
with any kind of common tool. They knew that physical matter
was made of atoms, but they needed some way to interact with
303
them that would let them understand how they were constructed.
In the same way, we at Biocybernaut had the need for the brain
wave measurements and the computerized mood scales to interact
with the trainees’ cmotions and consciousness. With the data we
could begin to understand how the ego, the emotions, and the higher
levels of consciousness interact and how these interactions help or
hinder the processes of the Biocybernaut training.
Ernest Rutherford did this marvelous experiment where
he took pure gold and pounded it into very thin sheets that were
completely opaque. It was solid metal and when you held it up, it
would completely block the light; it didn’t have holes in it, but was
asolid sheet of very thin gold foil. Then he took a radioactive source
that emitted alpha particles from radioactive decay. This radioac-
tive source was uranium, which breaks down in a process that pro-
duces alpha particles and radon, among other things. Alpha par-
ticles (no relation to alpha waves) are basically a helium nucleus
stripped of its electrons, so this is usually two protons and two
neutrons. Rutherford put the radioactive source into a deep hole in
alead block. A little bit of Uranium was placed at the bottom ofa
long narrow hole in a block of lead. The lead absorbed all the
radioactive particles that came from the radioactive decay of the
uranium atoms, except those particles, that, by chance, were emit-
ted in the direction of the long narrow hole.
What Rutherford had was a little cannon that shot a thin
narrow beam of these alpha particles right out of that hole. They
came out ina stream focused in a nearly straight line along the axis
of the hole. In his experiment, a beam of these alpha particles was
directed at a thin gold foil sct up ina vacuum. A zinc sulfide screen
was set at different angles to the beam to detect the presence of
alpha particles. The alpha particles produced visible flashes when
they struck the screen, and these flashes were carefully observed
and painstakingly counted with a microscope in cach of the many
different positions in which the zinc sulfide screen was placed.
304
The flash rate was measured at all angles to the beam, and it was
found that most of the alpha particles sailed right through the solid
gold sheet as though it were empty space, which in fact is a good
description of matter (mostly empty space).
What Rutherford found was that almost all of the particles
went straight through the solid gold metal like it was empty space.
However, once in a very great while, one of the alpha particles
would bounce back, almost straight back, as though it had hit some-
thing very dense and heavy. Or almost as rarely, one of the alpha
particles would be deflected to one side or up or down. Even though
Rutherford could not see the atoms, this data told Rutherford about
the structure of matter as though he has seen a photograph of at-
oms in matter. From his data, Rutherford could figure out that
matter is mostly empty space, but within that empty space were
very tiny concentrations of something that is very heavy and dense
that was causing these alpha particles to bounce straight back or to
be deflected at a large angle. This could only happen if there was
something very massive and very tiny deep within each atom. We
now call this the nucleus and we know that it is at the center of the
atom. Rutherford then began to develop a picture of what atoms
look like based on that experimental evidence of what an atom is,
mostly empty space with something very hard and dense some-
where in it.
Today we know that this tiny heavy dense thing is the
nucleus in the center of the atom composed of neutrons and pro-
tons. Later we learned that neutrons and protons are also compos-
ite structures, made up of quarks and gluons. But this carly experi-
ment by Ernest Rutherford discovered important new data on the
deep structure of matter. So based on that data he began to make
deductions about what an atom was, and what it was made of, and
how that “stuff’ was arranged within the atom. Rutherford clev-
erly used the data from his alpha particle probes to begin to under-
stand and describe the structure of matter, which he could not see,
305
but which he could infer from logical and intuitive analysis of his
data. Rutherford’s pattern recognition led to the discovery of the
nucleus and shed light on the structure of the atom,
In the same inferential way, based on skillful observation
and pattern recognition we have learned from Dr. Sigmund Freud
about the structure of the mind and the personality, which are also
as impossible to sce, as are atoms. Freud discovered there are dif-
ferent propertics of mind or structures in the personality, and he
called them the id, the ego and the superego. How did he do this?
Freud had an amazing set of experiences that no human before had
ever had. He had about 20,000 mostly upper class, mostly middle
aged Austrian women lic on his psychiatrist’s couch and tell him
about their often troubled lives. From this experiential database,
Freud began to recognize patterns in behavior and to infer that
there might be similar causes for similar behaviors in different
people. Some of the causes for behaviors and for emotions his
20,000 clients described seemed, to Freud, to be semi-autonomous
structures within the personality that seemed to function as though
they had their own intentions, and these might not be the same as
the consciously stated intentions of the person.
When Freud first described the id and the ego and the su-
perego, this was revolutionary information. Freud went beyond
just recognizing parts of the personality like the Ego, he recog-
nized the roles that it played in the emotions the person would feel
and the behaviors in which they would engage. And using his
derived insights from his pattern recognition he began to do effec-
tive therapy based on this knowledge of the id, ego and superego.
The patterns he recognized began to seem more real, because as he
worked with the assumption that things like ego really do exist and
really do have influences on a person’s moods and behaviors, his
therapy became more effective. And he learned more and more
about the nature of the ego and the other parts of the personality.
Freud’s pattern recognition led not only to the discovery of the id,
306
ego and superego, it also began to shed light on the structure of the
personality and the internal forces influencing human moods and
behavior.
In the same inferential way, based on skillful observation
and pattern recognition, we have learned from Dr. Jim Hardt about
the structure of the mind and the personality, specifically the ego,
which is as impossible to see, as are atoms. I have learned new
details about the structure and the properties and the influences of
the ego that are not known to any other human being — yet. And I
did this in a very similar way to how Freud first discovered the ego
~— by pattern recognition on a large database of human experiential
reports. In my case they come from brain wave feedback trainees
who have taken the mood scale tests and then interviewed with me
about their brain wave feedback experiences and their life experi-
ences.
I have compiled a large experiential database of more than
10,000 subject sessions where people sat across the table from me
and did their best to explain their answers to questions on the com-
puterized mood scale programs. In the same way that Rutherford
could infer the structure of the atom and Freud could infer the struc-
ture of the mind and the personality, I have been able to infer de-
tails about the structure, and the means of operation, and even of
the purposes of the ego. My experience with the alpha feedback
training has given me and all of the Biocybernaut trainers break-
through knowledge about the nature and the modus operandi of
the ego.
At Biocybernaut, we can view the ego through a sophisti-
cated and complex multidimensional instrument that no human has
ever been had access to before. At Biocybernaut we are able to
view the ego through multiple lenses including the recordings of a
person’s brain waves and that person’s detailed reports of the feel-
ings they have been experiencing using our proprietary mood scales.
We also hear details about the contents of the person’s awareness
307
while they were doing the processes of the Alpha One training
during which their brain waves were recorded, written out on poly-
graph chart papers, and analyzed by sophisticated computers. At
Biocybernaut I have created a laboratory to study the ego and its
interactions with the authentic self that have never been available
to anyone before. We have collected data for over 30 years, consti-
tuting a vast resource database from which I’ve been able to form
new insights and understandings about the ego. And just the same
way Freud found that he could use the insights he gained about the
id, ego and superego to help people to understand themselves bet-
ter and to learn how to function better in their lives, so too at
Biocybernaut. In every day of the alpha training we incorporate
our insights and understandings about the ego to help our trainees
to learn better and faster how to increase their alpha brain waves.
Remember that Teilhard de Chardin said, “The true self
grows in inverse proportion to the growth of egoism.” To help our
trainees grow faster and more fully into an awareness of their truc
self, their authentic self, we must help them to diminish their egos.
Very obvious! But, as with many obvious truths, the practical ques-
tion is: How do we do this? Saints, sages and mystics in all cul-
tures throughout more than 25 centuries of recorded history have
identified the attainment of selflessness as a precondition and a
means to the attainment of higher states of consciousness and a
direct expericnce of God. Thus it is understandable that
Biocybernaut alpha trainees, who benefit from our special coach-
ing in disciplining and reducing their egos, have large and rapid
increases of alpha waves, and they have profound spiritual experi-
ences. When ego is diminished the true self expands and there is
an increasingly direct and deep connection with the Divine Source
of the universe. This may be why no alpha trainee in over 30 years
has, to my knowledge, become an atheist after his or her alpha
training. On the other hand, many atheists have become deeply
spiritual and have adopted a belief in God following their alpha
training.
In the Biocybernaut training we use a powerful set of

probes; the computerized mood scales taken at different times dur-
ing the daily sessions, the brain wave recordings, and the depth
interviews which, collectively, allow us to probe deeply and with
considerable precision into the structure of the mind and the per-
sonality. One of the components that is clearly revealed by these
probes is the ego. In an interesting way it is somewhat like the
nucleus in matter. The ego is a heavy, dense part of the mind that
strongly influences or deflects one’s awareness when the aware-
ness gets too close to the ego or becomes too influenced by the
ego. The ego is a part of the self; just as the nucleus is a part of the
atom, and the characteristics of the ego are that it is interested in
control, just for the sake of control. To further extend the analogy,
the identity of an atom is determined, largely, by the structure
nucleus, which through its number of protons determines whether
it is an oxygen atom, or a helium atom, or a platinum atom. And
when the nucleus breaks apart or fuses with other nuclei, great
energy is released. For most people the ego determines much, who
they are in the world, and when it dissolves or fuses with a larger
Divine Awareness, similarly a great energy is released and con-
sciousness is vastly enhanced.
We all know what it means for somebody to be on an ego
trip, or what it means if someone refers to someone else’s big ego,
or conversely, for someone to comment on an unselfish act saying
that person must not have much ego. In language there are clues as
to the nature of that component (what component, the ego?), so in
the course of the training we reveal to each of the trainees, through
their data, the characteristics of the different parts of their person-
ality. Usually around day three people begin to have some evi-
dence of the separation of the real self from the ego, and this real-
ization and the work that follows lead to an expansion of the alpha
mind state.
Many interesting and useful insights about the ego come
to us from the work of Dr. Richard Alpert, who became Ram Dass.
309
After extensive study in India with a guru and deep reading in the
mystical literature, he has distilled many useful details of the ego.
He noted for example that as long as you have a body, you would
have an ego. You cannot kill or get rid of your ego and still inhabit
a body. And he gave a wonderfully useful metaphor of the ego as
your carriage driver. It wears fine livery, with polished gold but-
tons and a gold brimmed hat, and it sits atop your carriage with the
reigns of your senses in its hands. And it thinks it is in control.
When it says giddy up, your body moves; when it says whoa, your
body stops. And it has been through your whole life thinking it is
in control. Then one day, your true self inside the carriage wakes
up and notices that things are not going very well, and there is a lot
of meanness and cursing and swearing by this driver atop the car-
riage. So the true self says to this driver, this ego, “Look here!”
this is my carriage and these are my horses, and everything you do
requires that you use my energy that I am bringing in from the
Source (or some would say from God), and from now on ego, you
are going to do things my way. Well that awakening by the true
self sets offa huge battle for control. The ego is not going to give
up without a fight, and it uscs all the weapons at its disposal. These
include the “Five Hindrances,” which have been identified through
more than 1,000 years of Zen practice. The “Five Hindrances”
were identified through the same kind of wise pattern recognition
that led Rutherford to his discovery of the structure of the atom,
and that led Freud to the discovery of the id, ego and superego, and
that Ied me to discovering the fine structure of the ego. The ego’s
five hindrances are so powerful in blocking spiritual progress and
in suppressing our trainees’ alpha waves that we specifically teach
each of our trainees about the Five Hindrances to alert them to
these tricks and techniques that their ego will use to “hinder” their
alpha training.
On Day 3 of the alpha training we give our trainees the
following “Third Day Note: to help them ward off the attacks of
the ego, which will often come in the form of one or more of the
Five Hindrances. We have also identified a sixth hindrance, which
is forgetfulness. If the ego can make someone forget their spiritual
breakthroughs in the chamber, it is has won a battle. If the ego can
make someone forget to do their forgiveness work in the chamber,
it has avoided even having to fight a battle, and it has retained
control of the negative emotions the person was going to shed by
doing the forgiveness work.
Third Day Note ...

Dear (name of trainee),
The 3rd day is often “the Pits.”
If today is not your worst day yet, then you are ahead of the game.
Having done all the easy things to enhance alpha on the
Jirst few days (sitting still, breathing slowly, relaxing, floating, go-
ing into the space of no thoughts, paying attention to the tones,
etc.), there is now the opportunity and the necessity to implement
some changes at deeper levels.
The ego usually responds to such an opportunity, with op-
position and struggle, using some of the well-known ego defense
mechanisms. This struggle suppresses alpha and emphasizes self
—rather than oneness. The ego will also usually look outside (rather
than inside) for the causes of the lower alpha. Thus externals of-
ten get the blame: for example the chair might be seen as too hard,
or too sofi, or too high or too low, or the temperature may be wrong,
too hot or too cold. Or there may be some fault found with some
person or people or some things, all outside the self. You can be
alerted to these tricks of the ego by noting the appearance in your
mind of one (or more) of the Five Hindrances: doubt, drowsiness,
distractibility (& worry), boredom, and aversion [any form of ill
will]. The ego struggles to maintain its control of you and seeks
to undermine or suppress your efforts to awaken into a higher
consciousness.
311
Trust in your heart, listen intently to the tones, excel in

forgiveness and non-attachment, get plenty of sleep, and all shall
be well. Your alpha shall wax abundant.
Warmest regards,
Jim
In the quest for higher consciousness, this struggle is clas-

sic and usually breaks out just when the deep selfis poised to emerge.
So the ego tries to prevent this emergence by disrupting the processes
of growth and transformation. Diminishing the ego in favor of the
true self, is the only way to get into the higher alpha states.
You will benefit by being watchful for, and by avoiding
the Five Hindrances: (#6 is a recent identified at Biocybernaut)
DOUBT
be
DROWSINESS
DISTRACTIBILITY [and WORRY]
Mee
BOREDOM
AVERSION [Any Form of ILL WILL]
6. FORGETFULNESS
I usually give people a 3rd day note to Ict them know that
they are not alone in their struggle, and that others have been where
they are now. And this note also brings the encouragement that
you can win through this struggle to a higher and clearer aware-
ness by persevering and opening your heart. By replacing self-
importance with sclf-understanding you will gain sclf-realization,
a new awareness in which joy floods in like sunbursts
The Narcissist in Your Brain

Once of the insights I have gained from creating and oper-
ating this laboratory of human behavior is that the ego is a narcis-
sistic sub-personality. Based on my observations, the ego actually
has self-awareness. One of the things that all sentient beings have
are intentions, and it’s absolutely clear to me from my pattern rec-

ognition on my huge database that ego has intentions. When a
trainee has a breakthrough in dealing with the emotional blocks
that prevent them from achieving a high alpha state, within a day
and sometimes within minutes, the ego counterattacks with some
kind of stab in the back. Ego defends territory, defends it’s control
of the person and personality.
What I just said is considered quite radical in the field of
psychology and only slightly less so in the field of consciousness
research. Some people deny they have an ego. Many people who
acknowledge ego and deal with ego will consider it no more than a
blindly operating “sub-program.” But that view is not consistent
with my data. Based on actual brain wave data, computerized mood
scale data, and the trainees’ subjective reports, I actually see ego as
a separate sentient being that has its own intentions that may be
very different from what you think your intentions are. If your
intentions differ from your ego’s intentions you must expect that
the ego will seek to sabotage your intentions, which can even in-
clude sabotaging your success, your happiness, and even your physi-
cal and emotional health.
There is so little in our culture that educates people about
their egos. Parents, schools, teachers, TV, even churches, mosques
and synagogues offer very little useful education about what the
ego is, how it works and how to discipline and control the ego.
Without the benefit of the Biocybernaut technology to shine the
technological light of awareness on ego, it usually operates suc-
cessfully in the shadows and behind the scenes pulling strings and
moving levers that you don’t usually see. One of the intentions
that characterize all sentient beings is the preservation of the con-
tinuity of their consciousness. This is why ego resists so mightily
when you begin to do spiritual growth. Remember Teilhard de
Chardin telling us, “The true self grows in inverse proportion to
the growth of egoism.” So spiritual growth means a shrinking ego,
313,
and no ego is going to shrink without a fight. You cannot negotiate

with it, or if you think you have an agreement with it, all you have
to do is turn your back or stop monitoring it for an instant and it
will stab you in the back and undermine your spiritual progress or
your alpha enhancement work. It does not fight fair, and in deal-
ing with the ego, “Eternal vigilance is the price of freedom.”
For some people, the idea that their ego is a separate con-
scious awareness with intentions different from and possibly at
odds with their own intentions is a scary thought and one they would
like to immediately dismiss. So Ict us consider an example from
the study of the great apes, to show how this common initial reac-
tion that would dismiss the notion of a self-conscious ego has a
parallel in the research work done on the qualities and properties
of the consciousness of the great apes.
In the 1960s when scientists began to carefully study the
great apes, the orangutans, the gorillas, the chimpanzees, nobody
was suggesting that they had self-awareness. The very idea was
considered ridiculous. In the 1970s, a few people, mainly women,
worked closely with some of the great apes and taught them sign
language. Based on their careful and detailed observations, they
began to suggest, to a very skeptical world, that the great apes did
have a sense of self-awareness. In the 1980s some very clever ex-
periments were designed that demonstrated quite conclusively that
the great apes do have a sense of self-awareness. They can learn
sign language, point at themselves in the mirror, point at them-
selves and give the sign for “same.” As a result of these clever
scientific experiments even those skeptical people changed their
minds. The gencral consensus now is that the great apes do have a
sense of their own self-awareness.
Similarly, we could design experiments that would dem-
onstrate that the ego is self-aware. While those experiments have
not yet been done, I’m convinced that based on all the data I have
gencrated and observed, it will be possible to show that the ego is
a self-conscious awareness separate from that which most people

know themselves to be. Based on the data I estimate that the ego is
like a bully 6-8 years old. It is smart and devious, but it can be
outsmarted and outmaneuvered. And it is possible to keep secrets
in your mind safe from snooping by the ego. Such secrets can
include your daily plan for your alpha training forgiveness work,
which your ego would oppose if it knew of them in detail. Indeed
many of the problems that afflict people in their lives come from
their lack of awareness of the separateness of their ego’s intentions
and their own intentions. When people learn about the Five Hin-
drances + forgetfulness they suddenly have a test to determine,
moment-by-moment, whether their thoughts and feelings and ac-
tions are being guided by their ego or by their true self. The former
British Prime Minister Disraeli said, “To be aware that we have a
problem is 90% of the way to a solution.” And so it is with ego.
Once people have been educated in their Biocybernaut training
about the ways and the means of the ego, they will never be the
blind victims of the ego’s often-ulterior motives.
When people have a simple test they can perform in their
minds, based on the Five Hindrances + forgetfulness, to clarify the
source of a thought or an urge or a motivation, they become enor-
mously more powerful and effective. Being able to recognize and
to avert the ego’s intentions and its impulses toward ego-based
action means that the Biocybernaut graduates are able to operate
in their lives more and more from their higher selves. In this way
they come increasingly into harmony with the Divine will and they
more easily feel and act upon their own more spiritual intentions.
When ego is set aside the person enters a flow state or “the Zone,”
and it is highly prized and much sought after. And it requires a
temporary suspension of ego.
The ego is self-protective and is very capable of rebellion
and sabotage of the Biocybernaut Process! One time a group came
to my laboratory from a famous learning center. They were inter-
315
ested, they said, in making the Biocybernaut training available to

their clients. As I explained the Biocybernaut process to the group
as a means to discipline and control one’s ego, one woman imme-
diately took major offensc at this discussion. She became arrogant,
haughty, filled with ego and very angry. She aborted the discus-
sions and the group left earlier than planned. Later we found out
that this woman had scored really high on “ego” in a recent per-
sonality assessment test given at her place of work. She was offen-
sive, hard to work with, very opinionated, stubborn, and she got
really mad at the people giving this test. She even thought it was a
plot of her associates to “‘gct her” because she had such difficulties
working with people, so she ended up voiding the contract of the
consultant who had dared to reveal the excesses of her ego. When
I innocently mentioned the relation of ego to the work of the
Biocybernaut training, this reactivated that emotionally charged
incident for this woman, so she became filled with ego, was very
angry, and refused to talk about it further or participate in the train-
ing. I’ve seen the same thing happen with people that have various
addictions. The addiction is often in alliance with ego because the
addiction keeps the higher-self suppressed. Addictions suppress
both alpha and access to your higher-self and so the addiction be-
comes an ally of the ego in undermining a person’s ability to grow
and develop their consciousness.
This is the same reason behind the opposition of the ego to
someone doing the forgiveness work. If the Biocybernaut alpha
trainee has negative emotions stashed throughout their unconscious
mind, these become convenient tools for ego to use in controlling
that person. If the person’s mind happens to approach a mind state
that could lead to spiritual growth or transcendence, the ego be-
comes alarmed that this might diminish its control. So the ego
pushes the anger button or the fear button or the sadness button,
and that negative emotion floods into the person’s awareness and
this usually distracts the person from the spiritual growth they were
about to accomplish. Thus the ego depends upon a stash or a cache

of negative emotions for controlling the person by distraction. If
the person, the alpha trainee, were to use effective forgiveness to
eliminate these stashes or caches of negative emotions, the ego
would lose one of its most effective means of controlling the per-
son. Therefore egos typically will oppose any forgiveness work.
And if the person persists and actually accomplishes some for-
giveness work, then the ego will try to make the person forget those
good accomplishments in order to lessen the chances of further
forgiveness work along those effective lines. Here is where the
Biocybernaut trainer plays an essential role in the process. First
the trainer repeatedly encourages the trainee to do the forgiveness
work. Second the trainer draws out of the trainee all the, often
forgotten, details of the forgiveness work, and third the trainer re-
peatedly reminds the trainee of the great work they did with for-
giveness and encourages the trainee to do more forgiveness work
and deeper forgiveness work. The negative emotions surrounding
events that have not been forgiven are almost like fuel for the ego,
and they certainly are effective tools of the ego. Let’s say you are
working on raising your alpha and you discover some hidden an-
ger related to an incident. You naturally want to forgive that inci-
dent to diminish the anger that is blocking your access to higher
alpha states. But your ego has a very different agenda. Ego wants
to be able to make you angry, sad, or afraid by pushing those but-
tons in you whenever your ego wants to control you. But if you
have done effective forgiveness work and gotten rid of the anger
and the sadness, and if you have done your worst case scenarios
with alpha flooding to eliminate your fears, then ego’s control of
you will be profoundly diminished. Your true self grows in in-
verse proportion to the growth of egoism.
Ego is not Your Friend

Freud was the first person in the West to identify the struc-
317
tures of personality; id, ego, and super ego. As long as you have a
body, you will have an ego. Ata core level ego gives a sense of
physical separateness from other people. For example food that
goes into my mouth doesn’t nurture any of the cells in your body,
so we are physically separate beings. At a level of consciousness,
however, we can sce we in fact are one being. It’s like we are two
islands, physically separate but part of the being of Earth. The level
of the ocean keeps the islands separate, but if the ocean level drops
far cnough, two adjacent islands will be seen to be part of the same
land mass. Similarly, you have a level of awareness of separate-
ness of your body from other bodies, and ego maintains this sepa-
rateness of individuals. Yet, oneness prevails when you look at the
right level.
In the total absence of ego, conditioned human beings func-
tion in strange ways. Schizophrenics have a serious lack of ego,
for instance. If you said that you were hungry, a schizophrenic might
say, “That’s not possible, | just ate.” Not recognizing that there is
a physical separateness is a dysfunction of ego. To function prop-
erly, to protect your body, to feed your body, to help it to grow,
there needs to be a part of our personality that will do that. Ego is
available, and it takes on that role. If there were other ways to do it
that could be taught in our culture so that egos wouldn’t have to be
strengthened maybe that is a future possible. But in fact, this pow-
erful and sneaky sergeant at arms (ego) is not even widely recog-
nized by our culture.
Pcople are not taught to discipline it unless they opt for a
spiritual path that recognizes the block that ego places on spiritual
growth. So absent any effective education in our culture about ego
and how and why to discipline it, ego runs amok and takes on
duties that should be reserved for the authentic self. The ego is like
the mail clerk who thinks it can run the company. It’s a terrible
CEO, it’s a terrible CFO, and it’s a terrible COO. But it can be a
good sergeant at arms when it is properly disciplined.
Often later in life when people begin the process of awak-

ening into higher spiritual awareness they realize they have this
monster inside of them. Ego has played some useful roles, but over
time it has developed this hugely inflated sense of its own self-
importance to the extent that it actually will harm the person in
order to retain control.
Remember Ram Dass when he said: “That the ego is like a
carriage driver; The horses represent your physical body and senses;
And the carriage is your Authentic Self as the passenger riding
inside. There’s been very little time that the Authentic Self has
showed up, maybe an hour on Sunday or at some personal growth
workshop for a weekend. But in our culture, there are few practical
methods, recipes or training to identify the ego or to discipline it in
order to let the Authentic Self show up most of the time.”
Then one day, the guy or gal inside the carriage calls up to
that driver and says, “Hey, baby, you work for me. These are my
horses, my carriage, you use my energy that I bring through from
Source and from now on you’re going to do it my way.” And the
ego goes, “Harrumph, we’ll see about that.” Then the struggle that
is written about in all the spiritual literature begins. It doesn’t be-
gin until you declare that you are going to master ego. Up until that
point, ego operates surreptitiously in the driver’s seat without you
even aware that it exists.
The French Jesuit, Father Pierre Teilhard de Chardin, wrote
that, “The true self grows in inverse proportion to the growth of
egoism.” So if ego gets bigger, the true self gets smaller. For you
to come into a fullness of your true self, ego must be diminished,
but it can never go permanently to zero as long as you are still in
your body. The transition from boss to gatekeeper and from large
to small can be hard for the ego, and as a result your ego can make
things hard for you. Think about it. The ego has been running the
show—driving the carriage and thinking it is in control. Making
the shift to being just a hired hand is quite a shift, and it fights back
319
secking to maintain its control of the person. In the fight, the ego
uses methods that are outside the Marcus of Queensbury rules (the
formalized, gentlemanly rules that govern the sport of boxing). It
doesn’t fight fair. Ego uses anything and everything that it can with-
out scruples, and will definitely hit below the belt or poke you in
the cyes,
I once had a friend who was in the Peace Corps stationed
overseas. He heard that there was a program in Thailand where at
the age of 18 the young men were given a choice. They could ci-
ther go into the army or they could get on a train, go up into the
mountains, and serve as a mendicant monk at a Buddhist monas-
tery. They would have to give up all their possessions and have
only a begging bowl and a saffron robe. When they’d wake up
hungry on a cold morning in the mountains, they’d have to go out
barefoot with their begging bowl hoping to find a villager who'd
give them some food in return for the monk’s help later in the day
herding some animals or digging an irrigation ditch or whatever
was needed.
My friend decided that he really wanted to have that expe-
rience. It would be the grand spiritual adventure of his life! So he
arranged to muster out of the Peace Corps in Bangkok. He had a
few weeks to wait because this program only took the young men
up into the mountains every six months. Bangkok is a big party
town, so he partied! He smoked dope, had lots of sex, drank alco-
hol, and pretty much got wasted. He did all the things that the ego
loves to do, which he would no longer be able to do when he went
into the mountains.
As the time came near for him to go on this grand spiritual
adventure, he started to fall ill. Each day he got sicker and sicker
and sicker. On the morning that he was supposed to leave for the
mountains on the train, he couldn’t even get out of bed. Luckily,
his Thai friends were very familiar with these phenomena — how
ego can fight dirty and sabotage what is best for the authentic self.
They knew he had been sick, and four of them showed up at his
youth hostel with a stretcher. They rolled him onto the stretcher,
protesting and moaning, put him on their shoulders, carried him
down to the train station and unceremoniously dumped him on the
floor of one of the cars! My friend was lying there helpless, twitch-
ing in pain, unable to move or get off the floor until the whistle
blew, the car lurched, and the journey began. In that very instant
every single one of his symptoms was 100 percent gone!
His illness, his pain and suffering, was totally manufac-
tured, given to him, stabbed into him by ego because ego did not
want to undergo that level of surrender and loss of control that his
spiritual journey was going to require. So is ego your friend? Would
your friend do that to you? Make you so sick you couldn’t walk? I
don’t think so!
People ask me, “Can’t you have a peace treaty with your
ego? Can’t you negotiate with it?” Well, you’re welcome to try,
but every time I’ve seen somebody do anything other than firmly
discipline their ego, it stabs them in the back and figures out some
way to ruin one or two days of their training through lack of sleep,
distraction, anger or illness or other tactics.
You can’t make ego your friend; it is always your oppo-
nent. One time a trainee created a courtroom scene, and read the
charges to a person about what he was angry about in order to start
the forgiveness process. Then he invited high deities to join him,
and they banished the ego. Well, he felt sorry for the ego, so he
took the ego and put it into his heart, which turned out to be a very
bad idea, and it soon led him to such heart pains that he thought he
was having a heart attack.
This man had been struggling with a dualism within him-
self the first two days of the training and it wasn’t quite clear what
it was about. He was very aware of having many dominance-re-
lated sexual fantasies, and on the third day in the feedback cham-
ber, after he had befriended his poor ego, he became aware that for
321
77 years he had been denying his own attraction to men, and that
he was actually a gay man. In the state of high alpha, he accepted
that aspect of himself with love and no judgment — he “came out”
in the chamber. As he went through that acceptance process, en-
ergy rose up in his spine like the energy ofa young man. He was
embracing his authentic self. As this rush of positive energy began
to course through his body, his ego, which he had put in his heart,
interpreted this new found life energy in a very negative way. It
made him afraid he was having a heart attack, and it absolutely
chased him out of the chamber!
When I saw him, he was holding onto a door balancing
himself and had turned gray. So if you put ego in your heart, and
try to be its friend, and it can make you think you’re having a heart
attack! At the same moment he was being chased out of the cham-
ber by his ego, his brain waves had totally shifted from his intake
pattern of lots of scratchy beta to these very clear alpha brain waves.
They were like the brain waves of an entirely different person,
with more alpha than he had ever had. Ego was opposcd to his new
self-understanding so it chased him out of the chamber with the
fear of a heart attack to prevent him from attaining further self-
understanding. We were able to talk him into going back in the
chamber, and he went back in and was able to continue this huge
shift in his self-awareness toward his authentic self.
So you can sce why I don’t think ego can be negotiated
with. Ego views it as a battle to the death because what the person
is secking is transcendence, and any time you go into a transcen-
dent state you leave ego behind. It’s called ego death. It isn’t really
death for the ego, because as soon as you come back from the
transcendent state ego starts up again. But ego doesn’t like having
any amount of discontinuity in its control of you. So, it fights back
with its favorite weapons, the Five Hindrances+ Forgetfulness.
322
The Five Hindrances

The Five Hindrances are all tools of the ego that are acti-
vated when the authentic self tries to show up and take control by
disciplining the ego. We see this happen without fail to everyone
who goes through the Biocybernaut Process. Trainees will come in
having had a wonderful deep sleep the night before, be filled with
energy, then go into the chamber and a wave of drowsiness will
come over them. Because we have instructed them about the Five
Hindrances, they understand that it is ego trying to shut them down
with drowsiness.
Worry, which shows up as anxiety, is also one of the Five
Hindrances, When this comes up during the deep exploration pro-
cess in the feedback chamber, we tell people to simply keep in
mind that it is a tool used by the ego to be in control. It doesn’t
matter why the anxiety or worry is present. If you look underneath
the feeling of anxiety, you come to fear. We have expressions in
our language like “numb with fear” and “blind with rage,” so if
the ego can get you to be numb or blind or both, it can do whatever
it wants because you are disabled by your out-of-control emotions.
If you decide not to participate in that negativity served up by your
ego, then you can choose love or compassion. The ego will try to
tell you that your choice is boring and it will raise doubt in your
mind, another Hindrance, as it tries to keep itself in control.
Forgetfulness is a common hindrance. We had an elderly
gentleman in training whose wife had been in a home for seven
years with Alzheimer’s. He would go to see her every day and be
one of her caregivers, but it had obviously been difficult for him
because she no longer recognized him. He came for the Alpha One
training we offer at the Biocybernaut Institute of California. On
day three of his alpha training, aided by the mood scales, he got in
touch with the fact that he was angry. As I was pressing him for
what he was angry about, he said very softly under his breath, “An-
gry at Maude.” I probed, “Well, why?” He paused, and again un-
323
der his breath whispered, “For ruining our golden years.”

This was a huge breakthrough, and | anticipated that he
would have a lot of forgiveness work to do on that the next day in
chambers. But we didn’t make a big fuss about it in the morning of
the 4th day, and when we did the interview in the afternoon that
day, we discovered that he had NOT even brought the matter up in
the chamber that day. So we did make a fuss about that, and the
next morning (Sth day) we reminded him again, He went into the
feedback chamber that Sth day and he did some major forgiveness
work on her. As he told us in the debriefing after the session, in his
mind, he took her to an empty room and he started quictly saying,
“V’m angry at you”. He built that up to where he was shouting,
“T’m angry at you!” Then, changing to a whisper again, he started
over and said “And I forgive you’’. He built that up to a huge shout
and he accomplished tremendous, wonderful forgiveness work with
his wife. After that he was exhausted, and he floated in a blissful
high alpha state, that was his reward for all that deep forgiveness
work. Then he felt a bulging and a pain in his forehead. At one
point he felt two slits open in his forchead, and in his mind’s cye he
saw that light came out of those slits. After we completed the inter-
view about his experience, I went back and asked him to tell me
more about the light that came out. He was again sheepish, embar-
rassed actually. He said the light was brighter than the sun. I told
him that it sounded like a phenomena known as the opening of the
third eye. As we talked about it further, he asked me, “Why did I
have that? The opening of the third eye?” “Because of the great
work you did,” I said, encouragingly.
“What work was that?” he asked.
At first I found it hard to believe that he had forgotten the
amazingly powerful forgivencss work that he had just done with
his wife. So I went back and forth with questions for a couple of
minutes. I didn’t want to tell him; I wanted him to recover it him-
self. I saw that his ego was not going to allow him to go there, so
Ireached around and grabbed a pad of Post-it® notes, handed them

out to the rest of the group, and asked them to write down why that
happened to him. Immediately, with no hesitation, everybody be-
gan to write.
I looked at him sitting there, and I could just see his ego
looking out like “Oh, gee, the jig is up. Everybody else knows.”
His ego was holding on and holding back, not wanting the infor-
mation about his wonderful forgiveness work to come back into
his consciousness, but the pressure was building, building, build-
ing because everybody else was smiling and looking at him ex-
pectantly. It was obvious everyone else knew the answer, and it
was almost getting to the point of humiliation. Finally, poof! Ego
had to let go of it. He acknowledged that his breakthrough came
because of the forgiveness work he did with Maude. I had people
pass their notes to him, and every single one of them said some-
thing like “forgiving anger at Maude.” He treasured those pieces
of paper. It was a classic example of ego coming in and erasing the
memory of something that had just happened five minutes earlier.
This is an excellent example of why it is essential to do this kind of
deep work with a skilled trainer. If he had been working in a less
supportive and less intense setting, this breakthrough would not
have happened. Anyone seeking to do this work on their own,
without the guidance of a skilled trainer, will not come close to the
results that are possible when this training is done using the full
Biocybernaut training protocol that includes consecutive days of
intensive training and thorough debriefings with a skilled trainer.
Ego can be a wonderful member of the committee that is
you, but it is a terrible chairman of the board, given that it wants
control for the sake of control. Remember the carriage that ego is
driving? Ego sitting happily up front in control of the carriage,
lashing the horses shouting, “Yee Haw!” as the carriage careens
down the canyon, horses snorting, hooves flying! Ego is having a
blast! But at the bottom of the canyon, the bridge is out. This doesn’t
325
matter to the ego; it lives in the moment, and at that moment it is in

control and fully satisfied. So up until the moment when the car-
riage hurtles off the remnants of the destroyed bridge and crashes
into the raging torrent below, the egO is completely happy. Authen-
tic self (the passenger in the carriag¢¢) however, realizes that there
are consequences to ego’s actions, SO it is the one that has to put on
the brakes, rein in those galloping, horses, stop the carriage and
back up and, then proceed upstream three miles to where there is a
stronger bridge. All the while the ¢g0 is protesting and complain-
ing because its control has been challenged. The fundamental thing
is ego wants control. It’s the original and total control freak. The
authentic self is willing to reroute to avoid disaster, all the while
fending off the dark clouds of doubt and worry that ego will be
projecting into the awareness simply because ego is no longer fully
in control. The Five Hindrances are some of the ways it fights back.
Ego Stifles Creativity in Favor of the Limelight

One time I had the opportunity to work with a famous au-
thor who had written 16 books and won international acclaim for
his work. He was also a therapist, and he was an adhcrent to the
philosophy of objectivism as espoused by Ayn Rand. A third party
who was doing therapy with him and who really admired his ge-
nius initially connected us. The third party was a man who had
become a friend of mine, and he was considering making a major
investment in the Biocybernaut Institute and then dedicating him-
self personally to running the enterprise as CEO. My friend wanted
me to talk to this writer who was going to gather information suit-
able for putting together a business plan. So the writer wanted to
know all the background such as the type of people who come for
training and the results they experienced,
I knew that this writer was a devotee of Ayn Rand; thus I
knew he would experience a huge confrontation when the cat got
out of the bag that this training was all about disciplining ones ego.
326
So he and I did this dance, mostly by e-mail, some by phone, where

he was pressing me for details about the training. I would say, “There
are some aspects about the training that it would really be better
for me not to talk about with you in advance of your doing it.”
Well, he was not to be deterred. So I finally had to just come out
and say, “This training is going to discipline your ego.”
He went into an uproar. He was raging and carrying on,
and I wrote back and said, “Who you think yourself to be is not
who you will be at the end of this training.” He took that as a huge
affront to his intellect, to his fame and to his self-understanding.
Here he was, this brilliant, internationally famous therapist, coun-
selor, and author, and this little whippersnapper was thinking he
knows enough to tell him he knows what’s going to happen to him.
Up to that point, he had been planning to come and pay for
the training himself. From then on, he dug in his heels and the only
way that he could be induced to come for training was the third
party had to not only pay for his training fee but also to pay him his
high hourly rate as a consultant to sit here and be in the training!
So you have to imagine this situation; here he is, a famous man
with a raging ego that is doing its very best to be polite because it’s
being paid handsomely to sit here and do this process that it abso-
lutely doesn’t want to do.
What was interesting is that although he had written 16
books, the 17th book wasn’t coming. He’d been struggling for two
and a half years and nothing would come. My friend told me he
was darkly talking about suicide, because writing was life for him;
the only reason to live was to write, and he couldn’t write.
On the first day, when we looked at the graphs on the screen
we could see that what we would normally expect from a right-
handed person was not there. As a right-hander, we would expect
that his biggest alpha scores would come from his right occipital,
which they did. The second biggest should be his from left occipi-
tal, which it wasn’t. The left occipital was a distant last among all
327
eight of his brain wave channels. The left occipital was trailing by
some distance even the weak temporals, which we call the poor
stepchildren of the alpha world, because they are usually weakly
straggling along far below all the other head sites with very small
alpha scores. So I said to him, “I can see why you are in writers
block. You have hardly any blood flow going to your Ieft occipital
region, which is, among other things, a source of your logical ver-
bal creativity.” Suddenly he became very interested in the process.
He made a special effort on the second day to pay atten-
tion to the lowest pitch feedback tone from the left side, which was
the alpha activity in his left occipital, and he successfully moved it
up. It was now no longer distantly removed from the other alpha
sites on his head, it was up in the pack at least. In the debriefing, |
gave him lots of acknowledgment and encouragement. On his third
day, the left occipital just took off with huge scores relative to where
it had been, and this high alpha alternated with lower alpha and
obvious movement on the polygraph. During the movement peri-
ods we heard talking over the intercom. When we would call in to
ask if he were OK, He’d say, “Yeah, yeah everything is fine.” He’d
be still for a lithe while and would make very big alpha, and then
there would be more talking and movement, during which periods
his alpha would drop and there would be movement artifacts on
the polygraph.
When he came out of the chamber at the end and gave his
interview, we found out that the muse of all writers had appeared
to him in that enhanced Ieft occipital alpha, and she was down-
loading to him the complete character development, plot, and even
the most minute details of this book he was trying to write! He had
a pocket tape recorder with him so when he would get a download
from the muse, he’d save it by talking into the tape recorder. Then
he would turn the tape recorder off and go back into the alpha and
get more downloads, then talk into the recorder again. He was ex-
tremely pleased at the results of enhanced alpha since it abolished
his writer’s block!
This all happened on day three, and he had gotten way

more than he ever expected from the training. But we still had four
days left. So I put on my forensic analyst hat and we went in search
of why he had gone into writer’s block. I asked him where and
how he had written the first 16 books. He had written those books
while he lived in a beautiful home in the mountains of Southern
California. His wife was a fierce guardian of the gate and six days
a week she wouldn’t allow visitors or phone calls from 9 AM to 6
PM. The upstairs where he wrote was lined with windows that
looked out into a redwood forest; there was nothing to do except
look at the birds or write. So he wrote. I had the sense that his
writing was painfully pulled out of him; he was very critical of
himself. But he had nothing to do except write. His wife would
take lunch up to him on a tray and leave it there; she wouldn’t
interrupt him. They had learned over time that that was how he
could get the most writing done.
After he became internationally famous, they left this beau-
tiful retreat and moved somewhere near Los Angeles. Now he was
the honored guest at parties, meeting Hollywood stars, famous
people, ambassadors and the like. Barbara Streisand sang for his
70th birthday party, and he didn’t even like parties. But guess who
liked them? EGO loves to be fawned over, especially by the
glitterati, by the rich and famous. So ego noticed that some nights
when there was a party, instead of going to the party (which was
ego heaven), he’d sit home alone and write!
Ego was very unhappy with that, so ego went in and liter-
ally restricted the blood flow to his left occipital, which cut off the
alpha waves necessary to write creatively. Ego cut off the compe-
tition for being fawned over at parties. His life’s mission as he
understood it was to write. Ego had thumbed its nose at his life’s
mission. Ego had no care that he wanted to write or had things he
wanted to write about. Ego was willing to shut it all down, even to
the point that this man was considering suicide since in his mind
he lived to write.
329
Ego does not sce very far ahead. It docs not see long-term
consequences. It doesn’t believe in deferral of gratification, such
as if we stay home for a year and write, then we can get fawned
over and win a Pulitzer prize. It doesn’t go there. Ego is for imme-
diate gratification, like a bully six or cight year old.
This experience and understanding that ego had acted in
opposition to his life’s work created an 18 month long existential
crisis for this man, He had lived his whole life since his 20s believ-
ing in the objectivist philosophy of Ayn Rand. However, even be-
fore the alpha feedback training he had demonstrated the ability to
do transcendent things. For instance, in one of his books he wrote
about his therapy methods, and he said that if he was treating a
particularly difficult client and wasn’t making progress, he would
just “merge with the client” to come up with things to say to help
the client along.
Merging is not a rational or analytical process. Merging is
the stuff of magic. So, ina sense he had certain psychic abilities.
However, his writing was all very narrowly rationally based, and
he didn’t allow this ability in his rational thinking. That merging
stuff was just for “fun,” and he didn’t take it seriously, even though
it was the basis for his most inspired work.
So this famous writer had put ego into the role that most
people put God. Then he woke up in the Biocybernaut Alpha One
training to discover that his “God” i.c. his ego, first of all had clay
feet, didn’t give a hoot for his life’s mission, and would prefer to
be fawned over by all those people he disdains! It would be simi-
lar toa cardinal discovering that God was actually working to bring
people to having drunken orgies and was organizing the burning
down of churches, It is quite a mistake to worship or even to re-
vere your ego.
o
Wn
nD
Pride Goeth Before an Alpha Fall

The first time I did alpha feedback training as a volunteer
in Joe Kamiya’s lab, I discovered that thoughts were multilayered
constructions. A thought could be invested with varying degrees of
egoicity. Imagine that thoughts were a product of a cereal factory;
one production line has Wheaties, one line has Total (which claims
to have 100% of the requirements for vitamins and minerals). Since
processed grain is lacking in these ingredients, the marketing de-
partment figures out that they have to spray on extra vitamins to
get 100% of the daily requirements. Maybe Wheaties has some
vitamins sprayed on, but less than Total. So on both production
lines, there are flakes (comparable to thoughts) and they’re sprayed
with vitamins, dried, and then put in the box. However, the amounts
sprayed on the flakes vary between the two cereals. In the same
way, the amount of egoicity with which a thought is invested var-
ies from thought to thought and from person to person and from
moment to moment. One person’s least egoic thought may have
more ego in it than another person’s MOST egoic thought.
For example, if you’re doing really well in alpha biofeed-
back training and the thought comes to you that you are doing pretty
good, that is your ego talking. That thought will literally capture
you and pull you right out of the high alpha state. With practice,
you can get to a point when there is a lot of alpha being generated
and you might think the thought, “Well he’s doing pretty good.”
Now this “he” or “she” is actually you; you are the he or she you
are thinking about. But you don’t actually allow that thought to
complete. You withhold the identification of yourself with the good
performance. When you do that, you take a step back from the
typical egoic engagement and that allows the alpha to go higher
and with fewer impediments than if you put ego into it.
Ego is a wily opponent. First it will try to keep you from
making alpha, but if you do make some alpha, it will switch tactics
and interject pride in your performance to undermine you. “Pride
331
gocth before a fall.” The medieval Christian church as one of the

seven deadly sins listed Pride. They understood in a deep way that
pride, which comes directly out of ego, is in opposition to spiritual
development. When people say they are “proud to be an Ameri-
can,” I cringe and wish that they would say that they are HAPPY
to be an American or filled with joy or gratitude to be an American.
But Iet’s not say proud because pride is of the ego.
There is an interesting fact that in Aramaic, the language
that Jesus actually spoke, the word that has been translated into
English as meaning the devil actually means the opponent. In the
teachings of the Kaballah, the opponent plays a role similar to that
of the ego and the opponent must be controlled. That Aramaic
word is Satan, So our ego is the real opponent to spiritual growth,
more so than some red devil with horns, a tail and a fork!
There is also a Mohammedan legend that tells us when
Satan stepped out from the Garden of Eden after having engi-
necred the fall of man, garlic sprang up from the spot where he
first placed his left foot, and onion from that where his right
foot touched. This is interesting, given the effects garlic and
onion have on promoting the hurricane in the brain and inhibit-
ing the ability to make alpha.
N
w
Q
Linking Up: The Global Brain Becomes A Reality
9
Linking Up:
The Global Brain
Becomes A Reality
“Without a global revolution in the sphere of human

consciousness, nothing will change for the better
in the sphere of our being as humans, and the
catastrophe towards which this world is headed —
the ecological, social demographic or general
,
breakdown of civilization — will be unavoidable.’
Vaclav Havel, President of the Czech Republic
At the Biocybernaut Institute on day five, we show the

original video of The Global Brain, a talk given by Peter Russell at
the Toronto Psychosynthesis Conference in 1982. As Russell says
in his book The Global Brain Awakens, “The interlinking of hu-
manity that began with the emergence of language has now pro-
gressed to the point where information can be transmitted to any-
one, anywhere, at the speed of light. Billions of messages continu-
ally shuttling back and forth, in an ever-growing web of communi-
cation, linking the billions of minds of humanity together into a
single system.”
Russell’s ultimate message is both hopeful and inspiring:
Heaven, being a state of mind rather than a piece of real estate, can
only be discovered through inner exploration. As you have seen
333
throughout this book, the Biocybernaut Process greatly acccler-

ates inner exploration. We now have a choice to develop our own
selves, and with that development we can finally achieve both per-
sonal liberation and creatively solve the global problems we are
faced with. The next great frontier awaiting our personal explora-
tion is not outer space but inner space. Russell writes, “Inner evo-
lution is not an aside to the overall process of evolution. Conscious
inner evolution is the particular phase of evolution that we, in our
corner of the universe, are currently passing through. From this
perspective, the movement toward a social super organism and the
mystical urge to know an inner unity are complementary aspects
of the same single process, the thrust of evolution toward higher
degrees of wholeness.” This is completely in alignment with the
Biocybernaut Process as we begin to introduce it to larger and larger
groups of people. Furthermore, we are now poised to make the
Global Brain a reality with our recent ability to offer shared feed-
back experiences to groups of people in order to 1) enhance cre-
ativity and problem-solving and 2) link groups of people world-
wide into a shared feedback network where a planetary super con-
scious can be created.
According to Russell, “...if we are to change our behavior
towards the world, we need first to change our thinking. We need
to develop a new sense of who we are and what it is we really
want. We have to move beyond the limited perception that sees
fulfillment only in the joys we can derive from the world around
us. We must come to value our inner development as much as, if
not more than, our material development. In other words, we need
a change of attitude, a change of heart.”
Vaclav Havel, speaking to a joint meeting of the US Sen-
ate and Congress in February 1990, said that twenty-one years of
suppression under communism had given him one certainty: “Con-
sciousness precedes being, and not the other way around, as the
Marxists claim. For this reason, the salvation of this human world
334
Linking Up: The Global Brain BecomesA Reality
lies nowhere else than in the human heart, in the human power to
reflect, in human meekness, and in human responsibility.”
The Future of Humanity’s Consciousness

The future of humanity is a linked consciousness, a shared
awareness, a global brain overlying and arising out of the con-
certed actions of the ongoing individual awareness of each person,
where individual brains with individual consciousness become like
the “neurons” in this global brain. Many religious rituals and prac-
tices have the ability, when they are effective, to help their practi-
tioners merge into a shared awareness in which they can better and
more fully apprehend the divine mysteries. And through this merg-
ing into a shared awareness each participant knows and experi-
ences himself or herself more fully. Merging with one or more
others assists knowing ones authentic self.
Kurt G’del has informed us with his famous 1931 theorem
that no logical system can contain within itself a description of
itself that is both complete and accurate. That would seem to limit
an individual’s understanding of himself and of phenomena larger
than himself, such as the phenomena of man. This same theme of
limitation of understanding is given in a different way by Suzuki
Roshi, a famous Zen master who lived and taught in America: “The
dimensions of the mind can never be delineated. ... beyond con-
sciousness lies the indefinable reach of the unconscious, which
stretches out beyond the bounds of individual awareness and ...
beyond individual experience.”
I now think it is likely that two minds (or many) are better
than one and are more likely to discover the nature of human aware-
ness. Perhaps the answer to our quest for growing understanding
lies in linking the awareness of many people. Clearly a way around
the limitation of G’del’s theorem can be found in linked minds of
two or more persons. When truly linked, they will constitute a sys-
tem larger and more comprehensive than an individual conscious-
335
ness. Therefore there would be no contradiction of G’del’s theo-

rem if the linked-mind was to fully and accurately describe the
structure of a single human consciousness, which would be but a
substructure of the linked-mind.
The linking of the single awareness of two people was fully
envisioned by Teilhard de Chardin, who spoke of “the planctary
maturation of mankind” as a certain collective act of reflection.
This is an idea that is quite believable if we accept Teilhard’s analysis
of evolution and his law of complexity-consciousness (an affirma-
tion of the tendency of consciousness to continually increase in
complexity). In his words: “We are faced with a harmonized col-
lectivity of consciousness equivalent to a sort of super-conscious-
ness. The idea is that of the earth not only becoming covered by
multitudes of grains of thought, but becoming enclosed in a single
thinking envelope so as to form, functionally, a single vast grain
of thought on the sidercal scale of immensity, [in which] the plu-
rality of individual reflections [are] grouping themselves together
and reinforcing one another in the act of a single unanimous re-
flection. This is the general form in which, by analogy and in sym-
metry with the past, we are lead scientifically to envisage the fu-
ture of mankind.”
How soon this will happen may be determined by our ap-
plication of biofecdback techniques, which provide for the objec-
tification and thus the possible interpersonal sharing of experience.
The objectification of experience is well advanced, with much of
the evidence coming from analysis of the electrical activity of the
brain. Manfred Clynes (1971) has made a strong statement re-
garding our ability to objectify and identify aspects of emotion:
“Tt appears that for cach emotion, of the spectrum of emo-
tions, there exists a brain algorithm that determines a spatio-tem-
poral form (or essentic form) common to the expression of that
emotion, regardless of the particular output modality chosen. It
has therefore been possible to standardize the measurement of
n
wn
yw
essentic form. ... Differential equations describing these forms were

found, and cross cultural and other measures were obtained that
indicate their biological origin.”
In addition to reading aspects of a person’s subjective ex-
periences of the world in his brain waves, research has shown that
it is also possible to read aspects of his intentions. An electrical
potential called the CNV (contingent negative variation) can be
measured, and in all situations wherein the CNV is generated and
maintained there is the “intent” by the subject to do something
subjectively significant, whether purely mental or mental and
physical.
When (as is now the case) experience can be translated
into the form of information, all things must change: laws and the
need for them, the value of the dollar, the value of money itself, the
value of values, the strife between science and religion, the divi-
sion of humanity into nations, even the quality of orgasms. As
Kiefer (1970) wrote,” In the physiological exploration of so-called
transcendental consciousness, there lies the greatest hope in centu-
ries of rebirth of a philosophical inspiration that must finally even-
tuate in that union of true science and true religion of which gentle-
men and scholars dreamed since Plato’s time.”
As early as 1964, Marshall McLuhan predicted radical
changes to result from the transformation of experience into objec-
tive information. According to McLuhan, the main effect of this
electric age is that: “We see ourselves (our experiences) being trans-
lated more and more into the form of information [and] moving
toward the technological extension of consciousness.”
We see the confluence of subjective and objective tech-
niques for bringing about this transformation and extension of con-
sciousness. And we would agree with Kiefer who believes that the
best approach is to be found by combining the functions of the
experimenter and the subject, so that the Biocybernaut adventure
inward can draw on the best of both worlds.
337
The rapidly expanding ability to transform our expericnce

into information presages an awesome expansion of human con-
sciousness and awareness. Kicfer calls it “the greatest adventure
into infinite space that we have so far undertaken, moon landings
and planet probes notwithstanding,” and he suggests that if the re-
ports of the very carly pioncers in this ficld or “the heroes that we
know as ... the Buddha, the Christ, and the Prophet are at last veri-
fied in our experiential physiological laboratories, it will be found
that inner space and outer space are infinitely coextensive and time-
less with no boundaries or limits distinguishable in any direction.”
We seem likely soon to realize the 2000-year-old Tibetan
prediction, based on the uncanny insights of the Tibetan mystic
experience that a major advance in human consciousness will oc-
cur during this century. As we explore the possibilities of feedback
techniques in the goal of the objectification of experience, we en-
counter Marshall McLuhan, “Oracle of the Electric Age,” haunt-
ingly echoing Teilhard de Chardin and musing: “Might not our
current translation of our entire lives into the spiritual form of in-
formation scem to make of the entire globe, and of the human fam-
ily, a single consciousness?”
Linking up with Shared Feedback

When I was a grad student at Carnegic-Mellon in the first
brain wave feedback lab I ever built, | explored “shared alpha feed-
back” with a friend and colleague by the name of Rick Odell. First
we plugged just Rick’s electrodes into the machine. We sat quietly
in the darkness of a electromagnetically shielded acoustic cham-
ber as we listened on separate sets of earphones to Rick’s alpha.
Then we unplugged Odell’s electrodes and plugged in mine. My
alpha was noticeably higher in frequency.
We guessed that we could discriminate cach other’s alpha
if we were both plugged in simultancously, so we tried that, and it
worked. We sat listening to the random blending of the fast and the
ao
yn
Ww
slow alpha as each waxed and waned according to the variations of

our individual awareness. However, after what seemed like short
while, we noticed that the blending was no longer random. The
fast and slow alpha began to wax and wane (to appear and disap-
pear) simultaneously, We were quite startled when this happened
and we had some strange shared experiences.
For example we began to speak the same words simulta-
neously. On one disappearance of alpha we might both say noth-
ing, on the next disappearance we would simultancously say, “What
did you just do?” The next time we would simultancously say some-
thing else like, “What happened?” We even both, independently,
tried to think of novel ways to exclaim about the surprising simul-
taneity of the waxing and waning of our individual alpha waves.
We thought that if we said something quite novel that it would be
impossible for the other person to mimic what we were about to
say. Therefore you can imagine our surprise when we both simul-
taneously came with, “What, perchance, hast thou done?” We must
report that we were unprepared, at that time, for such an experi-
ence of simultaneity in consciousness, and we found it somewhat
unsettling, rather like two small children who discover a pump over
a well, and after raising and lowering the handle a few times are
startled to see water flowing out of the mouth of the pump, and
they run away in alarm. Not having a model of what was happen-
ing, and both of us being unexposed to ESP, telepathy, and training
in shared awareness, we were sufficiently unsettled by the simul-
tancity of our experiences that we discontinued the experiment.
A possible analogy to explain our reactions at that time
would be the difference between an unsuspecting person being se-
cretly given LSD vs. someone deliberately choosing to take LSD
with full understanding of the changes it can produce. In 1971,
when we had this first Shared Feedback™ experience, we were
literally unprepared for the shared consciousness resulting from
our pilot alpha Shared Feedback™ study, and were only later able
339
to appreciate the experience and to discover how to build on the

insights into the structure of consciousness, which flow from such
studies. Today with an increased understanding of what can hap-
pen and with an appreciation of the value of such experiences, we
now routinely practice Shared Feedback™ to establish and to
deepen rapport, and to teach ourselves and others more about the
potential of the group mind experience.
Guidance from the Alpha State

During the carly 70s I did a lot of exploring in my own
mind in the alpha feedback chamber. The alpha state being the
source of creativity, it was understandable that I would reccive
guidance from my own creativity about everything I was doing.
Much of the guidance had to do with improvements to the technol-
ogy. I'd be sitting there ina high alpha state and I’d be shown, in
great detail, some improvements that could be made in the hard-
ware or the software or in the training protocols. Sometimes I'd
get an inspiration about some feature that I’d like to have in the
feedback that would require innovations in the software and the
hardware, and after the session I’d sit down and begin to think
about how to implement that. I began to get an image of this pro-
cess that was sort of like Alice in Wonderland “through the looking
glass.” I’d put my head through the “looking glass” i.e. into the
high alpha state, and I’d look around and see the deep structure of
things and all the details of how the world worked, and then I’d
pull my head back out and be back to ordinary reality. But now I
knew, because I’d seen it in the high alpha state, what I would have
to do to implement some new wonder in the hardware or software.
And it would be relatively quick and easy because I'd seen it, sort
of from the inside. This was both fun and productive, and the
technology evolved rapidly. But as time went on this guidance
began to be more than just a creative idea that was an upgrade to
the hardware or software. | began to get guidance as to what | was
supposed to do with the technology. And I’m talking about BIG

PICTURE kinds of guidance. These were topics I’d never thought
about until they showed up in my mind in the alpha chamber. I
now understand this information as coming from my higher-self,
which naturally has a much bigger picture of my life than is pos-
sible for my intellect or my rational mind. For example in one
alpha session I was essentially told that I should advance three
independent programs through appropriate use of my technology.
I saw and heard the names of these three different programs, and it
was indicated to me that this is what my life was to be about: 1)
Mass Market Applications, 2) Key Person Program, and 3) Higher
Self Training. Each one of these programs I was to implement was
then followed by detailed information that was shown to my mind
about what to do and how to do it.
Mass Market Applications

The Mass Market Applications are divided into two tracks,
(1) the fix-It things; working with people in dysfunction, and (2)
the enhancement of gifts; which is people going into hyper func-
tion. I have identified about a dozen areas in each track which are
ripe for applications of this technology, areas where the technol-
ogy is efficacious, and probably the most cost effective way to
deal with these issues, which included everything from treating
obesity, eating disorders, high blood pressure, personality disor-
ders, drug and alcohol abuse and a whole range of fix-it things on
Track | to IQ boosting, raising creativity, accelerating meditation,
and developing advanced mind states in Track 2. Each of the one
dozen or more topical areas in each of the two tracks could become
a separate company working with mass market applications of the
Biocybernaut technology to bring the benefits of the technology to
specific parts of the overall economy’s market for such services.
At one point in 1993 I devoted six months to designing a five-year
roll out of a drug and alcohol treatment company that, in its linked
341
spread sheet model, grossed a billion dollars over five years and
brought $600 million to the bottomline before taxes, while perma-
nently healing a lot of addicted people from their addictions, say-
ing lives and familics in the process. The drug and alcohol treat-
ment company model even had international licensing, and there
was a clinical trial research study run inside the corporate start-up
to optimize the brain wave training for different personality types
with different combinations of drugs of abuse. That model is just
sitting on the shelf waiting.
Key Person Program

The Key Person Program is where we identify leaders in
our culture, people in science, government, industry, sports, the
arts, entertainment, transportation, communication, education, and
the military. These leaders are people who, by virtue of their knowl-
edge and their position, can and do, on a daily basis, influence the
rate and the direction of the evolution of our culture. Far too many
of these key people currently lead from a mindsct of need and fear
and greed.
Following their Biocybernaut alpha training, a significant
percentage of them will have some different values and some guid-
ance from their own higher selves, and they will then Icad more
from their heart and from a sense of love, compassion, forgiveness
and understanding. They will still have their knowledge and their
positions of power. They will already be in place in society as
leaders and will be in position to quickly implement sweeping
changes. This is good because we could use some rapid changes.
In some of our cultural initiatives a 90 degree turn away
from the direction we are headed would be very helpful. In other
instances a 180 degree turn would be in order. For example, in-
stead of increasing the CO2 content of the atmosphere we could
begin to reduce it. In short order, we could have a radically differ-
ent direction for our culture all across the board, not just in one
area,
The problems of resource scarcity and environmental deg-

radation will be solved creatively, and we will be able to avert
some of the impending disasters in health, epidemics, education,
the economy, international relations and the environment. Good
will happen. Awareness will expand. The Dark Forces will retreat.
We will enter an enduring “Golden Age of Humanity” and other
life upon the Earth.
Higher Self Training

This topic’s title, as it was given to me, was the least de-
scriptive. So I was shown much more detail of how to implement
this theme. In higher-self training I am to bring together people
who are committed to furthering the development of their own
consciousness and the consciousness of humanity on a daily basis.
Just like the Green Berets who got up every day committed to self-
improvement that day in some area related to their mission, the
Biocybernaut Delta Force people will have that same dedication.
On a daily basis, they will come to a Biocybernaut training center
and do both individual and group feedback with a shared intention
for, as Star Trek’s Mr. Spock would say, “the good of the many.”
Part of what this Mind Power Delta Force will do is to be
guinea pigs for new technology coming out of the Biocybernaut
R&D labs. As new types of trainings are developed, the Delta
Force will be the first to try them out, much as James Bond would
get to experiment with new techno-wonders from Q’s genius. But
more importantly the Delta Force people will engage in Shared
Feedback™ with specific intentions. It is clear that the mind influ-
ences reality. And if we get a large number of minds holding the
same intention and holding it in the exact same brain wave state,
there is a force to be reckoned with!
To understand, by analogy, the power of Shared Feed-
back™, just imagine that we got one hundred people together and
gave them each a flashlight and had them shine it at the wall. All
343
we would get is a bright spot of light. Now take the same number
of photons as those flashlights were emitting and make them co-
herent—which would then be called a laser. It is still the same
number of photons, powered by the same two D-cell batteries, but
if you aim those hundred lasers at the wall, it will burn a hole through
the wall and all the way out to the street.
When you bring people together and you get their brain
waves cohcrent, not just in one single head but coherent BETWEEN
heads, you have the consciousness equivalent of a laser. The abil-
ity to influence reality will be enormous.
The Transcendental Meditation people have published sev-
eral studies on the socictal effects of group meditation. As an ex-
ample, every night for a month 100 meditators drove their cars
into a crime-ridden neighborhood, and a hundred people sat and
meditated for an hour and then left. For the next several months
afterwards the crime statistics in that neighborhood dropped dra-
matically, and then started going back up. Meditation and shared
intention clearly work.
In the Celtic system of magic and metaphysics there is
something called the hundred-handed being, which is 50 people
who gather together to do works of magic. They talk about this
concept with starry eyes and there is a fabled lore about the works
of magic that only large groups like that assembled as a full col-
lege of 50 people can do. Yet you can be certain that in any group
of 50 people gathered together you will not have all 50 doing the
same thing at the same time, even if that is what they have come
together to do. The same is true of the 100 TM meditators. Not all
of them will be in alpha at the same time so the power of what they
are doing is reduced proportionately. However, using the
Biocybernaut Institute’s group feedback technology you can liter-
ally get everyone in the group on the same wavelength at the same
time. This is the secret of the power of the Biocybernaut Delta
Force.
344
Let me give you an example, because what we are talking

about is purifying the degree of coherence among the group of
people. Take a sample of the element iron, which is going to have
a small percentage of impurities. Then heat this iron very hot so
that it becomes a vapor, and we float this vapor into a vacuum
chamber and allow it to be deposited in thin whiskers of iron wire.
We are able to grow a thin wire of iron by vapor deposition. We
thus obtain a thin whisker of a wire of iron. Then we can measure
it’s tensile strength by putting little weights on it until it breaks.
Now let us try this with iron that is of higher purity. And then even
higher purity.
As you’re measuring the strength of these wires, growing
repeatedly new wires of increasing purity, gradually the wires be-
come stronger, with greater tensile strength. They can hold more
weight before they break. More purity means more tensile strength,
and it is a steady gradual improvement. However, the gradual im-
provement in strength only continues up to a certain point. At this
point where you have achieved a substantial reduction of impuri-
ties and you have very very pure iron, the tensile strength of the
wire suddenly increases phenomenally. Whereas at first the strength
had been going up gradually with increasing purity, suddenly the
strength jumps up very dramatically.
How does this happen? When you grow iron wires by va-
por deposition the metal is forming in crystal structures as the lay-
ers of iron atoms are deposited. In the structure of the crystal lat-
tice of atoms in the iron there are impurities, which are the atoms
of other elements that are not iron. These atoms are either bigger
or smaller than iron atoms. Thus you are growing a crystal lattice
made up of atoms of different sizes, some bigger or smaller than
the iron atoms. These differently sized atoms distort the lattice
structure. Those distortions weaken the bonding between iron at-
oms. When the percentage of impurities falls to a certain low level,
all of a sudden the iron reveals an innate strength that is many
345
times stronger than what you saw at just a slightly higher impurity
level.
So it is with brain wave biofeedback. Purify your indi-
vidual brain waves sufficiently and you get Supermen and Wonder
Women. When we get groups of brain waves aligned and coherent
to a certain degree of perfection, then suddenly phenomena that
had not been observed before by scicnce will become matter of
fact. Coherent brains and united minds will profoundly alter the
course of future realities. Euphemistically I call these Biocybernaut
Shared Feedback™ groups, “Steering Committees.” The most pow-
erful of the Steering Committecs will be the Delta Force, which
will do shared delta feedback while holding shared intentions for,
as Mr. Spock would say, “the good of the many.”
As Peter Russell says, “Which way we move is up to us,
the ‘neurons’ of this global brain. Do we continuc to sce ourselves
as separated individuals, cach out for his or her own interests? Or
can we see ourselves as part of greater whole, a humanity emerg-
ing into its full flowering? The choice is ours.”
Shared Feedback™ training is now an opportunity avail-
able to all graduates of the Biocybernaut Institute’s Alpha One train-
ing, which is a seven-day intensive exploration into consciousness.
Graduates of Alpha One can schedule shared alpha feedback train-
ing with one or more willing partners who have also done at least
that level of training. The Alpha One training is the entry point—
Brain Wave Training 101—into the more than two-dozen advanced
brain wave training programs offered by the Biocybernaut
Institute.
Arthur C. Clarke said that “Any sufficiently advanced tech-
nology is indistinguishable from magic,” and this technology can
be used to create and expand the science of magic. According to
the Celtic tradition, there are three elements to a successful work
of magic: desire, expectation, and merging. These are the keys to
successful magic, in which the mind influences the quantum wave
Linking Up: The Global Brain BecomesA Reality
function of the universe and shifts the probabilities enough so that

ch
unexpected, low probability results can occur. The results of this

work can even look like it is going outside natural law, but from
the perspective of the boundless, all things are possible. Any physi-
cist will tell you that if you jump up off the ground here on Earth
there is a small (very, very small) probability that you will come
down and land on Mars or Venus. Electrons routinely tunnel through
potential energy barriers. Humans being more massive do this more
rarely.
In prayer, meditation, magic and Shared Feedback™, you
work with altering probabilities. The first two elements, desire and
expectation, are generally understood and are easily coached ver-
bally. The key third element, merging, can be trained, strength-
ened and deepened with suitable brain wave biofeedback training.
Performing this type of shared prayer or focused intend-
ing in a group seems to scale the effectiveness of the intention as a
power function of the number of group members who are, at any
given moment, on the same brain wave length and are coherent.
Unlike learning how to fly an airplane, in the alpha feedback train-
ing you learn to solo first, and only later do you learn to fly in inner
space with other Biocybernauts doing Shared Feedback™,
Shared Feedback™ is very important to the study of aware-
ness and the rapid development of human consciousness.
Neurofeedback technology can become the neural network, the
central nervous system, which connects together all the brains of
all the humans on this planet to form the Global Brain envisioned
by Peter Russell, and before him Father Pierre Teilhard de Chardin.
Christ said, “Where two or three are gathered together in my name,
there am I also.” Many other powerful historical and spiritual fig-
ures have also recognized the transcendental power emerging from
minds that are linked by shared intention, meditation and prayer.
Indeed Guru Nanak, the founding guru of Sikhism also knew of
the power function law governing the effectiveness of people medi-
347
“
tating together when they were meditating “correctly” i.c. on the
same brain wave length.
Green Beret’s Experience of Shared Feedback

You will remember reading earlier in Chapter4 about the
training we did for Green Berets at a secret army base. Several
years before we did that work we trained two Army Lt. Cols from
Army Intelligence. They did two weeks of training, the first being
their individual Alpha One training, and the second week they did
shared feedback with each other, sitting side-by-side in the same
chamber and hearing both their own feedback tones and cach oth-
ers feedback tones. They also saw their own scores and cach other’s
scores. One of those Army officers is now a retired colonel. Here,
retired Col. John Alexander describes his experience of shared feed-
back in his inspiring book, The Warrior’s Edge.
“During the second phase, week 2, of my training with Lt.
Col. MacLachlan, he and I were trained together in the same cham-
ber in what Dr. Hardt calls “Shared Feedback.” The EEG was wired
separately for both of us but recorded on the same chart. Our brain
waves became not merely similar, but almost identical. My brain
waves seemed to increase in amplitude and slightly in speed to
directly replicate those of Lt. Col. MacLachlan. Clearly MacLachlan
was driving our Shared Feedback experience, for my pattern be-
came similar to the pattern he developed in the prior week of indi-
vidual [non-shared] feedback when we were in separate training
chambers.”
“This experiment suggests the potential for linking or en-
tangling the brain waves of two or more individuals. The potential
for getting groups of individuals on task and working better to-
gether is extensive and exciting. Colloquially, our language has
incorporated this idea for a long time, perhaps foretelling what Dr.
Hardt can now train with his technology. We talk about “getting on
the same wavelength,” or “getting our heads together,” or “tuning
348
in,” and so on. Our Shared Feedback EEG graphs in Dr. Hardt’s
lab indicate that this precise effect may be voluntarily controllable.
“An interesting personal dimension developed during these
sessions. Both MacLachlan and I noted that from time to time,
secrets would “slip” from one of us to the other person. Although
this phenomenon was not being specifically tested for in the train-
ing we were doing, other people training together with Dr. Hardt’s
Shared Feedback methodology also found that they sometimes
would simultaneously - and non verbally — acquire information
about each other.
“We can infer from this both the potential of telepathic
communication when our brains are in sync, and also that there
must be trust and intimacy between individuals participating in
this kind of training. Clearly our EEG charts in Dr. Hardt’s lab
indicate the viability of EEG alpha training as well as a way to
enhance collective thought through shared feedback. We believe
this may the next frontier for EEG training.
“Alpha enhancement can benefit corporations and groups
of people who must interact creatively on a continuing basis, as
well as individuals, by reducing the time it takes for individuals to
think productively and collectively.
“For warriors, particularly those operating in small groups,
such as special operations forces or high-level staffs, who must
turn out coherent policy and plans — such training and the opportu-
nity to think creatively together can enhance their ability to func-
tion and, ultimately, to survive.”
Creating a Neural Network

How shall we create the best neural networks that have
human brains instead of neurons in each node? There is much to
be learned from how primitive organisms in the sea began to de-
velop their nervous system. There is also a rich and rapidly grow-
ing field of Network Science. And I would also like to give an
349
example from science fiction. I have been an avid science fiction

reader in the past. Back when I had the time to read, scicnce fiction
that involved the mind was my very favorite kind. I’d like to share
with you a snippet from a short story that took place in a militaris-
tic evil empire ruling a large arca of the galaxy. Some freedom
fighters had a space ship, and they were smuggling something for
the resistance when the bad guys spotted them from the Evil Em-
pire. Their ship was old and slow so; of course, the military had the
modern faster ships, and they were closing in on them. So two
young red-haired girls, twin sisters, went off into one of the engi-
neering galleries, sat on the floor amidst a maze of wires, and they
connected their brains up to some equipment that they had been
working on. They then went into a certain mental state and all of
sudden their ship disappeared and then appeared many light years
ahead of where it had just been. They got an angry call on the
subspace communicator from the pursuing military to say that they
were supposed to stand down. They were obviously using some
illegal new technology and it was unauthorized and so they were
ordered to immediately stop and surrender it to the empire. So the
twins giggled and then did it again, and their old space ship took
another huge Icap forward away from the pursuing military forces
of the evil empire. That kind of story has always appealed to me,
as you can imagine!
Another science fiction book, Wolfbain, explores in much
greater detail the effects of linking up human minds into a shared
neural network. Wolfbain is about a future earth without enough
energy, overpopulated, within the grips ofa rigid government crack-
down. People were required to walk slowly so as not to burn too
many calories, and there was an enormous level of rigid control
over people and their lives. The government also expected people
to spend long periods of time in meditation every day because they
go into a lower metabolic state and don’t burn as many calories, At
about this time a rogue planet appearcd in the solar system, a planct
that had been moving through space and had come near our solar
system and apparently got captured by our sun. It was located by
Jupiter and Mars where the asteroid belt is, and it had settled into
orbit there. There wasn’t any money for rocket fuel or sending space-
ships; the age of exploration was over due to the lack of energy.
This other planet had been populated by a very advanced
race that had developed highly efficient and intelligent machines,
but something had happened and all the biological beings of that
race had been killed. Although the machines were highly intelli-
gent, they didn’t have brains that were of the complexity of a liv-
ing brain, and to keep their world humming, these machines needed
more complex nervous systems as components of their largest
machines. So they started abducting humans to get the processing
power of the human brains. They were teleporting people off the
Earth and transporting them to this new planet of the intelligent
machines. But they had to wait until their human targets were in a
meditative state, awake but with the personality mostly absent.
When a human on earth went into an appropriate meditative state
where enough of the personality was absent, these intelligent ma-
chines would then teleport that person to their planet and then wire
the humans together in a neural network of 12 human brains in
each network, and they were as complex computing machinery to
help run the super-technology of this rogue machine-dominated
planet. To keep the human bodies alive, the abducted humans were
maintained in a nutrient solution that provided food, air and water.
The machines could replicate themselves but they couldn’t repro-
duce their human biological master.
So people started disappearing from earth during their
meditations, vanishing without a trace. It wasn’t really a problem
because there were too many people on earth anyway, so not much
was made of it but everybody knew this could happen. The hero of
the story didn’t buy all this governmental oppression; he went along
with it for appearances, but he had his independent streak. At one
351
point when he was doing his daily meditation he disappeared and

was teleported to the other planct. Perhaps because of his streak of
independence, he did not stay unconscious there in the tank of nu-
trient solution with the other 11 humans who had been previously
abducted and to whom his brain was wired.
He woke up into self-awareness and was astonished to find
that he was connected to all these other human beings; he was in a
group of 12. So he figured out how to function in this new and
strange environment and gradually he started waking up the other
people in the network. As they awaken, he begins to realize that
they are forming this incredible super consciousness. He then ini-
tiates a rebellion where the people in cach of the tanks all over this
planet are contacted and awakened. Then they use their intentions,
amplified by the linked minds they now have, thanks to the alien
machines, and the people rise up and take over from the machines.
They win back their freedom, and then they go back to Earth as
super humans at a much higher level of consciousness. They bring
the bencfits of shared consciousness to all the humans on Earth
and all the resource limitations vanish and there is a Golden Age of
Humanity, now a humanity blessed with a larger collective aware-
ness. The theme of the story is dramatic. When you can link people
up into a neural network where their brains are literally connected,
you will have a super consciousness. That book was published long
before Peter Russcll’s Global Brain, and now I wonder if it was a
precursor to the movie The Matrix.
oh ok oe oR ok ok
Pcter Russell points out the urgent need to ensure that our
global brain is sane rather then insane. Each of us “neurons” can
take a few steps toward collective sanity. We can make sure, for
example, to conserve physical resources in our personal lives. We
can discover new methods for personal renewal. We can elect and
support leaders who understand and who respect the interdepen-

dence of all people, and our interdependence with the ecosystems
of our beautiful planet. We can be those leaders.
We can also move beyond survival. We can deepen our
own sense of meaning by using our imaginations. We can see our-
selves as part of a greater whole, a humanity emerging into the
springtime of a new understanding. A baby is about to be born.
We are all witnessing and being a part of the preparations for the
birth of our planetary superconsciousness. Let us be contributors
to this birth, collaborating with each other wisely and well, with
our hearts full of love and our brains awash with alpha.
353,
The Art of Smart Thinking Book Review

You may submit this review online at: http://
www.biocybernaut.com/arto fsmartthinking.htm.
First Name
Primary Email
May we contact you about training opportunities at the

Biocybernaut Institute?
Yes No
Would you like to be added to our email list? (We promise to only
to email you information related to The Art of Smart Thinking and
the Biocybernaut Institute).
Yes___ No
What did you like most about this book?
Are there other books that you feel are similar? How is it similar?
Would you recommend this book to anyone else?
What topic in the book would you most like to know more about?
Which chapter did you like the best? The least? Why?
Would you keep this book as a reference?
How would you rate this book on a scale of 1-10 (10=best)?
How did this book make you feel?
Did this book impact your life? (Please explain.)
What did you find most informative about this book?
What would you change in this book if you had the chance?
What would you tell the author, Dr. Hardt, if given the chance?
Did you read the whole book? If not, what part did you skip?
Why?
355
Please write a general review of this book.
Thank You for participating in this book review. I hope

you've enjoyed reading the book as much as I have
enjoyed writing it. | invite you to go to my website,
www.biocybernaut.com, and learn more about brainwave
training. Feel free to contact my office for more
information, or mail this directly to us at the address
listed below.
Blessings and light,
Jim Hardt
Biocybernaut Institute
324 B Martin Ave
Santa Clara, CA 95050
Phone: (408)969-9912
biocyber@ix.netcom.com (subject: book review)
356

The Art of Smart Thinking - James Hardt

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Art of Smart Thinking - James Hardt

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Art of Smart Thinking - James Hardt

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Art of

By Dr. James V. Hardt

Printed in the United States of America

Holosync is a registered trademark of

Design and layout by AlliancePress.org

Reader Questionnaire ...........ccccscssssesccssssssescossoeses 354

the Institute, alpha feedback training resulted in me being able to

Did you know that anxiety, depression and suppressed

It is now possible to reverse brain aging, achieve better

Our brains can be trained to be in a relaxed, creative,

Dr. James Hardt

Ina book on “smart thinking” it is appropriate to include a

muscular power can the mind be constrained into the path of

How would you like to access all of your brain’s

Neurofeedback: Neurofeedback is a process by which you

different types of neurofeedback. One primitive and inaccurate

by another 2 minutes of audio feedback, and so on. With theta

Alpha and Theta brain waves produce exceptional mind

produce these brain waves on command. Brain wave neurofeedback

. Restore youthful brain wave patterns

People today are using only a fraction of the natural cre-

Taking a drug, having sex, or cating something, will cause

Emotions Affect Brain Waves

mones to be released and can be a direct cause of high blood pres-

Early Research into Brain Wave Feedback and

can Association for the Advancement of Science, Denver, CO, Feb.

Emotions Affect the Health of the Body and Mind

the brain. Depression is closely related to anxiety and is one of the

The good news is that we know brain wave neurofeedback

Not Thinking Is Smart Thinking!

ativity to work you have to have the necessary bits of information

does begin the process of our allowing a powerful new concept

Akashic Records accessing technique long before people even knew

Creative Cat Naps

The Brain Bubble Technique

Cultivating the Intuitive Mind

therefore I am,” the rational mode of consciousness has been the

The Ecology of Consciousness

ing. Edmund Husserl, the French phenomenologist, has attempted,

The danger to our genetically restricted food crops was

Domesticated animals are also going extinct for reasons

Now in the face of global warming and the vast changes

If we are to join in such adventures, we must have practice

traditions there is a priest or guru who acts as a conduit to altered

“The true self grows in inverse proportion to the growth of egoism.’

ego in the total system of leader plus follower. Eventually the

members of one and the same (species/race/nation/region/

“Thus we have a harmonized collectivity of consciousnesses

planetary conflict, resource depletion, and, at Icast in the West,

The Roots of Brain Wave Research

and ballistic galvanometers was electrical activity in the brain,

The ABCs of Brain Waves

are referred to as the electroencephalogram (EEG), and they are

Krishna has written a book on the Kundalini energy titled:

Differences in shapes and sizes are referred to as differences in

very highly aroused as in fear or anger, again there are virtually no

alpha to block or to be interrupted. The alpha response to stimula-